20-F 1 y01094e20vf.htm FORM 20-F TECHNIP COFLEXIP
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2005
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 20-F
         
(Mark One)
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR (G) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
 
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2004
   
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 1-15234
   
TECHNIP
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Not applicable   France
(Translation of Registrant’s   (Jurisdiction of incorporation
name into English)   or organization)
6-8 allée de l’Arche, Faubourg de l’Arche, Zac Danton
92400 Courbevoie, France
(telephone: +33-1 4778-2121)
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class:   Name of each exchange on which registered:
     
American Depositary Shares, each representing
one-fourth of one Ordinary Share(1)(2)
  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares(1)(2)
  New York Stock Exchange
 
(1)  Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
 
(2)  On April 29, 2005, Technip’s extraordinary meeting of shareholders approved a one-for-four share split with the corresponding division of the nominal share value, effective May 13, 2005. As of May 13, 2005, the number of outstanding shares was 96,522,328 with a nominal value of 0.7625. Simultaneously with the share split, our ADS-to-share ratio changed from four-to-one to one-to-one.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
          Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
Ordinary Shares, nominal value 3.05 per share: 24,110,654(2)
          Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
    Yes þ                      No o
          Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 o                  Item 18 þ
 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
         
 PART I     5  
   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers     5  
   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable     5  
   Key Information     5  
   Information on Technip     14  
   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects     46  
   Directors, Senior Management and Employees     70  
   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions     82  
   Financial Information     83  
   The Offer and Listing     86  
   Additional Information     90  
   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     120  
   Description of Securities to be Registered     123  
 
 PART II     124  
   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies     124  
   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds     124  
   Controls and Procedures     124  
   [Reserved]     124  
   Audit Committee Financial Expert     124  
   Code of Ethics     124  
   Principal Accountant Fees and Services     124  
   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees     126  
   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers     126  
 
 PART III     127  
   Financial Statements     127  
   Financial Statements     127  
   Exhibits     127  
 EX-1.1
 EX-12.1
 EX-12.2
 EX-13.1
 EX-14.1

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION
      In this annual report, all references herein to “U.S. dollars”, “dollars”, “cents” or “U.S.$” are to the currency of the United States; references to “France” are to the French Republic; references to “French francs”, “francs” or “FF” are to the currency of France prior to January 1, 1999 and references to “euro” or “” are to the currency of the European Monetary Union, including France from January 1, 1999 to the present.
      Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to “we”, “us”, “our”, “Group”, “Company” and similar references refer to Technip. References to “EU” refer to the European Union and references to “U.S.” refer to the United States of America.
      Various amounts and percentages in this annual report have been rounded and, accordingly, may not total.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
      This annual report contains both historical and forward-looking statements, including forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements, or statements of future expectations, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections entitled “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Information on Technip” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, especially “— Overview — Outlook”. These forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events and generally may be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “believe”, “aim”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “foresee”, “likely”, “should”, “planned”, “may”, “estimates”, “potential” or other similar words. Similarly, statements that describe our objectives, plans or goals are or may be forward-looking statements.
      These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. You should review carefully all information, including the financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, included in this annual report. Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated in the forward-looking statements include, among other things:
  our ability to successfully continue to originate and execute large integrated services contracts, and construction and project risks generally;
 
  the level of production-related capital expenditure in the oil and gas industry as well as other industries;
 
  currency fluctuations;
 
  raw material, especially steel price fluctuations;
 
  the timing of development of energy resources;
 
  armed conflict or political instability in the Arabic-Persian Gulf, Africa or other regions;
 
  the strength of competition;
 
  control of costs and expenses;
 
  the reduced availability of government-sponsored export financing;
 
  losses in one or more of our large contracts;
 
  U.S. legislation relating to investments in Iran or elsewhere that we seek to do business;
 
  changes in tax legislation;
 
  intensified price pressure by our competitors;
 
  severe weather conditions;
 
  our ability to successfully keep pace with technology changes;

3


Table of Contents

  our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;
 
  the evolution, interpretation and uniform application and enforcement of International Financing Reporting Standards (IFRS), according to which we prepare our financial statements, as from January 1, 2005; and
 
  political and social stability in developing countries.
      The risk factors described beginning on page 8 could affect our future results, causing these results to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. These factors are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also have material adverse effects on our future results. The forward-looking statements included in this annual report are made only as of the date of this annual report. We cannot assure you that projected results or events will be achieved.
      All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are qualified by the cautionary statements in this section.
      Readers are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us that attempt to advise interested parties of the factors affecting our business, including the disclosures made under the captions “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”, “Item 4. Information on Technip” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in this annual report, as well as our other periodic reports on Form 6-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time.

4


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.     Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
      Not applicable. For information about our directors and senior management, see “Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees” below.
Item 2.     Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
      Not applicable.
Item 3.     Key Information
Selected Financial Data
      We publish our consolidated financial statements in euro. However, our financial statements for 2000 and 2001 were originally prepared in French francs, and have been translated into euro for purposes of this document at the rate of FF 6.55957 = 1.00, the applicable legal rate of conversion established on January 1, 1999. For additional information regarding the euro, see “— Exchange Rate Information” below. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of U.S.$1.2349 per 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euro as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on May 31, 2005. See “— Exchange Rate Information” below for information regarding the euro/U.S. dollar exchange rates from 2000 to present.
      Unless otherwise indicated, we have prepared the financial information contained in this annual report in accordance with French generally accepted accounting principles (“French GAAP”), which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. See Notes 30 through 32 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”) included at Item 18 below for a description of the principal differences between French GAAP and U.S. GAAP, as they relate to us and our consolidated subsidiaries, and a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of net income and shareholders’ equity.
      The tables below present selected consolidated financial data for the Group for the five-year period ended December 31, 2004. Such data with respect to the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been extracted or derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group, and are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this annual report. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been audited by Barbier Frinault et Autres — Ernst & Young, independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report thereon, which also appears in this annual report.
                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002   2001   2000
                     
    U.S.$(1)          
                         
    (amounts in millions, except share data)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
                                               
French GAAP
                                               
Net sales
    6,348.6       5,141.0       4,711.1       4,452.3       3,546.0       2,972.0  
Operating expenses
    6,029.4       4,882.5       4,483.5       4,247.7       3,311.2       2,789.4  
Operating income
    319.2       258.5       227.6       204.6       234.8       182.6  
Net income (loss)
    5.8       4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )     108.1       214.2  
U.S. GAAP
                                               
Net sales
    6,408.4       5,189.3       4,671.3       4,432.0       3,547.3       2,989.5  
Operating income
    303.0       245.2       193.6       177.1       198.7       151.7  
Net income
    103.0       83.3       69.6       83.3       114.8       164.9  

5


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002   2001   2000
                     
    U.S.$(1)          
                         
    (amounts in millions, except share data)
Per Share Data:
                                               
French GAAP
                                               
Non-Diluted earnings (loss) per share
    0.25       0.20       (0.84 )     (1.1 )     4.45       13.90  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
    0.79       0.64                   4.26       12.85  
Non-Diluted number of shares (thousands)
    23,655       23,655       23,432       26,794       24,242       15,412  
Diluted number of shares (thousands)(2)
    28,886       28,886       29,302       28,386       25,388       16,665  
Dividend paid per share
    4.08       3.30       3.30       3.30       3.30       3.30  
U.S. GAAP(3)
                                               
Basic earnings per share
    1.09       0.88       0.74       0.81       1.71       2.71  
Diluted earnings per share
    1.07       0.87       0.74       0.80       1.69       2.68  
Basic number of shares (thousands)
    94,620       94,620       93,728       103,292       67,080       60,840  
Diluted number of shares (thousands)(2)
    95,956       95,956       93,996       103,824       67,848       61,496  
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
                                               
French GAAP
                                               
Purchase of fixed assets
    152.9       123.8       126.0       126.2       2,670.5       702.2  
Depreciation and amortization
    288.4       233.5       231.6       260.8       110.9       43.0  
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
                                               
French GAAP
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,770.9       1,434.0       892.4       741.1       763.4       563.1  
Working capital requirement
    (1,353.3 )     (1,095.9 )     (977.2 )     (879.2 )     (695.7 )     (648.0 )
Non-current assets, net
    3,825.8       3,098.1       3,246.0       3,518.2       3,806.8       1,050.7  
Total assets
    15,773.6       12,773.2       12,008.1       10,606.0       12,117.7       6,906.6  
Convertible bonds redemption premium
    92.2       74.7       84.5       90.4              
Total short-term debt
    240.1       194.4       226.3       297.0       456.7       191.2  
Total long-term debt
    1,689.0       1,367.7       903.2       950.1       1,182.2       4.8  
Shareholders’ equity
    2,209.2       1,789.0       1,938.0       2,026.3       2,214.2       766.4  
Minority interests
    12.8       10.4       9.2       16.3       21.4       3.4  
U.S. GAAP
                                               
Total long-term debt
    1,689.0       1,367.7       903.2       950.1       1,182.2       4.8  
Total assets
    8,648.3       7,003.2       6,045.9       5,972.9       7,672.4       2,451.8  
Shareholders’ equity
    2,534.9       2,052.8       2,164.3       2,108.5       2,228.3       764.9  
 
(1) Translated solely for convenience into dollars at the Noon Buying Rate on May 31, 2005 of U.S.$1.2349 per 1.00 for the year ended December 31, 2004.
 
(2) Diluted number of shares for 2001 excludes 1,847,376 shares held by our subsidiary ISIS, which we cancelled subsequent to our merger with ISIS in 2002.
 
(3) On May 13, 2005, the Company effected a one-for-four share split. All share and per share data under U.S. GAAP for period to and including that date have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this share split.
Exchange Rate Information
      The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the Noon Buying Rate in New York City for cable transfers for foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York expressed in U.S. dollars per 1.00. These rates are provided solely for the convenience of the reader and are not the rates we used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report. We use the rate published by the Banque de France for our

6


Table of Contents

internal financial reporting. No representation is made that the euro could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at these rates or any other rate.
                                 
    U.S. dollars per 1.00
     
    Year/period   Average    
    end rate   Rate(1)   High   Low
                 
Yearly amounts
                               
2000
    0.94       0.92       1.03       0.83  
2001
    0.89       0.89       0.95       0.84  
2002
    1.05       0.95       1.05       0.86  
2003
    1.26       1.14       1.26       1.04  
2004
    1.35       1.25       1.36       1.18  
Monthly amounts
                               
December 2004
    1.35       1.34       1.36       1.32  
January 2005
    1.30       1.31       1.35       1.30  
February 2005
    1.33       1.30       1.33       1.28  
March 2005
    1.30       1.32       1.35       1.29  
April 2005
    1.29       1.29       1.31       1.28  
May 2005
    1.23       1.27       1.29       1.23  
June 2005 (through June 24, 2005)
    1.21       1.22       1.23       1.20  
 
(1) The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each month during the relevant period.
      Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the euro-denominated prices of our shares and, as a result, will affect the market price of our ADSs in the United States. In addition, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the U.S. dollar pay out relating to any cash dividends received by holders of our ADSs.
      For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
Dividends
      We paid dividends for the five years ended December 31, 2004 as follows without giving effect to the one-for-four share split effected May 13, 2005:
                                         
                    Total gross
                Avoir Fiscal   dividend
            Net dividend   per share   per share
                     
    Distribution   Number of shares        
Year   (in millions)   as of December 31,   (in )   (in )
                 
2004
    79.5       24,110,654       3.30       1.00       4.30  
2003
    79.4       23,738,331       3.30       1.65       4.95  
2002
    77.3       23,408,004       3.30       1.65       4.95  
2001
    86.1       26,713,448       3.30       1.65       4.95  
2000
    50.9       16,029,305       3.30       1.65       4.95  

7


Table of Contents

Risk Factors
      In addition to the other information contained in this annual report, you should consider carefully the risks described below. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks.
Risks Related to Our Operations
We may fail to successfully execute large integrated services contracts, which could inhibit our margins.
      Our recent experience indicates that clients, particularly in the deepwater offshore sector, are increasingly developing larger, more technically complex turnkey projects and increasingly awarding the entire contract to a single project contractor. This trend has led us to bid for and win larger and more highly integrated projects. Competitors may, whether through consolidation or growth, present more credible integrated and/or lower cost solutions than we do, causing us to win fewer tenders. If we do not succeed in being awarded the contracts for these projects, we could fail to increase, or even maintain, our volume of order intake, net sales and net income.
      Execution of integrated projects that we succeed in obtaining presents risks. Larger average contract sizes may tend to concentrate our portfolio on fewer contracts, increasing the potential volatility of our results and exposure to individual contract risks. Managing large-scale integrated projects may also increase the potential relative size of cost overruns and negatively affect our operating margins. Additionally, while in the past we selectively bid on only those contracts related to the portions of a site which we believed had the best potential for high margins, large-scale integrated projects may cause us to assume potentially lower margin portions of a site as well.
We are exposed on turnkey contracts to significant construction risks that could cause us to incur losses.
      We derived approximately 87% of our 2004 net sales from lump-sum turnkey contracts. We expect that turnkey contracts will continue to account for a similar portion of our net sales. Under the terms and conditions of such contracts, we generally agree for a fixed price to design, build and install completed facilities which are delivered in a ready to operate condition. The actual expense to us of executing a lump-sum turnkey contract may vary substantially from the assumptions underlying our bid for several reasons, including:
  unanticipated increases in the cost of equipment, materials or manpower;
 
  delays associated with the delivery of equipment and materials to the project site;
 
  unforeseen construction conditions creating unanticipated costs;
 
  delays caused by local weather conditions; and
 
  suppliers’ or subcontractors’ failure to perform.
      Under a lump-sum turnkey contract, however, we are generally unable to increase our price to reflect these factors, which are difficult to predict at the time of bidding. For these reasons, it is not possible for us to reliably estimate with complete certainty our final costs or margins on a contract at the time of bidding or during the early phases of its execution. If our actual expenses were to increase for these or any other reasons, we could experience reduced margins or even incur a loss on the contract.
Losses on one or more large contracts could reduce our net income or cause us to incur a loss.
      Our five largest contracts, all of which are turnkey contracts, represented 34% of our backlog as of December 31, 2004, compared to 30% of our backlog as of December 31, 2003 and 34% of our backlog as of December 31, 2002. We believe that our contract portfolio will continue to be relatively concentrated, and the expected increase in bidding for large integrated turnkey contracts is expected to contribute to continued concentration. If we do not achieve our expected margins or suffer losses on one or more of these large contracts, this could reduce our net income or cause us to incur a loss.

8


Table of Contents

Because most of our sales are to companies in the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry, a reduction in production-related capital spending in that industry could cause our projects to be postponed or cancelled and constrain our ability to grow or maintain profits.
      Demand for our services depends on the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry’s capital expenditures for development of fields, refining of oil and gas and production of their derivatives. Net sales derived from this industry accounted for approximately 94.8% of our sales in 2004, 91.9% of our net sales in 2003 and 93.3% of our net sales in 2002. We estimate that the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry will continue to account for a substantial majority of our net sales in the coming years. The prices of oil and gas on the world markets are a significant influence on the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry’s capital expenditures. In the upstream segment of the industry, sustained reductions in oil and gas prices may reduce our upstream clients’ financial incentives to invest in new developments, with high-cost offshore developments and onshore gas-related projects generally being the most severely affected. In the downstream segment of the industry, sustained increases in oil and gas prices may put downward pressure on consumer demand for products derived from oil and gas, including gasoline, chemicals, synthetic fabrics and plastics. Any resulting reduction or slowing of demand reduces our downstream clients’ financial incentives to invest in additional production capacity. In both the upstream and downstream segments, sustained volatility of oil and gas prices can also cause capital expenditures to be postponed or cancelled.
      The hydrocarbon/ petrochemical industry’s capital expenditures are also influenced by the following factors:
  the rate of discovery and development of new oil and gas reserves;
 
  global demand for energy;
 
  global demand for petrochemicals and fertilizers;
 
  local and international political and economic conditions; and
 
  trends in environmental legislation.
      A reduction of capital investment in the hydrocarbon/ petrochemical industry due to any of these factors or for any other reason could constrain our ability to grow, or even maintain, profits.
Because we make sales and incur expenses in multiple currencies, exchange rate movements may cause us to incur losses when hedging on our exchange rate exposure is not sufficient.
      We report results in our consolidated financial statements in euro, while significant portions of our sales and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the euro, most significantly the U.S. dollar and the British pound sterling. To the extent that our expenditures and revenues are not denominated in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations could cause some of our costs to grow higher than revenues on a given contract. Although we closely follow our exposure to non-euro currencies on a contract-by-contract basis and enter into hedging transactions in an attempt to reduce the risks of currency fluctuations, these activities are not always sufficient to protect us against incurring potentially large losses if currencies fluctuate significantly. Moreover, our ability to hedge during the bid process, prior to the awarding of the contract, is also limited because pricing of hedging instruments, where they exist, is often volatile and not necessarily efficient. In addition, the value of the derivative instruments could be impacted by adverse movements in foreign exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices or due to the value and time period of the derivative being different than the exposures or cash flows being hedged.
One or more of our contracts for projects in Iran may be subject to U.S. sanctions, which could limit our ability to obtain credit from U.S. financial institutions and restrict our ability to make sales in the United States, potentially increasing our cost of borrowing and reducing our business opportunities.
      As a foreign multinational corporation with operations throughout the world, we engage in activities in and with countries prohibited under U.S. law to U.S. citizens and persons subject to U.S. laws, including, in some cases, foreign persons and corporations. Under the U.S. Iran and Libya Sanctions Act of 1996, as amended in August 2001 (“ILSA”), the U.S. government may impose sanctions on companies that make statutorily defined

9


Table of Contents

investments in the petroleum industry in Iran. ILSA originally also applied to Libya. Recently, however, the President of the United States has made a determination that effectively suspends the application of ILSA with respect to Libya. As amended, ILSA requires the President of the United States to impose two or more of certain enumerated sanctions on any person or company, regardless of nationality, that makes investments in Iran of U.S.$20 million or more which directly contribute to the enhancement of Iran’s ability to develop its petroleum industries. There is a bill pending in Congress that would amend ILSA and eliminate the President’s authority to waive ILSA sanctions for persons with significant investment activity in the Iranian petroleum industry.
      We are engaged in activities in Iran, consisting principally of turnkey project management services. Our net sales in Iran during the year ended December 31, 2004 amounted to 218.3 million (approximately U.S.$271.4 million). As of December 31, 2004, we had a backlog amounting to approximately 237.3 million (approximately U.S.$295 million) in Iran. If the U.S. government were to determine that some or all of our activities in Iran are investments as statutorily defined by ILSA, the President of the United States under currently existing legislation would be granted discretion in determining which sanctions to apply, which can include restricting our ability to obtain credit from U.S. financial institutions or support from the U.S. Export-Import Bank, or restricting our ability to make sales in the United States, potentially increasing our cost of borrowing and reducing our business opportunities. For a more detailed discussion of our operations in Iran and of U.S. and international sanctions, see “Item 4. Information on Technip — Segment and Geographical Breakdown of Net Sales and Backlog”.
Our revenues are subject to a significant number of tax regimes and changes in the legislation governing the rules implementing them or the regulator enforcing them in any one of these countries could negatively and adversely affect our results of operations.
      We have operations and staff in approximately 52 countries around the world. Consequently, we are subject to the jurisdiction of a significant number of tax authorities and regimes. The revenues recorded and income earned in these various jurisdictions are taxed on differing bases, including net income actually earned, net income deemed earned and revenue-based tax withholding. The final determination of our tax liabilities involves the interpretation of local tax laws, tax treaties and related authorities in each jurisdiction as well as the significant use of estimates and assumptions regarding the scope of future operations and results achieved and the timing and nature of income earned and expenditures incurred. Changes in the operating environment, including changes in tax law and currency/repatriation controls, could impact the determination of our tax liabilities for any given tax year.
Risks Related to the Engineering and Construction Industry
Because a large number of oil and gas projects are found in developing countries, political, economic and social instability in these countries could cause projects to be cancelled, postponed or subject to delays, which could increase our costs and reduce our future growth opportunities.
      Much of our business involves projects in developing or less developed countries that are experiencing or may experience political and social instability. For the year ended December 31, 2004, a majority of our net sales came from projects located in developing countries. Unanticipated political or economic events or social disturbances in developing or less developed countries could cause a material decrease in our profitability. For example, the Gulf War in 1990 and 1991 disrupted some of our projects, as have terrorist attacks in 2004 in Yanbu, Saudi Arabia. We cannot rule out the possibility that the current armed conflict in the Middle East will not delay or otherwise negatively affect our backlog and future business prospects in this region and elsewhere. Our Sincor refinery project in Venezuela was affected by general political and social unrest in that country, which delayed us from reaching several intermediate project milestones in 2000 and led us to constitute contract-specific reserves, which negatively affected our refining segment’s operating income for the year. With respect to any particular developing country where we have operations, we may face risks including expropriation and nationalization of our assets in that country, civil unrest, acts of terrorism, war or other armed conflict; natural disasters, including those related to earthquakes and flooding; inflation; currency fluctuations, devaluations and conversion restrictions; confiscatory taxation or other adverse tax policies; governmental activities that limit or disrupt markets, restrict payments, or limit the movement of funds; governmental activities that may result in the

10


Table of Contents

deprivation of contract rights; and trade restrictions and economic embargoes imposed. In response to some of the risks we face, we have adopted a policy of maximizing our insurance coverage by using government-sponsored and private export credit and insurance agencies and by matching our work progress and outlays to cash advances on all contracts. However, in the event of national or regional political instability, these insurance policies may be inadequate to prevent us from incurring a loss on contracts in progress, which could reduce our net income or cause us to incur a loss. Despite maintaining security and safety policies and structures for our personnel and operations in certain countries at substantial cost, no assurances can be made that they will be sufficient to prevent loss. Political instability may also result in fewer new project tenders meeting our criteria. For these reasons, political instability in developing countries could increase our costs and reduce our future growth opportunities.
Reduced availability of government-sponsored export financing could increase project costs to our clients and lead to fewer new projects and reduce our growth opportunities.
      We rely, to some extent, on government-sponsored or private export credit and insurance agencies, such as the French COFACE, the Italian SACE, the Dutch NCM, the Spanish CESCE and the U.S. Export-Import Bank, to assist our clients in obtaining financing for some major contracts. If this financing assistance were reduced from current levels, our clients might choose to undertake fewer projects. For this reason, a reduction in the number of new contract tenders would reduce our growth opportunities.
Sustained high raw materials and maritime freight prices increase our production costs and cost of goods sold, and we may not be able to pass the increased costs to customers.
      A significant portion of our raw materials costs are for steel, for which prices increased significantly in 2004, and for which there is not an effective futures market for us to hedge our exposure. Our ability to pass on increases in overall levels of raw materials prices, especially steel is limited given that we may be operating under turnkey contracts with fixed prices. Consequently, we estimate that in 2004 the increased cost of raw materials, especially steel products, and maritime freight had a negative impact of approximately 60 basis points on our operating income margin.
An adverse pricing environment, including renewed price pressure by our competitors could reduce the volume of contracts meeting our potential margin criteria and negatively affect our net income.
      Most of our contracts are obtained through a competitive bidding process, which is standard in the engineering and construction services industry. We compete primarily against major U.S., European and East Asian engineering and construction companies. While service quality, technological capacity and performance, health and safety and personnel, as well as reputation and experience, are strongly considered in client decisions, price is the major factor in most tender awards. In the past, our industry has been frequently subject to intense price competition. If pricing pressure were to reappear in the future, the number of tenders meeting our criteria for higher potential margins could decline, and our volume and net income could grow more slowly or decrease as our fixed costs increased in proportion to our revenues.
Our operations may cause substantial harm to persons, property and the environment, which could hurt our reputation and, to the extent they are not covered contractually or by insurance, could cause us to incur substantial costs.
      Our operations are subject to hazards inherent in providing engineering and construction services for the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry, such as the risk of equipment failure, work accidents, fire or explosion. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, business interruptions, property and equipment damage, pollution and environmental damage. We may be subject to claims as a result of these hazards. We may also be subject to claims resulting from the subsequent operations of facilities we have delivered. Our policy of covering these risks through contractual limitations of liability, indemnities and insurance may not always be effective. In some of the jurisdictions in which we operate, environmental and workers’ compensation liability may be assigned to us as a matter of law. Clients and subcontractors may not have adequate financial resources to meet their indemnity obligations to us. Losses may derive from risks not addressed in our indemnity agreements or

11


Table of Contents

insurance policies, or it may no longer be possible to obtain adequate insurance against some risks on commercially reasonable terms. Failure to effectively cover ourselves against engineering and construction industry risks for any of these reasons could expose us to substantial costs and potentially lead to material losses. Additionally, the occurrence of any of these risks could hurt our reputation.
Operations in facilities we have constructed or are constructing may cause the discharge of hazardous substances, which could result in significant environmental remediation costs and cause us to incur a substantial loss.
      We operate in a number of different jurisdictions that have various types of governmental laws and regulations relating to the discharge of oil or hazardous substances and the protection of the environment. Pursuant to these laws and regulations, we could be held liable for remediation of some types of pollution, including the release of oil, hazardous substances and debris from production, refining or industrial facilities, as well as other assets owned or operated by either our customers or our subcontractors. Environmental remediation costs could be significant and cause us to incur a substantial loss.
      Changes to environmental regulation, interpretation or enforcement thereof could result in increased costs and liabilities. For instance, the implementation of the European Directive of April 21, 2004 with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage could increase our potential environmental liability.
Our operations are sensitive to severe weather conditions.
      We have business activities that could be materially and adversely affected by severe weather, particularly in the North Sea and Canada. Repercussions of severe weather conditions may require us to evacuate personnel or curtail services, damage a portion of our fleet of vessels resulting in the suspension of operations, damage our facilities, prevent us from delivering materials to our jobsites in accordance with contract schedules or generally reduce our productivity. During periods of curtailed activity due to adverse weather conditions, we may continue to incur operating expenses, but our revenues from operations may be delayed or reduced.
We could be adversely affected if we fail to keep pace with technological changes, and changes in technology could result in write downs of our assets.
      Our customers are seeking to develop oil and gas reserves in increasingly deep waters. To meet our customers’ needs, we must continuously develop new, and update existing, technology for the installation, repair and maintenance of offshore pipelines and structures. In addition, rapid and frequent technology and market demand changes can often render existing technologies obsolete, requiring substantial new capital expenditures and/or write downs of assets. Our failure to anticipate or to respond adequately to changing technology, market demands and/or customer requirements could adversely affect our business and financial results.
Our success depends on attracting and retaining qualified personnel in a competitive environment.
      We are dependent upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, technical and business development personnel. Competition for key personnel is intense. We cannot be certain that we will retain our key managerial, technical and business development personnel or that we will attract or assimilate key personnel in the future. Failure to retain or attract such personnel could materially adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Shares and American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”)
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro may reduce the U.S. dollar market value of our American depositary shares as well as the U.S. dollar value of any dividends we pay.
      We will pay any cash dividends in euro, and, as a result, exchange rate movements will affect the U.S. dollar value of these dividends as well as any other U.S. dollar distributions paid to you by the depositary if you hold our ADSs. Exchange rate movements will also affect the market value of our ADSs, which could alter their value to you.

12


Table of Contents

Double voting rights of our shares and change of control provisions in our agreements may limit our shareholders’ opportunities to be offered a premium price for our shares by a potential acquirer.
      Under our current articles of association (statuts), our shareholders who hold their shares in the same name in registered form for at least two years have the right to two votes for every share thus held. As a result, new purchasers of our shares qualify to obtain double voting rights only after holding our shares in the same name in registered form for two years. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights — Double Voting Rights”. As of December 31, 2004, 900,408 of our shares carried double voting rights, representing approximately 3.73% of our outstanding share capital and approximately 7.20% of our voting rights. We are also a party to a number of joint ventures, concessions, license arrangements and other agreements that contain change of control provisions. The double voting rights, capital-increase authorization and change of control provisions may make it difficult or undesirable for a potential acquirer to acquire a substantial percentage of our voting rights, and may therefore provide a defense against hostile takeovers or, more generally, may delay and impede a change in control in which our shareholders might receive a premium above the then-current market price for our shares held by them.
If you hold our ADSs rather than our shares, you will not be able to exercise all the rights our articles of association (statuts) provide to holders of our shares.
      If you hold our ADSs, you will not be able to qualify for double voting rights, and because of the additional time and administrative steps required to instruct the depositary on how to vote deposited shares held for you if you hold ADSs rather than shares, there may be instances where you will not be able to successfully exercise the voting rights related to your ADSs. In addition, it may also be more difficult for you to exercise your other rights as a shareholder if you hold our ADSs than it would be if you held our shares. For example, if we offer new shares and you have the right to subscribe for a portion of them, the depositary is allowed, at its discretion, to sell, for your benefit, the right to subscribe for new shares, instead of making it available to you. For a detailed description of your rights as a holder of our ADSs, you should read “Item 10. Additional Information — Description of Our American Depositary Shares”.

13


Table of Contents

Item 4.     Information on Technip
Overview of Our Business
      We are a leading worldwide provider of engineering, technologies and construction services for the oil, gas and petrochemical industries. In 2004, we believe we were among the world’s top five full-service engineering and construction groups in the field of oil and gas (hydrocarbons) and petrochemicals based on our annual net sales of 5.14 billion (source: Engineering News Records, August 2004).
      Our core business activity is in the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry and covers offshore and onshore field development, gas processing and liquefaction, refining, onshore pipelines and petrochemicals. We are one of the most highly integrated groups providing engineering, technologies and construction services to the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry worldwide, and, backed by extensive industrial assets, we are particularly well positioned in the offshore/deepwater area.
      We are also actively developing activities in non-hydrocarbon/petrochemical sectors such as fertilizers, chemicals, life sciences, power generation and other growth-market industries.
      With 47 years of experience in the design and construction of large industrial facilities, a wide range of state-of-the-art technologies and operational bases spread over 5 continents, we are able to manage all aspects of major projects, from front-end engineering design to turnkey delivery. Turnkey projects, under which we design and deliver a “ready-to-use” facility to our client for a lump-sum price, accounted for a substantial majority of our 2004 net sales. We execute turnkey projects involving industrial infrastructure as varied as onshore and offshore production and storage facilities, oil refineries and petrochemical plants. In addition to our turnkey activities, we manufacture highly specialized equipment and provide engineering, consulting and other services.
      We generated more than 82% of our net sales in markets outside the European Union in 2004. Our main engineering and business centers outside of France are located in Italy, Malaysia, Germany, the United Kingdom, Norway, Finland, the United States, The Netherlands, Brazil, Abu Dhabi, China, India and Australia. Our manufacturing plants (flexible pipelines, umbilicals, robotics) and construction yards are located in France, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Norway, the United States, Finland, Nigeria and Angola. Our staff consists of approximately 19,000 full time employees based in approximately 52 countries around the world, and we run a world class fleet of 14 offshore construction vessels.
      Through our business combination with Coflexip in October 2001, we have become a world leader in the design and construction of offshore oil and gas projects. We are capable of executing turnkey projects including integrated engineering, design, manufacture, procurement and construction services, on projects involving offshore platforms and the provision and laying of underwater pipelines.
      At the same time, we are a leader in the relatively mature onshore sector, consisting of both oil and gas development projects and hydrocarbon processing projects, including gas treatment units, refineries and petrochemical plants.
      We believe our operations benefit from substantial competitive strengths. Our reputation as a turnkey project manager and our access to key technologies are competitive advantages for securing competitive tenders. We also believe that our execution model for turnkey contracts benefits from our cost control and risk management expertise as well as our experience as contract manager. However, because of the substantial business risks inherent in the turnkey contracts into which we enter, it is not possible for us to predict the margins of our current and future business.
      During our 47 years of operations, we have designed and supervised the construction of over two thousand facilities in more than 115 countries. Our roster of clients includes industry leaders such as BASF, BP, Chevron Texaco, Dow Chemicals, Exxon Mobil, Shell, Total, and numerous national energy companies including ADNOC, PDVSA, Petrobras, Qatar Petroleum and Saudi Aramco. We have been publicly traded in France since 1994 and our shares are currently trading on Eurolist by Euronexttm. We have been publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange since 2001, and are fully committed to providing state-of-the-art engineering services while increasing shareholder value.

14


Table of Contents

The Industry in Which We Operate
      We derived 94.8% of our net sales in 2004 from goods and services provided to the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry. We are active both in the Offshore segment of this industry, which consists of the engineering and construction of facilities for the production of oil and gas from offshore fields, and in the Onshore/Downstream activities, through the engineering and construction of gas treatment units, oil refineries and chemical plants. Demand for our services in this industry depends principally on the rate of new capital spending on production and processing facilities.
      We expect strong growth in capital spending on hydrocarbon field development (referred to as “upstream” activities in our industry), particularly on deepwater projects (depths of 500 meters or more). We have a complete portfolio of technologies to allow our clients to develop deepwater oil and gas reserves while minimizing their costs. Notable among these are our floating offshore platforms, including the Extendable Draft Platform (or EDP) and the Spar especially designed for our clients’ deepwater projects.
      We also supply and install undersea pipeline and equipment for the development of fields at depths of up to 2,500 meters. See “— Offshore Activities — Subsea Oil Field Services”. While offshore production of oil and gas remains more costly than onshore production in the more competitive regions such as the Middle East, we believe that the development of deepwater reserves is an essential contribution to the world supply of oil and gas. We believe that the extension of upstream activities to deepwater fields presents an opportunity to those firms capable of providing innovative engineering solutions and management skills.
      New capital spending on onshore activities will principally be driven by population growth and economic development, notably in Asia. The development of substantial gas deposits should lead to new investment throughout the upstream and downstream sectors of the gas industry, particularly in the Middle East. We expect new environmental legislation affecting member countries of the OECD (Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development) to lead to significant revamping of existing gasoline refineries. Additionally, global refining capacity is relatively tight compared to current demand, potentially leading to new investment in countries with growing demand.
      Our activities have developed in three principal industrial activities (Offshore, Onshore/ Downstream and Industries), with the following contributions to net sales in 2004 and backlog as of December 31, 2004:
     
(SALES 2004 PIE CHART)
  (BACKLOG 2004 PIE CHART)
Offshore: Net Sales of 2,487.2 million in 2004
      We are a provider of integrated design, engineering, manufacture and construction services including fixed platforms, floaters, and subsea flowlines, as well as project management and maintenance operations. The Group’s broad offering of engineering and installation services allows us to undertake offshore field development projects with a larger scope on an integrated basis worldwide. We are a world leader in the engineering and installation of subsea development systems, consisting of rigid or flexible risers and flowlines that carry crude oil and/or gas from the seabed to the surface. In connection with these activities, we perform repair and maintenance services for subsea installations and equipment. We are also a world leader in the design and manufacture of flexible pipe and control umbilicals.

15


Table of Contents

Onshore/ Downstream: Net Sales of 2,385.1 million in 2004
      Since our founding in 1958, we have participated in over 2000 Onshore/ Downstream projects throughout the world. We have also designed and built 27 complete refineries and extended and modernized 170 existing plants. Together, we have worked on more than 600 individual refinery units and more than 100 gas processing units, including the world’s largest sulfur recovery complex, as well as nine fully integrated petrochemical complexes and over 330 units producing basic chemicals and derivatives and over 200 fertilizer production units.
Industries: Net Sales of 268.7 million in 2004
      We also offer our project management and engineering services to a diverse array of clients unrelated to the hydrocarbons industry. Past projects have included fine chemicals and pharmaceuticals facilities, chemicals, fertilizers and agro-industrial plants, power generation plants, cement plants, metallurgical facilities, amusement parks and data processing centers, as well as numerous projects in buildings and infrastructures.
Strategy
      Our overall strategy can be summarized as follows:
  in a stable market experiencing historically high activity levels, to make 2005 a year during which we maintain our Offshore sector’s market position, consolidate our presence in western Africa and reinforce our business in the Brazilian market, which is experiencing renewed activity;
 
  to actively participate in natural gas markets, which are experiencing strong growth, particularly in the Middle East, with respect to gas treatment and separation, liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) and gas-to-liquids (“GTL”) projects;
 
  to continue environmental upgrades of refineries, especially in Europe, and to execute new refinery construction projects in Asia and the Middle East;
 
  to follow the evolution of the petrochemical cycle, which should see a recovery in investments in 2005; and
 
  to maintain an equilibrium in terms of revenues between our Offshore and Onshore/ Downstream Activities (the latter including Industries Activities).
Recent Major Acquisitions and Disposals
      Our policy for external growth is to undertake selective acquisitions to expand the range of projects accessible to us, either by obtaining key technologies we do not already possess or by gaining new client relationships. It has not been our policy to use acquisitions simply to acquire market share that we could reasonably acquire with existing resources through organic growth.
      Acquisition of the Deepwater Division of Aker Maritime. In 2001, Coflexip acquired the Deepwater Division from Aker Maritime. The Deepwater Division was composed of a number of companies specialized in the engineering and manufacture of floating production systems for subsea and deepwater field developments. The Deepwater Division has its principal places of operation in the United States, the United Kingdom and Finland. It also operates in Nigeria, the Caspian Sea and Australia.
      Acquisition of Coflexip. In 2001, we executed our combination with Coflexip, which allowed us to become an integrated world leader with critical mass in each of our core businesses. The combination also allowed the amalgamated Group to significantly increase operations and extend our industrial offerings, clients and geographic reach.
      Nargan. In April 2002, we acquired a 20% interest in Nargan, an Iranian engineering company, which has been maintained at 20% through capital increases.

16


Table of Contents

      Angoflex. In July 2002, we entered into a partnership agreement with Sonangol to prepare the constitution of a jointly owned subsidiary, Angoflex Limitada, for the manufacture of umbilicals at the Sonamet facility located at Lobito, Angola which was inaugurated in March 2004.
      Merger with ISIS. In June 2002, our shareholders approved a merger with our subsidiary ISIS. Prior to the merger, we held a 99.05% interest, which was acquired as a result of a public exchange offer in June 2001 to acquire control of Coflexip, in which ISIS held a substantial interest.
      Disposal. In January 2003, our former headquarters located at La Défense (near Paris, France) were sold.
      Merger with Coflexip. In July 2003, within the context of the reorganization of the French subsidiaries of the Group, the shareholders of Technip and Coflexip approved the merger of Coflexip into Technip which already held more than 98% of Coflexip’s capital following the public offerings launched in July 2001. The shareholders of Coflexip received nine Technip shares for eight Coflexip shares.
      Agreement with Capiton AG. In December 2003, Technip Germany GmbH signed an agreement with Capiton AG for the sale of its shares in Essener Hochdruck Rohrleitungbau GmbH.
      Oceanide Acquisition. In April 2004, Technip Offshore International acquired 28.9% of the share capital of Oceanide, a French engineering company specializing in offshore/onshore engineering and manufacture of test models.
      Dirpar. In April 2004, Dirpar S.p.A. and us, holding 5% and 95% of the share capital of Infrastrutture e Gestioni S.p.A. respectively, sold all shares in the Company to New Corporation Finance S.p.A.
      Non-strategic assets. As part of our program of disposing non-strategic assets, we sold our mooring division to Acteon. This transaction, which occurred on October 27, 2004, affected our assets primarily based in Louisiana.
      KTI S.p.A. In November 2004, Technip Italy S.p.A., owner of 100% share capital of Technip KTI S.p.A., sold 75% of the share capital in the Company to KTI Management S.p.A.
      CSO Deep Pioneer. During 2004, the Group exercised its option to purchase the vessel CSO Deep Pioneer from Smit International as part of our effort to reinforce capabilities in the Deepwater market.
      EHR and IG S.p.A. During 2004, we disposed of two companies, EHR and IG S.p.A.
Sectors of Activity
      We design and construct industrial and service facilities for a large number of industries, with a particular emphasis on the hydrocarbon/ petrochemical industry. Net sales derived from the hydrocarbon/ petrochemical industry accounted for approximately 94.8% of our total net sales in 2004, compared to 91.9% of our total net sales in 2003 and 93.3% of our net sales in 2002. Within the hydrocarbon/ petrochemical industry, we manage our activities through two segments: Offshore and Onshore/ Downstream. A third sector of activity consists of engineering and project management services for diverse industries unrelated to hydrocarbon/ petrochemicals. In each of these activities we have developed specific engineering and technological capabilities. Our standard project management model summarized below, however, applies to all of them.
      Our role on a project is to act as “general contractor”. We provide engineering design, equipment procurement and construction management services. However, with limited exceptions, we do not consider ourselves to be a construction or manufacturing firm. Construction work is generally subcontracted to specialized firms, while equipment is typically acquired through competitive bidding processes. Our employees are principally involved in design work, procurement of equipment and supervision of construction. In most cases, we manage the project for our client from the drawing board to the delivery of an operational facility, frequently also helping to arrange financing. In other cases, our scope of work is limited to the provision of engineering services corresponding to specific client needs. A detailed discussion of our turnkey contract project management, as well as our services and manufacturing operations, is found at “— Description of Our Operations” below, following “— Segment and Geographical Breakdown of Net Sales and Backlog”.

17


Table of Contents

Offshore Activities
      In 2004, we generated net sales of 2,487.2 million or 48.4% of our total net sales, from Offshore Activities as compared to 2,209.7 million, or 46.9% of total net sales in 2003, and 2,125.0 million or 47.7%, in 2002. As of December 31, 2004, our Offshore Activities represented approximately 41.4% of our total backlog.
      We provide integrated design, engineering, manufacturing and construction services in the offshore oil and gas sector. We are capable of executing integrated offshore projects, covering the engineering and execution of both the surface and subsea parts of a project and a wide range of services. Our capabilities encompass the design and manufacture of platforms, either fixed or floating, the design, procurement and installation of subsea umbilical risers, equipment, pipelines and flowlines. Those capabilities are complemented and fully integrated through advanced global project management skills. Our expertise is well recognized in the field of offshore operations where we propose innovative solutions based on proprietary designs and products such as floating facilities, flexible pipe, umbilicals and robotics. Those solutions are supported by a fleet of 14 pipelay and construction vessels. These subsea activities accounted for 66.3% of our Offshore segment backlog as of December 31, 2004 (or 1,860 million).
      We have technology and expertise in surface platform design and construction such as our Spar floating platforms for deepwater exploration, and we have reinforced our expertise in process and naval architecture. Our floaters activities accounted for 33.7% of our Offshore segment backlog as of December 31, 2004 (or 944 million).
      Early in the field development process, we provide conceptual engineering services. These engineering services include screening of solutions at the conceptual stage based on economical valuation and risk management techniques, field architecture and front-end engineering studies. Our ability to offer these engineering services is an additional competitive advantage in turnkey project tenders.
Subsea Oil Field Services
      The engineering, manufacture and installation of the equipment connecting subsea wells to the surface platform are frequently referred to as subsea umbilicals, risers and flowlines (“SURF”) activities. SURF activities have historically been at the core of our Offshore Activities. As an alternative to placing the wellheads on a surface facility, subsea developments use wellheads placed directly on the seabed and connected to platform-based surface facilities through flexible or rigid subsea pipelines. These wellheads are remotely controlled from the surface through umbilicals (underwater conduits that carry hydraulic or electrical power, data signals and well service fluids). We offer the turnkey delivery of SURF systems, involving our oversight of suppliers and subcontractors and including our own submarine services such as pipe laying, subsea construction, and the manufacture and supply of critical equipment, including umbilicals and flexible pipe. Our clients seek to develop fields in increasingly deep waters, requiring constantly evolving engineering and technology. We help our clients to expand the range of economically viable production, as demonstrated by our contract to install pipes in Angola at record depths.
      To support our installation of SURF systems, we maintain one of the world’s most advanced fleets of subsea pipelay and construction vessels. In addition, some governmental regulations (such as in the North Sea) may require burial of subsea pipeline beneath the ocean floor and therefore we also provide trenching services to our clients. Our subsea installation and maintenance activities frequently require us to use divers or remotely operated vehicles (“ROVs”) deployed from construction vessels. Our pipelay vessel CSO Deep Blue provides significant capabilities in the deepwater environments of the Gulf of Mexico and West Africa. For a description of our fleet of construction vessels, see “— Property, Plant and Equipment — Marine Service Vessels”. In addition to the engineering and installation of new systems, our SURF activities also encompass inspection, maintenance and repair of existing subsea infrastructure.
      Subsea oil field services are highly specialized. While no company participates in all segments of the subsea oil field services industry, a number of companies, including the Group, provide a broad range of the industry’s products or services. See “— Project Tenders and Competition”.

18


Table of Contents

Surface Facilities
      We design and construct fixed and floating drilling, production, processing, and living quarter platforms for the development of offshore and deepwater oil and gas fields. In addition to more traditional approaches, we offer proprietary technological solutions such as Spar and floating Extendable Draft Platforms (“EDP”), self-installing fixed platforms (TPG 500) and floater installation methods (UNIDECK), which do not require the use of costly installation equipment such as heavy lift barges as well as innovative solutions such as float-over.
      Fixed Platforms. The TPG 500 is a self-installing high-capacity fixed platform that is constructed, equipped and tested onshore and then towed to site. Once on site, the platform’s legs are jacked down to the seabed up to 150 meters deep and the hull is subsequently raised into its final position. Under favorable conditions, start-up of operations can commence as early as five days after the TPG 500 arrives on site. Although the TPG 500 is a fixed and not floating structure, the installation can be reversed and the platform re-installed at a new site. Unlike our TPG 500, the typical fixed platform involves substantial offshore construction and commissioning and significant removal costs.
      Floating and Semi-submersible Platforms. The Spar is a floating deepwater drilling and production platform, based on a technology co-developed and jointly owned by us and J. Ray McDermott. The structure comprises a hull with a circular cross-section that sits vertically in the water and is supported by buoyancy chambers at the top and stabilized by a midsection structure hanging from the hard tanks. If necessary, stability may be supplemented by solid ballasts placed in compartments at the keel. The vessel is held in place by a taut catenary mooring system, providing lateral station keeping. The Spar platform uses “dry-tree” technology, where the wellhead equipment is located on the platform rather than on the seabed.
      Our Spar platforms constitute an important component of our business strategy for floating production platforms. In addition to our Spar platforms, we have also developed the EDP, a self-installing high-capacity semi-submersible platform for depths up to 1,000 meters, suitable for use in West Africa, the Gulf of Mexico, Brazil and deeper North Sea fields. We are evaluating the EDP concept as a technical solution for a West African deepwater offshore development.
Industry Considerations
      We believe that the market for the development of offshore fields, particularly in deepwater (depths exceeding 500 meters), will experience significant growth in the next several years, and are therefore focusing on the regions of West Africa, the Gulf of Mexico, Brazil and South East Asia. The commercial successes in 2003 and 2004 of such projects as the P51 and P52 platforms in Brazil as well as the Otway gas project in Australia demonstrate the success of our strategy to provide integrated services, pursued since our acquisition of Coflexip. The compatibility of the assets and the competencies in our Offshore Activities have allowed us to offer integrated solutions to clients who can now depend on one project contractor to carry out all aspects of offshore development.
Offshore Strategy
      Our Offshore activity strategy aims to:
  defend our leadership position in the SURF sector;
 
  benefit from the anticipated upswing in Brazil, especially in flexible pipe deliveries; and
 
  enhance our position in the area of floating platforms, following the major successes in 2003 of Dalia FPSO (Angola) and P52 (Brazil) followed in 2004 by P51 (Brazil) and the Spar Constitution (Gulf of Mexico).
Onshore/ Downstream Activities
      In 2004, we generated net sales of 2,385.1 million, or 46.4% of our total net sales, from our Onshore/ Downstream Activities as compared to 2,119.0 million, or 44.9% of total net sales in 2003 and 1,938.6 million,

19


Table of Contents

or 43.5%, in 2002. As of December 31, 2004, our Onshore/ Downstream sector accounted for approximately 55.4% of our total backlog.
      Onshore activities include both upstream activities, such as the production and transport of oil and gas on land, gas treatment and liquefaction plants, and downstream activities, such as oil refineries and petrochemical and fertilizer plants. Our Onshore/Downstream Activities consist mainly of the design and implementation of production, refining and treatment units. We also design and build related utilities and offsite facilities such as hydrogen and power production units and storage facilities.
      Onshore Field Development. We design and construct all types of development facilities for onshore oil and gas fields, from wellheads to process facilities and export systems. In addition to new onshore field development projects, we have historically carried out substantial work on the revamping of existing facilities, notably through the modernization of their production equipment and control systems as well as bringing them in line with environmental standards.
      Pipelines. Since 1960, we have completed more than 140 onshore pipeline projects in over 40 countries, amounting to an aggregate length of 18,000 km of pipeline. We build pipeline systems principally for natural gas, crude oil and oil products, water, liquid sulfur and slurry. Through our subsidiary Technip Germany, we are one of the most experienced pipeline builders in the world and have completed projects in the most severe environments, including desert, tundra, mountain and swamp. We have also entered into a joint venture, MERP B.V. with Maats B.V. of The Netherlands, for the rental of pipeline construction equipment. MERP’s rental fleet is one of the largest in the world.
      Natural Gas Treatment and Liquefaction. We are a global sales leader in the engineering and construction of infrastructure for the natural gas industry, with over 40 years of experience in the engineering of innovative solutions for our clients. An early pioneer in the field of natural gas liquefaction with the construction of the first high-capacity liquefaction facility at Arzew, Algeria in the early 1960s, we continue to be a global leader in LNG, having been awarded in joint venture with Chiyoda the world’s second largest LNG project (Qatar Gas II) in 2004. We are also very well positioned on the emerging market of Gas-To-Liquids (GTL) since we won the first-ever large scale GTL plant in Qatar (“Oryx”) in 2003. We also have a long record with our treatment plants (treatment, LNG extraction, sulfur recovery), notably using recently developed technologies derived from our Cryomax® technology (using cold temperatures to separate gases).
      We have access to the relevant technologies under license in all major methods of natural gas treatment. We also have an in-house cryogenic technology, Cryomax®. We are specialized in the extraction of sulphur from natural gas, and lead the industry in terms of installed capacity, including 10 gas treatment plants with capacities of over 400 million cubic meters each and the world’s largest sulfur recovery facility. Additionally, through our Cryomax® technology, we are specialists in the highly efficient recovery of C2 and C3 hydrocarbons from natural gas and the refinery of gases.
      Refineries. Each refinery is uniquely configured to process crude oil into a determined range of products and by-products. Since our founding in 1958, we have designed and built more than 27 grassroots refineries, of which three have been built since 1995, and carried out major expansions or revamping of over 170 existing plants. Together, these projects represent more than 600 individual oil refining units delivered in over 40 countries for national oil companies and the world’s major private oil companies. Our systems control engineering capabilities together with proprietary technologies, including the progressive crude oil distillation patents we own jointly with Total, are key strategic assets in winning refinery tenders. We believe our progressive crude distillation technology has several advantages over traditional refining methods, positioning us to meet increasingly stringent environmental standards, notably through:
  reduced energy consumption, in part through reliance on steam by-products of refining;
 
  improved separation of the hydrocarbon components of crude oil;
 
  flexibility to produce new gasoline formulations; and
 
  low pollution.

20


Table of Contents

      We are a leader in the design and construction of hydrogen and synthetic gas production units and sulfur recovery units. Hydrogen and synthetic gas are used to distill and process refinery products and petrochemicals. Since 1992 we have participated in a global alliance with Air Products & Chemicals for the supply of high-purity hydrogen to the refining industry. High-purity hydrogen is critical for reducing the sulfur content in diesel and gasoline thus meeting stringent environmental standards. Since our founding, we have been involved in the construction of over 200 of these units worldwide for the refining and related industries. Based on publicly available information, we have built about 40% of the world’s “over-the-fence hydrogen capacity”. Natural gas deposits generally have an undesirably high sulfur content that must be recovered as part of processing. Based on publicly available information, we have built approximately 30% of the world’s installed sulfur recovery capacity.
      Petrochemicals. In the field of petrochemicals, we have completed 10 turnkey contracts for major fully integrated petrochemical complexes. We have also designed and built a large number of individual petrochemical units, including 30 steam-cracking units, over 120 aromatics units, over 100 intermediate product units and 130 polymer units, including 62 polyolefin units.
      Ethylene. Our competitive position in the field of petrochemicals was greatly enhanced in 1999 with our acquisition of KTI from the Mannesmann group. KTI (through the companies now known as Technip USA, Technip Benelux and Technip KT India) had been a frequent joint venture partner of ours since 1978, especially in projects related to ethylene production, which combined our respective technologies in ethylene cracking furnaces and cryogenic gas. We are now one of the few contractors to have our own ethylene production technology and we are currently working on the construction of the largest steam-cracking unit to be built in the world to produce ethylene.
      Polyethylene/ Polypropylene. We are a global leader in the construction of both polyethylene units and polypropylene units in terms of the number of plants we have constructed. We believe that we have designed and built 14% and 8%, respectively, of the world’s current production capacities of polyethylene and polypropylene.
Industry Considerations
      Gas demand is expected to increase more than any other energy source by 2030 (an increase of 87% over the 2002-2030 period according to the International Energy Agency). We believe in a strong development of the gas market and, in particular, in LNG demand, which according to the International Energy Agency should grow from 150 billion cubic meters per year in 2002 to 680 billion cubic meters per year in 2030 (an increase of 350%).
      Growth in the global demand for natural gas is linked to its qualities adapted to the new concerns for environmentally friendly products. Growth is mainly led by the use of gas for electricity generation and will lead to the construction of new gas treatment and liquefaction capacities, as well as gas pipelines. We believe that over the next few years, the development of GTL technology will become important as it will allow the on-site conversion of gas reserves to high quality fuels.
      In a number of countries, new environmental regulations will require the revamping of existing refinery infrastructure, particularly over the period from 2005 to 2007 when these regulations will become more restrictive and from 2005 with the implementation of the Kyoto Protocol to reduce carbon dioxide emissions.
      The petrochemical industry should enter into an upswing in its cycle of activity, following weak demand for its main products, coinciding with the entry into service of new production capacities. Europe’s share of petrochemical expenditures should decline relative to that of Asia, in particular India and China, due to increasing growth in the region, and to that of the Middle East, which having inexpensive raw materials, is particularly competitive in the export market.

21


Table of Contents

Onshore/Downstream Strategy
      Our strategy for growth in the Onshore/ Downstream activity centers on the following objectives:
  capture expected growth in demand for gas projects to enhance our current leadership in the treatment, separation and liquefaction of gas, and to develop our position in GTL projects, for example, the expansion of the project we are currently developing in Qatar; and
 
  emphasize refining and petrochemical projects with a high value-added component tied to their technological content as well as their status as large turnkey contracts.
Industries Activities
      We offer engineering and construction services to other industries. Among the projects we have completed, we count fine chemicals and pharmaceuticals facilities, chemicals, fertilizers and agro-industrial plants, power generation plants, cement plants, mining and metal facilities, as well as numerous projects in buildings and infrastructures. Our Industries Activities are based on contracts, which, on the average, have a shorter life cycle than contracts in the hydrocarbons/ petrochemicals field. These are sometimes turnkey contracts, but more often they are service contracts.
      In 2004, we generated net sales of 268.7 million, or 5.2% of our total net sales, from the Industries Activities compared to 382.4 million, or 8.1% of total net sales in 2003 and 388.7 million, or 8.7% of total net sales in 2002. As of December 31, 2004, the Industries Activities represented approximately 3.2% of our total backlog.
      Life Sciences. We have successfully completed a large number of projects in the pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, veterinary and bio-industry segments. These projects include research centers, quality control laboratories, pilot units and production facilities for fine chemicals, intermediates and finished products for most of the major players in the pharmaceutical industry.
      Chemicals. We are one of the world’s leading groups in the design and construction of chemical production plants using internationally recognized state-of-the-art-patented technologies. We have designed and built units in the three main sectors of fertilizers, chlorine and chlorinated derivatives, and agrochemicals. Due to numerous technological alliance agreements signed with major internationally recognized groups, we have reinforced our ability to provide engineering services and to manage these projects. These alliances give the Group access to the most recently developed technologies in this sector.
      Power Generation. We are present on the market for power plants mainly through our affiliates in Italy. Our expertise has been recognized through numerous projects in Europe and the Middle East. Since January 2004, we have been executing a turnkey contract for the construction of an 800 MW combined cycle power generation plant in Italy.
      Metals. We have successfully completed several projects in the production of metals, and our expertise is well recognized by major companies for both aluminum smelters and alumina refineries. Through the execution of projects in Venezuela and Africa, we have been consolidating our position in this field of activity. In addition, with the start of a project in New Caledonia for a nickel smelter we are further developing our activities in Metals, thus strengthening our position as one of the leaders in this field of activity.
      Aeronautic and Space Industries. We have successfully completed several projects for the aeronautic and space industries: industrial buildings, assembly hangars and assembly workshops. Outstanding references include: a booster plant for Ariane 5 at Kourou for the CNES and the European Space Agency, as well as several test benches and wind tunnels for various industrial clients.
      Cement. Our cement division designs and constructs cement plants. We also carry out major plant expansions and modernization programs for existing units throughout the world. Our patented technologies and optimized processes give us an important competitive edge. The main projects carried out by the Group include several grassroots plants as well as plant expansions and modernizations.

22


Table of Contents

      Industrial Buildings and Infrastructures. Working in partnership with major architectural firms, we carry out projects for industrial and service buildings featuring a strong architectural image. Major references in this sector include the French National Library, Disneyland Paris, Renault’s Technocenter, the 7,000-seat Zenith theater in Rouen and Jussieu University in Paris. We also provide services for hospital projects, urban tramways, headquarter buildings and upscale shopping malls. In 2004, at Toulouse, the final assembly hangar for the gigantic Airbus A380 — for which we, as leader of a consortium, provided project management and engineering services — was inaugurated. This reference has already paved the way for our involvement in maintenance centers for the A380 in Dubai.
     Industry Considerations
      While energy prices influence economic activities overall, the industries identified above are not necessarily subject to the same cycles as the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry. This allows us to diversify our exposure to the hydrocarbon/petrochemical sector.
     Industries Strategy
      Our strategy for growth in this activity consists of increasing our sales more rapidly than the sales for the Group as a whole, by mobilizing our technical know-how in the management of projects in fields such as life sciences, chemicals, mining and metal, power generation and architectural engineering.
Segment and Geographical Breakdown of Net Sales and Backlog
     Net Sales by Activity
      We carry out our engineering and construction activities in three segments. The following table sets forth our consolidated net sales broken down by segment for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:
                         
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Offshore Activities
    2,487.2       2,209.7       2,125.0  
Onshore/ Downstream Activities
    2,385.1       2,119.0       1,938.6  
Industries Activities
    268.7       382.4       388.7  
                   
Total
    5,141.0       4,711.1       4,452.3  
                   
     Net Sales by Geographic Zone
      We carry out our engineering and construction activities worldwide. The following table sets forth our consolidated net sales by geographic zone for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:
                         
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Europe/ Russia/ Central Asia
    1,278.9       1,138.2       1,196.6  
Africa/ Middle East
    2,553.8       2,150.3       1,482.0  
Americas
    929.4       1,078.1       1,328.5  
Asia Pacific
    378.9       344.5       445.2  
                   
Total
    5,141.0       4,711.1       4,452.3  
                   
      Special Geographic Considerations
      A substantial part of our project backlog is in the Persian Gulf region, although we have no backlog in Iraq. While to date, we do not believe that our business has been materially affected by the armed conflict in Iraq since 2003, we cannot predict the effect that the current conflict will have on future investments in this region or on our

23


Table of Contents

ability to complete our backlog under the terms initially contracted. We have taken additional measures to ensure the safety of our staff working in this region, including reducing the number of expatriated employees.
      In 2002, Venezuela adopted new legislation relating to hydrocarbons that allows foreign investors to obtain Downstream assets. This new legislation also increases the rate of fees due to the State by production companies using the country’s reserves and require the state-owned company, Petroleos de Venezuela SA, to hold at least a 51% interest in all exploration and production joint ventures.
      As a non-U.S. company, we may do business in countries that are not generally accessible to our U.S. peer companies. Companies making statutorily-defined “investments” in the petroleum industry in Iran may be sanctioned by the U.S. government under the U.S. Iran and Libya Sanctions Act of 1996, as amended in August 2001 (“ILSA”). ILSA originally also applied to Libya. Recently, however, the President of the United States has made a determination that effectively suspends the application of ILSA with respect to Libya.
      ILSA defines the term “investment” to include a range of contractual arrangements, but it also expressly excludes “the entry into, performance, or financing of a contract to sell or purchase goods, services, or technology.” We do not believe that the services we provide in Iran meet the statutory requirements of an “investment” as defined by ILSA.
      Under ILSA, amended in August 2001, the President of the United States has the authority to grant waivers under certain circumstances, including those in the national interest of the United States. The United States government reached an understanding with the European Union in 1997, whereby the United States committed to work with the EU toward granting EU member states and companies waivers under ILSA. However, we cannot predict future interpretations by, or the implementation policy of, the U.S. government with respect to ILSA.
      An amendment to the ILSA is currently before the U.S. Congress. If passed in its current form, this amendment would restrict the ability of the President of the United States to grant waivers for sanctions against individuals with important investment interests in the Iranian oil sector.
      In addition, under U.S. executive orders and regulations, U.S. origin goods, technology and services may not be exported or reexported to Iran. Any person involved in any prohibited export or reexport may be placed on the U.S. Commerce Department’s “Denied Persons List”, as well as incurring other administrative and/or criminal penalties.
Backlog by Segment of Activity
      Backlog consists of the uncompleted portion of contracts in force, which we define as signed contracts for which all pre-conditions to entry into force (such as proof of financing) have been met. Contracts in the Offshore and Industry activities tend to enter backlog almost immediately, while in the Onshore/ Downstream segment, because of the larger contract size and more complicated financing arrangements, it is not unusual for several months to pass before a signed contract can be entered into backlog. Our backlog does not include contracts which we have signed but which do not meet these criteria. Our backlog includes only our proportionate share of joint venture contracts. To the extent work on these contracts advances, they are progressively removed from backlog. The following table sets forth our consolidated backlog by sector activities as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Backlog is not an audited measure.
                         
    As of December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (unaudited, in  billions)
Offshore Activities
    2.80       2.89       1.76  
Onshore/ Downstream Activities
    3.76       3.91       3.63  
Industries Activities
    0.22       0.38       0.39  
                   
Total
    6.78       7.18       5.78  
                   

24


Table of Contents

     Backlog by Geographical Zone
      Broken down by geographic zone, 61.1% of our backlog as of December 31, 2004 was attributed to Africa and the Middle East, 16.2% in the Americas, 15.9% in Europe, Russia and Central Asia and 6.8% in Asia Pacific.
      As of December 31, 2004, our five largest contracts accounted for approximately 34% of our total backlog, representing 2.3 billion, as compared to approximately 30% at the end of 2003 and 34% at the end of 2002.
Description of Our Operations
     Contract Project Management
      Our project contractor activities expose us contractually to significant construction and cash flow risks. To mitigate these risks, we have developed stringent risk controls, including selectivity as to the projects we bid on, and implemented a disciplined management of cash flows, both on a contract-by-contract and on a global basis. We believe that our past ability to manage these risks has been a key factor in our ability to successfully provide turnkey solutions for our clients.
Turnkey Projects
      Our clients are generally not specialized in construction and are primarily interested in obtaining the timely delivery of a completed and operational industrial complex without significant involvement on their part. Turnkey projects allow our clients to achieve this result by delegating to the turnkey contractor the responsibility for designing and executing major facilities of an industrial complex within an agreed budget and timetable. An increasing number of companies offering turnkey services competing for one project have become involved in the offshore production area where the unit size of contracts has grown significantly. The 1995 N’Kossa field development project in Congo’s territorial waters, for example, generated 50 separate turnkey contracts. In recent calls to bid, it has become commonplace for Offshore developments to divide a project into drastically fewer contracts, such as in the case of Dalia development in Angola, or even to award the project in its entirety to only one contractor.
      As the contractor of a turnkey project, we are responsible for all aspects of the project. We start with the design of the facility, then procure all equipment and oversee all stages of construction. We complete our engagement by delivery of the facility to our client in a “ready to use” state. We usually guarantee completion by a scheduled acceptance date and/or achievement of some acceptance and performance testing levels. The client usually retains responsibility for obtaining all necessary construction and operating permits and for operating the facility after delivery.
      Substantially all of our turnkey projects are under “lump-sum” contracts that fix an all inclusive lump-sum price for the project. Lump-sum contracts have several advantages for our clients: the delivery price is known in advance and in most cases cost overruns are absorbed by the project contractors and the typical penalty structure encourages timely delivery. From our point of view, while lump-sum contracts entail business and financial risks, notably by requiring us to absorb some of the cost overruns, they also allow us to appropriate any of the three types of cost savings which we generate during the life of the project: technical studies, the procurement of equipment and the management of worksites. Because of these business and financial risks, we cannot generally estimate the margins of our lump-sum turnkey contracts accurately until a substantial portion of the work has been completed.
“Cost Plus Fee” Contracting
      Another type of contractual arrangement common in our industry is “cost plus fee” contracting, or service contracting. Under cost plus fee contracts, the project contractor passes the design, equipment and construction costs on to the customer after adding a predetermined percentage profit margin. Contrary to turnkey projects, the equipment, materials and construction are not paid for through a lump sum fee, but are directly ordered and paid for by the client. While cost plus fee contracts often contain performance bonuses and penalties, much of the bid negotiation is focused on the percentage profit margin, with relatively little reward to the contractor for efficient project management and relatively little guarantee for its client against cost overruns. The current international

25


Table of Contents

market for engineering and construction services primarily involves lump-sum turnkey contracts due to the requirements of financial institutions. Cost plus fee contracts remain common in the United States and some European countries.
Single Project Joint Ventures
      Typically, we bid for projects as the sole general contractor of the project. As sole general contractor, we have full responsibility vis-à-vis the customer for all aspects of the project, including the selection and supervision of subcontractors. For some larger or more technical projects, we participate (often as the general contractor of the projects) in single-project joint ventures with other contracting, engineering and construction companies to share risks and combine financial, technical and other resources. In 2004, approximately 17% of our sales were generated from joint venture projects. By way of example, recent joint venture projects that we have participated in include the Cakerawala offshore gas development project, through a consortium including Technip Malaysia (with a 35% stake in the consortium), Saipem (with a 13% stake in the consortium) and Samsung (with a 52% stake in the consortium), and the OGD II gas treatment complex, through an equally-owned joint venture with Bechtel. In both cases, we were the leader of the joint ventures.
      In a single-project joint venture, each member of the joint venture shares the risks and revenues of the project, according to predetermined rules. Joint ventures often impose joint and several liabilities on the partners, under which we could become liable for a failure to perform on the part of our joint venture partners. These single-purpose joint ventures last only as long as the construction project, which is frequently longer than one year on major construction projects. Construction joint ventures undertaken to complete a specific project are liquidated when the project is completed.
Alliances
      Additionally, we occasionally form alliances with our oil and gas customers whereby we are able to share a portion of the risk and reward of a project. Contrary to a traditional turnkey contract, a target price for the project will be set and savings and costs overruns will be shared. However, we share any savings below, or cost overruns above the target price with our customer. Alliances often allow us to streamline the project by working on an integrated basis with our customer. In addition, alliances allow us to strengthen our customer relationships, be involved in a project at an earlier stage and participate in technological choices. Over the last three years, we have participated in several alliance contracts with European oil and gas companies.
Execution of a Turnkey Project
      As turnkey project contractor, we coordinate the principal functions in the engineering and construction process:
Financial Engineering Our teams assist clients in obtaining external project finance before work commences.
 
Engineering Design Our engineering services draw on our internal engineering staff and our selected technologies to design the facility.
 
Procurement Our project teams source equipment from outside manufacturers through competitive bidding.
 
Construction Our project teams select and oversee outside construction companies.
 
Commissioning, Start-up and Performance Tests Our commissioning/start-up service verifies the readiness of the facility and starts operations. Once start-up and performance tests are successfully completed, our role in the project is over.
      As a general rule of thumb, engineering design services for a typical turnkey project account for approximately 10% to 20% of a project’s total contract value. Equipment accounts for approximately 40% to 50% of a project’s total contract value. Construction accounts for substantially all of the remaining 40%, with

26


Table of Contents

start-up not representing a material percentage. Financing costs are borne directly by the client and are not included when calculating the contract’s value. While financing and start-up services do not have large independent economic value relative to the rest of the project, these services are generally highly valued by potential clients and facilitate obtaining contract awards. In addition, because we do not consider a contract to be unconditional until financing has been arranged, facilitation of financing is important for our project schedules and the commencement of execution.
Financial Engineering
      Through our financial engineering teams located in Paris, Rome, Kuala Lumpur, Houston, Düsseldorf, The Hague, Aberdeen and Rio de Janeiro, we help our clients arrange financing by seeking out and negotiating financing under the most appropriate structure for each project. We promote a broad range of financing instruments:
  export credits from multiple national export-import authorities;
 
  co-financing with multinational financing institutions;
 
  structured trade finance;
 
  international commercial credit;
 
  local funding; and
 
  letters of credit.
      Our active involvement in the financial engineering of the project is essential on many fronts. The presence of a well-regarded project contractor adds credibility to the project for financial institutions. Our financial engineering team is experienced in matching projects to appropriate financing structures. Finally, our project management teams are experienced at planning our procurement and subcontracting around the national content requirements of national export-import authorities. As a matter of policy, however, we do not ourselves participate in arrangements which would require us to make an investment in the financing of the project.
      Examples of recently arranged client finance include:
      Chile: U.S.$26 million for a hydrogen unit (commercial bank loan);
      Oman: U.S.$536 million for a nitrogen fertilizer plant (export credit guaranteed by Coface and Sace, with a standby letter of credit);
      Brazil: 65 million for the supply and laying of flexible pipe for an offshore field (Coface export credit);
      Turkmenistan: U.S.$446 million for a cracking unit and a lube oil plant (combination of commercial loans and multi-source export credits guaranteed by Hermès, Coface, Office National du Ducroire, Turkish Eximbank and Malaysian Eximbank), and 112 million for a diesel treatment unit (guaranteed by Hermès);
      Uzbekistan: U.S.$300 million for the construction of a refinery at Bukhara (combination of multi-source export credits guaranteed by Coface, the Export Import Bank of the United States, Japan EXIM and a private bank letter of credit);
      Egypt: U.S.$1 billion for the construction of a refinery in Alexandria (confirmation of letters of credit and financing granted by European Investment Bank (EIB)); and
      Malaysia: Financing of a U.S.$140 million polyethylene unit contract (Coface and Hermès export credits and a commercial loan).
      We do not include signed contracts in our backlog until financing has been arranged.
Engineering Design
      Prior to the erection of an industrial plant, engineering studies are needed involving numerous engineering specialties including process design, systems control, pressure vessels, rotating equipment, instrumentation,

27


Table of Contents

electrical facilities, computing, piping, civil works, cost control and scheduling. Throughout the project, and prior to authorization for delivery, quality control and testing of operability is carried out. All these activities are provided by and fully managed within the Company.
      Engineering studies generally progress sequentially through the following three phases:
      Basic engineering design. In the first phase, the facility’s layout is planned, both in conceptual terms such as traffic flows and industrial processes, and in physical terms such as placement of equipment and piping. One of the fundamental goals of this phase is the preparation of a basic engineering design package containing all data needed by a competent contractor to perform the detailed engineering. It is also at this phase that our engineers define the facility’s main equipment, together with its systems control and safety devices.
      Front-end engineering design. During this phase, our engineers develop detailed site plans, including the main piping, instrument, electrical and civil works layouts. One of the fundamental goals of this phase is the definition of specifications for the main equipment, allowing our project managers to proceed with procurement. The development of deep and ultra-deepwater fields depends on innovative technical developments in the design of the flowlines and risers to connect subsea wellheads to surface facilities and requires extensive front-end engineering and design work. In March 1999, we launched a Deepwater Field Development Division to provide conceptual and front-end engineering and design services to our clients well in advance of procurement and installation contracts. We believe that our involvement at an early stage in a project allows us to provide optimized subsea solutions based on our engineering and installation expertise. This is particularly important with respect to the development of deepwater and ultra-deepwater fields, which require innovative technical developments in the design of the flowlines and risers to connect subsea wellheads to surface facilities.
      Detailed engineering. During this phase, engineering studies and architectural plans are finalized for construction. All remaining studies are performed before construction of the plant. Our engineers also participate in the purchasing of equipment, and cost and schedule control. The fundamental goal of this phase is to allow construction to commence.
Procurement
      Once our engineering work has advanced to a stage where our specific equipment needs are known, typically a few months after the beginning of the project, we generally order our equipment rapidly both to ensure its availability when required under the project schedule and to minimize the time over which equipment price levels might depart from those assumed in our tender bid. With the limited exceptions of flexible pipe and umbilicals where we have industry-leading products, we are not involved in the manufacturing of equipment. We source our equipment from a large number of independent suppliers. Our engineers do, however, establish the equipment specifications corresponding to the needs of a given project.
      Procurement of equipment from external suppliers typically comprises approximately half of a project’s cost. In each of our contracts, competitive bidding by reliable suppliers is an important factor in cost containment. Our historical ability to procure equipment from suppliers in a quality-conscious but cost-contained manner has been a key to our success with lump-sum turnkey contracts. We continue to apply our procurement policy, except for products containing flexible pipes, in which we believe we are the global leader and therefore possess the most advanced products.
      We have established a global procurement network to organize the supply of the appropriate equipment at a competitive cost and in conformity with industry best practices for international bidding. The procurement network is composed of eight major procurement centers located throughout the world, each of which uses a common set of tools and procedures. The global procurement network’s staff of over 500 employees has an average professional experience of 20 years in fields relevant to our activities. The global procurement network names a single project procurement manager for each project under our management. All regional centers support the project procurement manager by verifying the qualifications of local suppliers and by providing inspection, shipping and logistics services for goods located in their zone. We believe that the geographic proximity of these centers to suppliers and subcontractors enables us to carry out more effective quality controls and to identify technological innovations and industry developments earlier than might otherwise be the case.

28


Table of Contents

      Since 2001, we have carried out a growing part of our equipment procurement over a proprietary business-to-business Internet system. Conducting our equipment tenders over this electronic system reduces transaction costs and delays through the rapid diffusion of tender materials and the ability to receive a standardized electronic response, among other factors. The system helps increase competition among our suppliers by providing accessibility to potential suppliers no matter where they are located. Use of Internet technologies should also allow our separate geographic purchasing centers to better coordinate procurement and benefit from economies of scale. The system handles tendering and auctions of products and services. We are phasing in a full-scale Internet-based purchasing system, or “e-procurement” system, for all aspects of material and equipment sourcing and delivery, including calls for bids, clarification of tender specifications, submission of bids, bid analysis and finally either bid negotiation or an auction process. In addition to these tasks, our e-procurement system will also provide assistance in tasks such as estimate requests, equipment design, delivery logistics, and invoicing. We anticipate that once our e-procurement system is fully operational, approximately 20% of our procurement will continue to be handled through traditional channels because the e-procurement channel is not optimally suited for dealing with situations of too narrow competition or with orders for some large highly customized equipment.
      By deploying our e-procurement system and entering into corporate frame agreements with strategic suppliers, we aim to reduce processing costs by approximately 20% and potentially reduce the purchase price of equipment by 5%.
      We believe that the volume of purchases that has transited through our Internet purchasing system amounted to approximately 800 million in 2004. This system thus allows us to procure materials at a better cost, taking into account in particular the effects of exchange rates. The portion of procurement from the U.S. dollar zone amounted to approximately 38% in 2004, as compared to 27% in 2000. Due to price fluctuations on the raw materials and equipment markets in 2004, we cannot accurately measure the savings generated by our purchasing system.
      The projects we manage as well as our own operations require various equipment, bulk materials and raw materials.
      Our requirements in equipment for onshore facilities and offshore platforms include a variety of process equipment, vessels, rotating machines, piping materials and electrical and instrumentation components. These items are procured from a large number of worldwide suppliers. Among the major suppliers of our Group in 2004 are companies such as Dresser, Emerson, Siemens, Tenaris, UOP and Weir.
      Our principal raw material requirements for manufacturing flexible pipe include stainless steel strips, carbon steel wires and a variety of specialized plastics. We purchase stainless steel and carbon steel from major European suppliers at prices that are renegotiated each year and that apply to all our factories. Most of the raw materials used by our Brazilian plant are purchased from local suppliers. We purchase most of the steel wire used in flexible pipe and umbilical manufacturing from top-tier companies such as Arkema, Solvay, Outokumpu, Trefileurope (Mittal group), Sandvik, Bekaert and several affiliates of the Arcelor group (Ugine, Acesita, Belgo Mineira) pursuant to fixed-price supply contracts renewable at the end of each year.
      We maintain stable relationships with our principal suppliers and have not experienced difficulty obtaining adequate quantities of high quality raw materials to meet our manufacturing requirements. We continually attempt to develop alternate sources of supply for most of our strategic raw materials.
      The increase in commodity prices, especially pig iron and nickel, during 2004 affected our purchase contracts for all steel and stainless steel products. As another consequence of the unstable situation of the raw material market, the availability of steel equipment and components (line pipe) was reduced and delivery times were longer. However, we did not experience shortages in the delivery of strategic materials. In 2005 to date, we are experiencing continued price increases in raw materials overall, although steel price increases have slowed down.

29


Table of Contents

Construction
      Field construction typically commences one year after the design process has been launched. Before we begin the construction of a facility, we make sure that basic design aspects are finalized, and that a substantial portion of the equipment has been ordered and is available.
      We are not a construction company. Our role in the projects we handle is to organize and supervise the construction. We generally aim to subcontract our construction work to specialized construction companies, with the limited exceptions of pipe laying (including trenching) and installation of FSPOs in offshore projects, where we have developed highly specialized capabilities complementary to our general operations. Our construction subcontractors are selected through a competitive bidding process which takes into account, in addition to price, the experience and historical reliability of the bidder.
      While all companies in the engineering and construction industry rely on subcontracting to some extent, most of our international competitors rely heavily on their own construction units. We believe that maintaining our focus on the management of the construction process, rather than carrying out the construction ourselves, benefits our projects in several ways:
  systematic recourse to competitive bidding contributes to cost containment, allowing us to submit competitive project bids with acceptable opportunities for achieving high operating margins;
 
  our freedom to subcontract to a large pool of construction companies allows us to select the firms with the most relevant technical expertise for a given project;
 
  in periods in which we require fewer construction services, we do not carry the related overhead and payroll costs of an internal unit; and
 
  we believe that we are on average able to produce higher operating margins from management of construction than from the construction work we subcontract to others.
Commissioning & Start-Up
      Prior to delivery, our commissioning & start-up division conducts field testing to ensure that the facility is not just operational, but that it meets our client’s exact contractual specifications as well as national regulations and our own construction standards. To the extent a facility relies on licensed technology, the licensor will participate in its commissioning and start-up. During the pre-commissioning and commissioning phases, we subject each piece of equipment to simulated operating conditions. During the start-up phase, we commence actual operation of the facility. In our Offshore activities, a competitive advantage is our ability to conduct a substantial portion of the commissioning services onshore at lower costs than would be incurred providing such services in the open seas. Where our contribution to a project consists of engineering, procurement, construction and installation (known as EPCI contracts) of the subsea portion, we do not provide commissioning or start-up services to the client.
Special Challenges of Turnkey Project Management
Risk Management
      Turnkey projects are subject to special risks, including unforeseen conditions encountered during construction and the impact of inflation or interest rate movements on costs and financing requirements of clients. Changes in political and legal circumstances in foreign countries represent an additional risk, particularly since contracts for major projects are performed over an extended period of time.
      In order to protect ourselves from the risks described above, we pursue a strategy of risk management based principally on the following elements:
  selecting projects carefully; this generally entails rejecting an opportunity to bid on a project which we do not believe will offer us profit opportunities adequate to cover risks;

30


Table of Contents

  ensuring adequate technical capacity to meet contract obligations; this includes rejecting opportunities to bid on projects outside our core competencies;
 
  using our global scale to diversify counterparty, country and industry risks;
 
  participating in joint ventures to spread risk over more partners and more projects;
 
  estimating and controlling costs in reliance on our extensive experience in procuring equipment, materials and services, particularly for turnkey projects, and analyzing cost trends;
 
  commencing activities only after a project’s financing and government authorizations have been secured;
 
  ordering equipment rapidly and in the currency of our project receivables; this limits price-level and exchange rate risk;
 
  selecting appropriate subcontractors based on technical abilities and financial strength;
 
  effective negotiation of contract terms and conditions including payment, change in laws, change orders, force majeure, etc., to minimize contract and financial risks;
 
  using experienced project managers;
 
  conducting regular project reviews by senior management together with project management; and
 
  obtaining appropriate insurance.
      In order to further reduce the above risks, our policy is to contractually exclude consequential damages and limit liquidated damages for late completion, unsuccessful performance tests and defective or non-conforming work. In line with practice in our industry, our contracts generally limit our maximum aggregate liability to a range of 5% to 20% of the contract price, depending on the nature of the contract, and allow for price adjustments in the event of changes in law that affect the project. For some risks, notably environmental hazards, we may remain a potentially responsible party by operation of law in some jurisdictions. We also seek that our clients and subcontractors subscribe to adequate insurance directly or try to obtain indemnity agreements, whenever possible, from our customers, subcontractors and joint venture partners requiring these persons to indemnify us against the risk of some claims relating to injury to our employees, damage to our property and consequential damages.
Business Risks
      In addition to the technical expertise needed to design and supervise all aspects of the project, a lump-sum turnkey contract generally requires significant management skills. We determine the price and delivery dates which we include in our project bids after conducting an in-depth proposal study including cost estimates and financial risk analysis.
      If we manage the project so that delivery is timely and our sourcing of subcontractors and equipment is on or under budget, lump-sum turnkey projects can bring in significantly higher margins. Conversely, if we do not deliver a project on time, we are generally subject to the payment of liquidated damages to our client. If we are not able to complete a project at the cost estimated in our bid, we will record lower operating margins or even a loss. If the delay or change in costs is imputable to a change in the client’s orders, however, then the client will generally incur the extra costs.
      Under turnkey contracts, therefore, we carry particular risks, such as unanticipated increases in the cost of equipment, materials or manpower due to inflation or unforeseen events, delays caused by local weather conditions and suppliers’ and subcontractors’ failure to perform. In addition, we generally bear the risk of delays caused by unexpected conditions or events, subject to the protection of standard force majeure, hardship provisions or similar clauses. Other factors that may add to an individual project’s risks include the novelty of the technologies used, the experience of our equipment vendors and construction subcontractors in similar projects, the scheduling needs of the client and the project’s location in a developing country. The management of a turnkey contract through a joint venture structure and the complexity of our relationships with subcontractors, although diversifying our risk exposure, may in some cases increase the project’s risk of delay or cost overruns. Because our turnkey contracts typically run over several years and their risks are based on factors (such as

31


Table of Contents

geological conditions, labor availability during the construction phase or performance of new designs) which are not necessarily known at the time of bidding or even before substantial procurement and engineering work has been completed, it is difficult to predict these risks and assess their potential effect on contract costs and margins when we submit bids or during the early phases of a project. See Note 1(d) to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.
      In addition to the considerations covered by the factors described above, our failure to meet any schedule or performance requirements under our contract may negatively impact our project profit margins due to contractual liquidated damages payments. Often, however, after negotiation with the client after closure of the contract, we have not been required to make these damages payments. Historically, however, we have a strong record in meeting the completion and delivery deadlines of our turnkey projects.
      After delivery of a completed operational facility we continue to bear the risk of claims for damages arising under our contractual guarantees during the guaranty period, the scope of which varies by project. The standard percentage for bank guarantees may be between 10% and 20% of the contract price — reduced after delivery for equipment warranty — (it being understood that it may be reduced for large projects) and are irrevocable and binding until expiration of the guarantee period. The guarantee period typically runs for 12 to 24 months from our client’s acceptance of the facility.
Cash Flow Risks
      Lump-sum turnkey contracts also require us to manage cash flow risks. Under these contracts, we are obliged to make large expenditures to execute a project. Our basic goal for each project is to ensure that, at any point in time, the sum of client payments received (plus any interest thereon) exceeds the sum total of our project disbursements to date plus payables due before the next progress payment is expected. To achieve this goal, we negotiate our project down-payment and progress payments in amounts and at times corresponding to expenditures. Additionally, our project managers do not authorize procurement or other outlays for which the cost has not been covered.
      Before we commence the design process or incur any project management expense, our client must make a down-payment to us typically representing 5% to 10% of the contract price and provide proof of firm financing for the rest. Over the life of the contract, our client continues to pay us installments on the contract price, typically in progress payments or upon our achieving agreed objective milestones such as, for example, the completion of the project’s engineering drawings or the delivery of equipment to the site.
      Because costs may significantly exceed our estimates or because delays in achieving milestones may cause our vendor payables to come due before the next progress payment is received, our disbursements may occasionally exceed client payments received (plus any interest thereon). Because substantially all of our projects are in positive cash positions and because cash shortfalls on individual projects are relatively infrequent and short-lived, we believe that we have sufficient funds to bridge any shortfalls which may foreseeably arise on individual projects.
Foreign Exchange Risks
      For each project, we cover our exposure to exchange rate risks first through the fact that most of our contracts are multi-currency contracts, and second through systematic coverage for the rest of the risks. For 2004, losses in connection with the effects of exchange rates were not significant.
Engineering Service Contracts
      In addition to carrying out turnkey projects, we also provide independent engineering services. Service contracts collectively accounted for approximately 12.7% of our net sales in 2004 and 9.9% of backlog as of December 31, 2004. While we bill these services on an hourly or a cost plus fee basis or a fixed price, we aim to accept only projects meeting the same profitability criteria as in turnkey project management and have historically achieved comparable margins.

32


Table of Contents

      From a marketing perspective, service contracts also allow us to establish a relationship with potential future clients and, in the case of project feasibility studies, to become involved at an early stage in turnkey projects for which we may later submit bids.
Installation and Other Subsea Services
      Our personnel carries out a range of services in the Offshore segment, principally focused on the subsea installation of pipeline and the maintenance of existing subsea systems.
      Rigid Pipelay. We install rigid steel pipe applying the reel method from aboard our two pipelay ships: the CSO Apache and CSO Deep Blue. In addition, we perform related construction services using our fleet of diving support vessels. See “— Property, Plant and Equipment — Marine Service Vessels” below. All the rigid pipelines laid by our pipelay vessels are reeled pipelines, assembled at one of our spoolbases located in Scotland, Norway and the United States. Onshore spoolbases permit us to complete the manufacturing process onshore and in advance of installation, at lower cost, whereas part of this process is typically completed offshore in conventional pipe laying operations. Work occurs in a more stable, controlled and safer work environment prior to the pipe being taken offshore.
      Our reel method capability for rigid pipe laying provides a significant potential cost advantage because of its faster installation rates and reduced labor expense compared to the conventional pipe laying methods. Our pipelay vessels can install pipelines at rates of approximately 1,000 meters per hour. Their superior installation speed as compared to traditional pipe laying allows faster completion of a project with less exposure to costly weather delays.
      The CSO Deep Blue is outfitted with twin 2,500 ton reels for rigid pipelay down to 2,500 meters water depth and supplemented with an optional J-Lay system for large diameter pipelines and riser installations. The CSO Apache has successfully laid pipeline at depths in excess of 1,000 meters.
      Flexible Pipelay and Umbilicals. We install flexible pipe and umbilicals using dedicated dynamically positioned marine service vessels (DP Vessels). See “— Property, Plant and Equipment — Marine Service Vessels”. Our deepwater pipelay vessel, the CSO Deep Blue, is able to lay both flexible and rigid pipe at a water depth of 2,500 meters and began its first job in summer 2001 in the Gulf of Mexico. The CSO Constructor can carry out full flexible pipe laying operations in water depths down to 1,500 meters and carry 4,000 tons of flexible pipes or umbilicals. In 2004, we acquired the CSO Deep Pioneer, a medium construction vessel capable of laying flexible pipes. Each marine service vessel can be fitted with either VLS (vertical laying systems) or any other specialized flexible pipe laying equipment that enables us to track the laying routes, approach close to surface platforms and lay pipe accurately. We believe that our fleet and unrivalled installation experience provide us with a competitive advantage in the installation of flexible pipe. Furthermore, our diving support vessels are also used to install flexible pipe on some projects where volumes are necessarily more modest. See “— Property, Plant and Equipment — Marine Service Vessels”.
      Trenching Services. As part of our flexible and rigid pipe laying activities, we provide trenching services in regions where pipe is required to be buried. Trenching is performed most often in the North Sea as a result of local regulations. Since 1981 we have developed a number of technologies for the trenching of pipelines, including remotely operated jetting, cutting and plowing systems, which are used extensively in accordance with the varying water depths and soil conditions experienced in offshore developments.
      Other Installation Services. We install floating production and storage systems. These systems, which are often reusable, are either tanker based or semi-submersible based and are connected to subsea oil and gas production systems where traditional fixed platforms would not be economical or appropriate. We also install hardware packages such as control umbilicals, wellhead control pods, manifolds and protection structures, risers and spoolpieces.
      Inspection, Repair and Maintenance. We provide customers with subsea inspection, repair and maintenance services for existing platforms, pipelines and subsea equipment. Demand for these services arises from ongoing maintenance needs, insurance requirements and safety and environmental considerations. We perform

33


Table of Contents

these services principally in the North Sea, a harsh, deepwater, highly regulated environment providing steady demand for inspection, repair and maintenance services.
      Inspection is conducted by direct manned intervention or ROVs or a combination of both techniques. In performing such inspections, repair and maintenance services, the Group uses inspection technologies including ultrasonic, eddy current and magnetic particle inspection that examine the structural integrity of subsea facilities.
      We believe that the application to the inspection, repair and maintenance market of the same project management standards that we use in our subsea contracting has provided our customers with a superior level of service. For example, the use of diving support vessels with simultaneous twin bell saturation diving, multiple air diving stations and ROVs to perform inspection, repair and maintenance services has generated significant productivity improvements. In addition, our use of high speed computers for data gathering and analysis, coupled with satellite communications, has improved the quality and efficiency of these services. Because inspection, repair and maintenance operations generally offer flexibility in scheduling and completion times, we can often redeploy diving support vessels involved in these operations to subsea contracting projects and reschedule the inspection, repair and maintenance services. This flexibility enables us to maintain a relatively high level of diving support vessels utilization while remaining responsive to customer needs.
Manufacturing and Supply
      We manufacture a limited amount of highly specialized equipment for our own use and to supply to third parties. All our manufacturing and supply activities are accounted for as part of our Offshore Activities, and consist principally of flexible pipe, drilling and refining application pipes (known as “DRAPs”), umbilicals and robotics as well as our manufacture of Spar platforms. All of our products are designed and manufactured to meet a particular customer’s order. As a result, we generally carry a relatively small inventory. Our principal manufacturing sites are located in France, Brazil, the United States and the United Kingdom. Our construction yards are located in Finland and in the United States.
      Flexible Pipe. We are the world leader in the manufacture of offshore flexible pipe, with an estimated market share of 70% on the basis of 2004 production volumes. Flexible pipe is primarily used as an alternative to rigid steel pipe for the offshore transportation of oil and gas. Composed of layers of steel wires and thermoplastic sheaths, flexible pipe can be engineered to withstand a more corrosive environment to improve its fatigue behavior in dynamic environments and to provide greater insulation than conventional rigid steel pipe while remaining flexible. These qualities, combined with generally lower installation, maintenance and removal costs compared to rigid steel pipe, make flexible pipe particularly suitable for certain offshore situations such as deepwater, rugged ocean floors and small, dispersed fields of hydrocarbons.
      Drilling and Refining Applications Pipes. We manufacture and sell DRAPs, which are small-diameter, short-section flexible lines that are used in the drilling and refining industries. DRAPs are produced using technology and materials similar to those used in the manufacture of flexible pipe. In refining operations, DRAPs are used to drain rainwater from floating roof storage tanks and to disperse anti-incendiary foams. In drilling operations, DRAPs are used to carry drilling muds and acids, and, in the event of a well blowout, to inject heavy drilling mud at extremely high pressures in order to suppress and control the blowout.
      Umbilicals. We are a world leading manufacturer of control/ chemical injection umbilicals (underwater conduits that carry hydraulic/ electrical power, data signals and/or well service fluids for the operation and control of subsea installations) which link subsea wells to fixed or floating production facilities under particularly difficult conditions. Our principal manufacturing activities are conducted in Newcastle in the United Kingdom, and in Houston, Texas, through our subsidiary Duco. Umbilicals are often manufactured using technology similar to that used in manufacturing flexible pipes. In July 2002, we signed a partnership agreement with Sonangol to establish a joint subsidiary, Angoflex Limitada, for the manufacture of umbilicals on the logistical base of Sonamet, located in Lobito, Angola. This plant has been operational since mid-2003.
      Robotics. We engineer and manufacture remote intervention products through our robotics subsidiary, Perry Slingsby Systems, located in Florida and in the United Kingdom. Perry Slingsby Systems has recently

34


Table of Contents

introduced two new product lines to the deep ocean seafloor market, principally for the trenching and burial of telecommunications cables.
      Spar Manufacture. We design and manufacture floating platform hulls, such as Spar hulls for our deepwater projects. Hulls are typically manufactured in several pieces by our Finnish subsidiary Technip Offshore Finland Oy, which employs approximately 655 persons at its plant near Pori, Finland. The pieces are then transported to our shipyard located in Corpus Christi, Texas, where the main sections are joined afloat and welded together to form the complete hull. While the hull is being assembled, our subsidiaries Gulf Marine Fabricators, Inc. and Technip Offshore, Inc. manufacture and preinstall, respectively, the riser system and mooring lines. We are typically responsible for the engineering, procurement, manufacture and delivery of the complete hull, moorings and riser system.
      The decision to purchase these structures is time consuming and often costly for oil and gas companies. Typically, the decision cycle takes at least 12-18 months for companies to gather and analyze data, then model the site risk in order to purchase the most efficient production system. Production would normally start approximately six months after the hull is upended.
Project Tenders and Competition
      Most of our contracts are obtained through a competitive bidding process which is standard for the construction and engineering industries. In selecting engineering and construction management companies for major projects, clients generally limit the tender to contractors they have pre-qualified based on technical criteria. In the case of cost plus fee contracts, it is common for clients to initially approach one company with which they have worked in the past. In tenders for lump-sum contracts the tender process is generally open to competing bids from the start. In either case, the price competitiveness of the bid is the most important single selection criterion. Other important factors include the bidder’s technological capacity and performance, health, safety and environmental protection record, service quality, as well as reputation, experience and customer relations. Technological capacity is especially important for tenders in the upstream segment, and particularly for offshore developments, with each bidder potentially proposing entirely different technological solutions to the project. Until the final selection, negotiations continue with the client on matters such as specific design and performance parameters, the construction schedule and financial and other contractual terms and conditions.
      Projects in developing countries are generally more price sensitive than projects elsewhere and, reflecting the strong preference of the financial institutions typically providing credit, are mainly for lump-sum bids. Frequently, competition for projects in developing countries also depends on the bidders’ ability to assist the client in obtaining financing, including multi-source solutions through national and international development banks and agencies. It is not unusual for access to local financing to require undertaking the project through a local subsidiary or with a local joint venture partner.
      Our Business and Project Units are in charge of our marketing and commercial activities. The same Business and Project Unit will subsequently be responsible for the execution of its contracts up to reception and acceptance by the client. In this way, the area managers are fully responsible for the management of their group for the overall operations in their regions. Our decentralized structure fits with the global extension of the Group and it allows for decisions on major contracts to be taken by the top management of the Group, which are above specific thresholds according to the related Business and Project Unit concerned.
      Because of the high cost and management resources required in preparing a bid on a large turnkey contract, we only bid on selected projects. Each project is analyzed, with no exception. Before bidding, we estimate the costs and analyze the financial and legal aspects of the project. Each bid must be authorized by management by an “Authorization to Tender” or “ATT”. Once the bid has been submitted, the costs and financial and legal analyses are updated. The contract cannot be entered into and the project cannot be accepted without an “Authorization to Commit” or “ATC”.
      As a result of our selective bid policy, in the period from 1996 to 2004, we experienced an average worldwide success rate of 25% to 30% in winning tenders on which we bid. We cannot predict with any degree of certainty the frequency, timing or location of new contract awards.

35


Table of Contents

      We compete with a large number of equally powerful companies. We are one of the most integrated companies in our area. We believe that customers’ preferences in the offshore area lean increasingly towards integrated companies capable of taking complete charge of the development of a field. There are a greater number of competitors in the downstream segment, of which a significant number are integrated companies.
Offshore
      Surface Facilities. Our principal competitors in the design and construction of surface facilities for the offshore oil and gas industry include J. Ray McDermott, Halliburton, Saipem, Aker Kvaerner, as well as three Korean construction companies for the manufacture of platforms, Hyundai, Daewoo and Samsung.
      Subsea Services. Our principal competitors in providing subsea contracting services include Stolt Offshore, Saipem, Allseas Marine Contractors, EMC, Rockwater and Subsea Seven.
      Design and Manufacturing of Flexible Pipe. We are a world leader in the design and manufacture of flexible pipes for offshore installations. Our main competitors in the field of flowline and riser applications are Wellstream Company and NKT Cable, a company 51% owned by NKT Holding and 49% by Stolt Offshore. In the field of DRAPs, Taurus Hungarian Rubber Works is our primary competitor. We also compete in the field of flexible pipes with manufacturers of rigid steel pipes, in particular, British Steel, Mannesmann Roehrenwerke AG and Vallourec Industries.
      Umbilicals. In the market for umbilical manufacturing, our major competitors are Multiflex, a subsidiary of Oceaneering International, Nexans and Kvaerner Energy.
      Robotics. We compete with a limited number of specialized ROV and subsea robotic equipment manufacturers, including Soil Machine Dynamics Ltd., and a number of smaller companies that produce low volumes of ROVs, trenchers and the like. In addition, we face competition from major ROV contractors who also build and refurbish vehicles for their in-house use.
Onshore/ Downstream
      Our main competitors are U.S. companies such as Bechtel, Fluor Daniel, Halliburton, and Japanese companies such as Chiyoda, JGC and Toyo, European companies such as ABB Lummus, Krupp Uhde, Linde, Lurgi and Snamprogetti and Korean companies such as Daewoo, Hyundai and Samsung. In addition, engineering companies and local construction companies are present in developing countries, as competitors or as partners in joint ventures and often benefit from national preference considerations. In the future, these companies may establish a capacity and credibility that will allow them to compete on an international level.
Technology
      To support our engineering and industrial activities, we hold a large number of patents, trademarks, software copyrights and other intellectual property, including intellectual and industrial property held under license from third parties. We have approximately 3,000 patents in force in more than 30 countries, particularly in the subsea and offshore areas (rigid or flexible subsea pipelines, umbilicals, robotics, riser systems, platforms, floaters and topsides) as well as in cryogenics, cement, hydrometallurgy and production of ethylene and hydrogen. A limited number of these patents are held in common with Institut Français du Pétrole (the French Petroleum Institute or “IFP”), and other industrial partners. Our broad portfolio of licensed and proprietary technology is a strategic asset in winning and implementing projects.
Research and Development
      Research and development is a key to our continued success in engineering and construction, and is particularly critical to offshore systems. Our research and development activities have concentrated primarily on the development of our EDP platform deep draft semi-submersible production drilling platform for deep and ultra-deepwater, the improvement of the performance of our products and services and on developing further applications of our flexible and reeled pipe technology, especially in ultra-deepwater. Recent successes include the development of the CSO Deep Blue pipelay vessel and our Spar platform, including the recent Cell Spar

36


Table of Contents

model. We pursue a three-pronged approach to acquiring new technologies relevant to our operations: internal acquisition through research and development, external growth through the acquisition of specialized companies or mixed internal/ external development through research alliances.
      Our internally financed research and development expenses for 2004, 2003 and 2002 were 33.2 million, 33.3 million and 37.4 million, respectively. A large part of our research and development activities are attributed to specific projects, and therefore not included in these amounts.
      Our research and development activities employ approximately 250 persons and are focused on anticipating future client needs and making us more competitive. We are actively undertaking development and engineering programs in a number of advanced technical areas related to deepwater oil and gas production as well as shallow water field development (including new drilling platforms and floating production units as well as piping capable of transporting heavy crude or liquefied natural gas in the low-temperature, high-stress deepwater environment). The principal research centers of the Group are in Paris and Le Trait, France, Aberdeen in the United Kingdom, and Houston, Texas. We also use external research and development to develop strategic technological alliances with potential clients in particular industries in order to facilitate commercial development in those industries.
Technology Alliances
      We participate in technology alliances in Our Onshore/ Downstream Activities, notably with BP Chemicals in the area of PTA, polyethylene and polypropylene, with Dow Chemicals in the area of ethylene furnaces and with Air Products in the area of hydrogen production units. In our Offshore Activities, we conduct research jointly with IFP, particularly in the field of deepwater offshore oil and gas production.
Acquisitions
      We also occasionally obtain access to important technologies through the acquisition of the businesses that developed them. For example, through our acquisitions of the KTI businesses, which have since been renamed Technip Benelux, Technip USA and Technip KT India, we have gained advanced capabilities and proprietary technologies in the ethylene sector, described elsewhere in this annual report. Coflexip’s acquisition of the Deepwater Division of Aker Maritime ASA gives us access to the Spar portfolio of technologies for offshore floaters.
Human Resources
      Our key resource is our 19,000 employees in approximately 52 countries around the world. Approximately 60% of our employees are design engineers or project management personnel with university degrees. The skills and diversity of our human resources gives us the flexibility to best adapt to the needs of our clients by organizing our employees into multicultural and mobile teams. We are dedicated to the development of the expertise and know-how of our employees. The main missions of our human resources policies are to recruit the talent which the Group needs, to facilitate their integration, to encourage the development of their skills in order to accompany the growth in our operations, to organize their geographic and professional mobility and to pursue and enrich social dialogue.
Motivation Through Employee Ownership
      Employee shareholding plans and the enlargement of stock option plans have contributed to the involvement of our employees in the life and the success of the Group. To the best of our knowledge, as of December 31, 2004, employees of the Group holding shares, held in custody through administered ES Plans as defined in Articles L225-10263 of the French Commercial Code, represent 2.4% of our share capital.
Expansion and Internationalization of Our Workforce
      Thanks to the diversity of our activities and the large number of locations from which we operate, we offer our employees significant mobility, both geographically and professionally. Our employees benefit from opportunities to vary and enrich their career paths within our structure, and to grow through multicultural work

37


Table of Contents

experiences. For the Group, the internal mobility we offer our employees is also a means to promote best practices and know-how, develop skills and professional flexibility and create a deep pool of management talent. We encourage this mutually beneficial internal mobility through an intranet “Technip Mobility” site to advertise positions available for internal transfers both locally and abroad and through a program of support services for expatriated employees. As a result, over 800 of our employees are working outside of their country of origin.
      Our 19,000 employees had the following geographic distribution at the end of 2004 : 50% in Europe (18% in France, 14% in the United Kingdom, 6% in Italy and 12% in the rest of Europe); 24% in the Americas (including 11% in the United States); 15% in the Asia-Pacific region; 6% in the Middle East; and 5% in the rest of the world.
      The following tables show our year-end number of employees for the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 in terms of their function and in terms of their geographic location:
                         
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Employees
    15,300       15,400       15,000  
External staff
    3,700       3,600       4,000  
                   
Total
    19,000       19,000       19,000  
                   
                         
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Europe and rest of world
    10,500       10,450       11,134  
Middle East/ Africa
    1,100       850       855  
Asia/ Pacific
    2,850       2,280       1,995  
Americas
    4,550       5,420       5,016  
                   
Total
    19,000       19,000       19,000  
                   
Employee Relations
      In recent years we have not experienced significant strikes by our employees. We believe that we maintain good relationships with our employees and their unions. We have developed a structured incentive program, including stock options for senior management and bonus plans for all employees, and we dedicated significant resources to training programs worldwide. In September 2004, we have also created think tanks, which have allowed all employees to make recommendations for the improvement of our Group.
      We believe that our employee turnover rate is low compared to the engineering and construction industry as a whole.
      Membership of our employees in trade unions varies from country to country and we have entered into a variety of collective bargaining agreements. As of December 31, 2004, approximately 18% of our employees were in France where national legislation requires the application of a 35-hour workweek. Four of the five principal French labor unions, as well as an internal labor union, are represented at our units in France. As required by French law, our management holds periodic workers’ committee meetings with a delegation of union representatives. Our management also holds other periodic consultations with employee representatives.
      In June 2004, a European Works Council (EWC) Agreement was concluded between the Company and employee representatives of 10 European countries. The first annual meeting was held on May 31, 2005.
Property, Plant and Equipment
      Our principal facilities consist, not taking into account our vessels, of office space at our headquarters and our regional Business and Production Units. As of December 31, 2004, we owned our office space in Rome, Italy and Lyon, France, as well as an industrial plant in Le Trait, France. With our teams in the Paris region spread out over four sites, we sold our headquarters to allow ourselves to centralize 2,600 employees of our Paris operations

38


Table of Contents

in one rented building in early 2003. We also lease the remainder of our office space. We own or lease construction yards and manufacturing facilities in connection with our Deepwater Division’s surface facilities operations and our manufacture of flexible pipe and other subsea products. We believe that our property is adapted to our needs. Our property, plant and equipment were recorded in the consolidated accounts of the Company for 306.0 million as of December 31, 2004, of which land and buildings accounted for 100.9 million. Our fleet of offshore construction vessels, described below, accounted for 408.9 million at that date.
Principal Properties
      As of December 31, 2004, we owned or held under long-term leases the real property described below:
         
Location   Function   Status
         
Paris-La Défense, France
  Group HQ and Offices   Leased
Le Trait, France
  Plant and Offices   Owned
Lyon, France
  Offices   Owned
Aix-en-Provence, France
  Offices   Co-owned
Rome, Italy
  Offices   Owned
The Hague, The Netherlands
  Offices   Leased
Düsseldorf, Germany
  Offices   Leased
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
  Offices   Leased
Abu Dhabi, U.A.E
  Offices   Leased
Vitoria, Brazil
  Plant and Offices   Leased/Owned
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
  Offices   Owned
Caracas, Venezuela
  Offices   Co-owned
Saint Petersburg, Russia
  Offices   Leased
New Delhi, India
  Offices   Leased
Fremantle, Australia
  Plant and Offices   Leased/Owned
Perth, Australia
  Offices   Leased
Newcastle, UK
  Plant and Offices   Leased/Owned
Aberdeen, UK
  Plant and Offices   Leased
Westhill, UK
  Offices   Leased/Owned
Tyne & Wear, UK
  Plant and Offices   Owned
Pori, Finland
  Land, Plant and Offices   Owned
Channelview, Texas(1)
  Land and Plant   Owned
San Dimas, California
  Offices   Leased
Mobile, Alabama
  Land   Leased
Houston, Texas
  Offices   Leased
Jupiter, Florida
  Land, Plant and Offices   Leased/Owned
Amelia, Louisiana
  Assembly Yard and Offices   Leased
Lobito, Angola
  Plant   Leased
York (Kirkbymoorside), UK
  Plant and Offices   Leased
 
(1) Owned subject to an encumbrance (i.e., lien on tangible assets).
      None of the real property that is leased belongs to an executive of the Group.
      In 2003, we sold our headquarters building and moved the related offices into leased space in Paris-La Défense, France. As of December 31, 2004, we also leased regional and representative offices in: London, England; Perth, Australia; Mumbai and Calcutta, India; Singapore; Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; Oslo and Stavanger, Norway; and Houston, Texas. In addition, we lease industrial space in Evanton, Scotland and Orkanger, Norway to accommodate our spoolbase facilities.
      We believe that our facilities are suitable for our needs and are well maintained. Operations at all manufacturing facilities are conducted five to seven days a week.

39


Table of Contents

Marine Service Vessels
      As of December 31, 2004, we operate 14 pipelay, construction and diving support vessels, including two leased vessels, as shown in the following table. We also operate a fleet of work class and observation class ROVs, together with a range of burial and tooling assets. The following table presents information on our fleet as of December 31, 2004:
                     
    Overall        
    Length   Maximum Lifting Capacity   Diving
Name   (meters)   (metric tons)   System
             
Sunrise 2000
    132     120 (3 cranes)     No  
CSO Deep Blue
    192     400 (3 cranes)     No  
CSO Apache
    123     85 (3 cranes)     No  
CSO Wellservicer(1)
    111     130 (2 cranes)     Yes  
CSO Constructor
    127     115 (3 cranes)     No  
CSO Orelia
    119     200 (2 cranes)     Yes  
CSO Alliance
    78     140 (3 cranes)     Yes  
CSO Venturer
    129     225 (2 cranes)     Yes  
CSO Marianos
    90     65 (2 cranes)     Yes  
CSO Deep Pioneer
    156     150 (2 cranes)     No  
Normand Pioneer(1)
    95     150 (A-Frame)     No  
PS1
    76     30 (1 crane) + 15 (1 crane)     Yes  
PS2
    93     50 (1 crane) + 30 (1 crane) + 15 (1 crane)     Yes  
PS3
    93     50 (1 crane) + 5 (1 crane)     Yes  
 
(1) These vessels are under long-term leases. The other vessels are owned by the companies of the Group.
      In 2004, we exercised our option to purchase the CSO Deep Pioneer from Smit International as part of our effort to reinforce group capabilities in the Deepwater market. In addition, CSO Deep Blue pipelay system has been upgraded to allow installation of a 26 inch pipeline in shallow water, hence opening further the CSO Deep Blue market. A life extension program has been carried out on the CSO Venturer that should allow the vessel to operate for at least 10 more years in the growing Asia Pacific market.
Dependence
      We use, on a project-by-project basis, the patents we hold primarily in the areas of offshore construction and ethylene plants.
      Petrochemical operations usually depend on the implementation of licenses belonging to third parties (such as UOP, BP, Axens and Chevron Phillips). Their implementation depends on the nature of the project and the fees are passed on to the customers.
      We are not dependent on any suppliers due to our policy of procurement through international tenders.

40


Table of Contents

      In the same way, our large customer base means that we are not dependent on any one individual customer. Over the course of the last three years, our principal customers (representing over 5% of consolidated sales) were as follows:
                         
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Total net sales
    5,141.0       4,711.1       4,452.3  
Principal customers with the following percentages of net sales:
                       
Customer A
          7.2 %     8.3 %
Customer B
                5.6 %
Customer C
    8.3 %     9.1 %     5.0 %
Customer D
    7.4 %            
Customer E
    7.2 %            
Customer F
                 
Customer G
    7.7 %     7.9 %      
Pledged Assets
      As of May 31, 2005, none of our material assets are pledged.
Insurance Coverage
      We obtain appropriate and specialized insurance to cover construction and financing risks for each project, professional liability insurance program for the Group, and generally maintain comprehensive insurance covering our assets and operations at levels, which we believe to be appropriate. In the course of 2003, we established a reinsurance captive company, which contributes to our global approach of risks and related costs management. Loss or damage to our products and/or materials to be incorporated into the project works during installation is generally covered by “builder’s all risks” insurance that, in general, is either re-invoiced or maintained directly by the customer.
      We maintain protection and indemnity insurance with respect to all of our vessels. We carry hull and machinery insurance for our vessels covering total loss and significant repairs, including certain mechanical breakdowns. The total loss coverage under these policies is generally in an amount equal to the vessel’s appraised value. We also maintain insurance covers with respect to damages, which might arise from defective products or faulty installation. Among other types of insurance, we maintain property damage and business interruption insurance for our manufacturing units in our Offshore Activities.
Environmental Matters and Other Governmental Regulations
Industrial Risks Related to Environmental and Health and Safety Matters
      From time to time and to varying extents, political developments and national and local laws and regulations pertaining to oil and gas operators affect our operations. In particular, price controls, taxes and other laws relating to the oil and gas industry and the environment and changes in laws and regulations relating to such matters may affect oil and gas production operations. Such developments may directly or indirectly affect us. Laws or regulations in some countries may require us to obtain licenses or permits in order to bid on contracts or otherwise conduct its operations. Some countries may require that we enter into a joint venture, agency or similar business arrangement with local individuals or businesses in order to conduct business in those countries. In the past, we have entered into joint ventures with local individuals or companies in order to bid as a local company where we felt this would be advantageous, but not because we were compelled to do so by law.
      Our operations are subject to a broad range of extensive and evolving environmental regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Local, national and international laws and regulations concerning land use, air emissions, discharges to waters, the generation, storage, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and/or wastes, the remediation of ground and water contamination, and the protection of the environment also govern our activities.

41


Table of Contents

Fabrications Units & Engineering Centers
      In some jurisdictions, our fabrication units and Engineering centers may be subject to the prior granting of environmental licenses or permits or to prior notification. In order to improve our environmental performance, 80% of our main fabrication units and 50% of our main engineering centers are certified according to the ISO 14001 Standard for Environmental Management Systems. We use a limited variety of products and substances in our operations, some of which are potentially hazardous to public health and the environment and we continuously invest in plant and equipment to reduce consumption of raw and hazardous materials used in manufacturing and construction processes, as well as to recycle waste materials and minimize the impact of discharges to land, air or water.
      Nobody could reliably predict the full nature and effect of judicial, legislative or regulatory developments relating to health, safety and environmental protection regulations applicable to our operations, as well as the technology and duration of time available to comply with those regulations. Nevertheless, we believe that recent or future European Regulations should not affect our fabrication activities or incur significant additional cost, such as:
  The future Regulation concerning the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Registration of Chemicals (REACH) which could be implemented in 2006;
 
  Directive 2003/87/ EC, establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Community; and
 
  Directive 2004/35/ EC, establishing environmental liability with regard to the prevention and remedying of environmental damage.
Fleet
      All vessels in our offshore fleet comply with the International Maritime Organization International Safety Management (ISM) Code. Vessels managed by our Aberdeen office (all but the three SEAMEC vessels: PSI, PS2 and PS3) comply with the Det Norske Veritas SEP (Safety and Environmental Protection) Class. Additionally, 30% of our fleet is ISO 14001 certified. We continue to work towards a goal of all vessels of the Group complying with ISO 14001.
      The hydrocarbons carried by vessels in our fleet are principally the supplies necessary to provide power, propulsion and support ancillary machinery. All of our vessels are in compliance with International Maritime Organization (IMO) codes regarding prevention of pollution and the crews conduct regular drills in emergency procedures with the equipment held onboard. As far as is possible, we use authorized/licensed contractors to segregate waste streams produced onboard for disposal.
      Our operations are also subject to numerous other government regulations, including those relating to the construction and equipping of offshore platforms and other offshore installations, marine vessel safety, currency conversions and repatriation, taxation of foreign earnings and earnings of expatriate personnel and use of local employees and suppliers.
      The maritime laws, diving and health and safety regulations of the jurisdictions in which we operate govern our operations in these areas. In the North Sea, these regulations govern working hours and a specified working environment for divers, as well as standards for diving procedures, equipment and diver health. The North Sea standards are one of the most stringent worldwide and form the basis around which our diving operations are conducted worldwide. In the absence of any specific regulation in other geographic locations, our Offshore Activities adhere to their internal standards, which meet those set by the International Marine Contractors Association and the International Maritime Organization.
      In several of the countries in which we conduct our operations, notably Malaysia, China, Angola, Nigeria and Venezuela we are required to obtain special permits to operate. We are in compliance with all material environmental and other government regulations relating to our operations.

42


Table of Contents

Engineering, Procurement, Construction, Management (EPCM) Project
      In some jurisdictions, activities related to construction of our projects may be subject to the prior granting of environmental licenses or permits or to prior notification. Change in law, rules and regulations during the execution of a contract may affect the execution or cost of our work and shall be treated as Changes in Works as per our contract agreement. On our main Engineering, Procurement, Construction (EPC) Project, we plan to implement an effective Environmental Management System (EMS) aligned with ISO 14001 throughout activities covered. This process will allow identifying and controlling environmental aspects and impact during project execution. Within operational Projects, management defines specific and achievable objectives shared with our clients and contractors and compliant with the laws and regulations of the country where the activities are carried out. Performance is then monitored through continuous reporting, analysis and auditing. This process allows evaluation and comparison of the various sites and projects in terms of implementation of the system and realization of the new initiatives.
      As an organization with a strong focus on risk-management, we are committed to delivering a safe workplace for employees, customers, visitors and local communities. Even if our Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) performance in 2004 is not as good as in 2003 as far as fatalities are concerned, our Lost Time Injury Frequency/200,000 hrs remains among the best in our industrial sector. Continuing to strive for an accident-free worksite we are steadily introducing OHSAS 18001:1999, a standard for Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems.
      We maintain what we consider to be adequate pollution insurance coverage for sudden and accidental pollution, emanating from our own operations, products and vessel fleet.
      Although compliance with various governmental laws and regulations has not in the past resulted in a material adverse effect on our historical financial condition or results of operations, no assurance can be given that compliance with such laws or regulations will not have a material impact on our business in the future.
Legal Risks Related to Environmental Matters
      We are subject to national and international agreements and conventions, which impose liability for environmental damage arising from fuel spills from plants, oil platforms, pipelines, storage tanks or vessels operated by us or our subcontractors, for which the Group maintains adequate insurance. Our operations are subject to the usual hazards inherent in providing engineering and construction services for the hydrocarbon/petrochemical industry, such as the risk of equipment failure, work accidents, fire or explosion. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, business interruptions, property and equipment damage, pollution and environmental damage. We may be subject to claims as a result of these hazards. We may also be subject to claims resulting from the subsequent operations of facilities we have designed and/or delivered. Our policy of covering these risks through contractual limitations of liability and indemnities and through insurance may not always be effective. In some of the jurisdictions in which we operate, environmental and workers’ compensation liability may be assigned to us as a matter of law. Clients and subcontractors may not have adequate financial resources to meet their indemnity obligations to us. Losses may derive from risks not addressed in our indemnity agreements or insurance policies, or it may no longer be possible to obtain adequate insurance against some risks on commercially reasonable terms. Failure to effectively cover ourselves against engineering and construction industry risks for any of these reasons could expose us to substantial costs and potentially lead to material losses. Additionally, the occurrence of any of these risks could hurt our reputation.
      We operate in a number of different jurisdictions that have various types of governmental laws and regulations relating to the holding, the discharge and the release of oil, wastes or hazardous substances and to the protection of the environment. Pursuant to these laws and regulations, we could be held liable for remediation of some types of pollution, including the release of oil, hazardous substances and debris or wastes from production, refining or industrial facilities, as well as other assets we own or operate or which are owned or operated by either our customers or our subcontractors. Environmental remediation costs could be significant and cause us to incur a substantial loss.

43


Table of Contents

      We could potentially be held liable for releases of fuel oil, hazardous materials and wastes from offshore oil platforms, pipelines, storage tanks and other installations that we have engineered, constructed or installed, or are in the process of so doing. For these projects, we seek to negotiate our contracts to include a cap for potential environmental damages and we require indemnity agreements from our customers and subcontractors requiring these persons to indemnify us up to an agreed amount for some claims and liabilities relating to environmental damage.
      In 2003, we joined the Global Compact program launched by the United Nations, in which businesses commit to respect a set of core values regarding human rights, labour standards, the environment and anti-corruption. At the same time, and within the framework of our business activities, we underscored our determination to contribute to the quest for concrete answers to today’s pressing issues of sustainable development, corporate social and civic responsibility, and globalization.
      The Group’s commitment to sustainable development is an integral part of its strategic orientation and a cornerstone of its corporate mission for the years to come. It expresses itself in the company values, giving them substance with the aim of promoting them within our sphere of influence.
Corporate History
      Technip was incorporated under French law in 1958 by IFP to develop expertise in engineering and construction services. In 1994, we became a publicly traded company in France when our shareholders conducted a French retail and international institutional offering of our shares. In 1999, we carried out a corporate restructuring which transformed us into a pure holding company through the transfer of all of our engineering and construction operations to Technip France, a wholly owned subsidiary. In October 2001, we acquired directly and indirectly 98.36% of the share capital of the offshore engineering and construction group Coflexip. See “— Recent Major Acquisitions and Disposals — Acquisition of Coflexip”. At the same time, we listed American depositary shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol TKP. In July 2003, Coflexip (of which we held 98.36%) was merged with Technip.
      The Technip Group is made up of 121 wholly owned subsidiaries and 88 other subsidiaries and affiliates in some 49 countries. Our registered and executive offices are located at 6-8 Allée de l’Arche, Faubourg de l’Arche — ZAC Danton, 92400 Courbevoie, France (telephone: (011-33-1) 47 78 21 21). For purposes of receiving process in the United States solely with respect to our obligations under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, our agent is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY, 10011, and the telephone number is (+1-212) 894-8500.
      We are organized as a société anonyme under French law. Under our articles of association (statuts), our corporate existence expires on April 20, 2057. The duration of our corporate existence may, however, be extended by our shareholders at an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.

44


Table of Contents

      We are a multinational group of companies. We own, directly or indirectly, 100% of most of our significant operating subsidiaries’ shares and voting rights, which have their own organization and management bodies, and are operated independently in compliance with the laws of their country of incorporation. For a list of our main consolidated subsidiaries, see Note 29 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Organizational Chart
(ORGANIZATIONAL CHART)

45


Table of Contents

Item 5.     Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Overview
      The following discussion is based on information derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with French GAAP, which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. In addition, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this document. You should read the following discussion together with our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.
General
      Taken as a whole, our operations are not seasonal because of our geographic diversity of operations and mix of upstream and downstream projects. Individual contracts, however, may be subject to seasonality, primarily due to the effect of weather conditions on construction activity, particularly in the North Sea. In addition, our upstream oil and gas activity is typically characterized as a cyclical industry. To date, however, our business in this sector has shown relatively steady growth, regardless of the external economic conditions.
Changes in Scope of Consolidation
      We have made significant acquisitions and disposals, which are material to your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. We describe below the principal changes in our scope of consolidation occurring between January 1, 2002 and December 31, 2004.
      Technip Coflexip is now called “Technip” since Technip Coflexip and Coflexip legally merged in July 2003.

46


Table of Contents

Coflexip Acquisition
Year 2004:
      The Coflexip additional goodwill after the merger and the Aker Maritime price reduction is detailed as follows:
                   
        (in millions)
         
Creation of 5,504,436 Technip shares (147.99 a share)
            814.6  
Cash paid for 5,000,000 Coflexip shares (199 a share)
            995.0  
Net purchase costs
            28.7  
             
Purchase price for 52.47% in Coflexip
            1,838.3  
Coflexip net equity as of September 30, 2001 (52.47%)
            (421.4 )
             
Step-up for 52.47% in Coflexip
            1,416.9  
Step-up for 16.63% in Coflexip via ISIS
            253.1  
             
Step-up for 69.1% in Coflexip
            1,670.0  
Release of net goodwill recognized by Coflexip (foreign exchange effect included)
            503.5  
Allocation to identified assets:
               
 
Vessels
    (106.4 )        
 
Buildings
    (24.2 )        
 
Patents
    (59.4 )     (125.5 )
 
Deferred tax
    64.5          
             
Goodwill 2001 (gross)
            2,048.0  
             
Adjustment on Coflexip shares from ISIS (after merger)
            5.5  
Gain on sales of CSO assets
            (48.3 )
Depreciation of U.S. deferred tax assets
            13.8  
Provisions for transfers
            32.1  
Provisions and miscellaneous charges
            48.0  
             
Goodwill 2002 after adjustments (gross)
            2,099.1  
             
Aker Deepwater Division price reduction
            (40.7 )
Capital increase following the repurchase of minority interests for the Technip/ Coflexip merger
            49.5  
Book value of minority interests repurchased
            (14.3 )
Other
            (1.0 )
             
Goodwill 2003 after adjustments (gross)
            2,092.6  
             
Profit on merger adjustment
            (4.9 )
Goodwill 2004
            2,087.7  
             
      Thus, Coflexip’s total goodwill after the purchase of the two installments in 2000 and 2001 and after the adjustments made in 2002, 2003 and 2004 can be analyzed as follows:
                       
            (in millions)
             
Goodwill on the purchase of 29.4% of Coflexip shares (April 2000)
                447.5  
Goodwill on the purchase of 69.1% of Coflexip shares (October 2001)
                   
 
after Aker price reduction
    2,087.7           2,057.4  
Goodwill on the Technip / Coflexip merger (July 2003)
                30.3  
Total amortization at the end of December 2004
                (375.7 )
                 
Goodwill after adjustments (net)
                2,159.5  

47


Table of Contents

      The residual goodwill of Coflexip resulting from the two stages of the acquisition remaining after allocation to identified assets and liabilities has been allocated to two business lines of the Offshore operational segment:
  The first one concerns the “FLOATERS” and floating facilities activity that relates mainly to the Aker Maritime’s Deepwater division acquired by Coflexip in 2001; and
 
  The second one concerns the “SURF” activity (Subsea, Umbilicals, Risers and Flowlines) and corresponds to the main activity of Coflexip before the acquisition of Aker:
         
Goodwill net, related to the “Floaters” activity
    307.4 million  
Goodwill net, related to the “SURF” activity
    1,852.1 million  
      The two amounts of goodwill resulting from the allocation to the two principal business activities of Coflexip were the subject of an impairment test according to the method of cash flows converted to a current value (see Note 1 (g) to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The book value of the goodwill as of December 31, 2004 was confirmed by the impairment test.
Year 2003
      The merger with Coflexip resulted in a share capital increase of 1.0 million, a paid-in surplus of 48.5 million arising from the repurchase of Coflexip’s minority interests and additional goodwill of 35.2 million.
      During the first half of 2003, Coflexip and Aker Maritime settled their dispute regarding the purchase price of Aker Maritime’s Deepwater Division. Aker Maritime agreed to a purchase price reduction of 40.7 million, leading us to decrease goodwill recorded in our accounts by an equivalent amount.
Year 2002
      Merger with ISIS: The year 2002 was marked by the merger of Technip and ISIS in June. Following the merger, ISIS brought to Technip its securities portfolio, including the shares of Technip (cancelled), Coflexip, Compagnie Générale de Géophysique (exchanged for Technip shares, then cancelled), as well as Novasep and Géoservices shares (sold).
      Coflexip goodwill adjustment: The goodwill resulting from the acquisition of the 69.1% interest in Coflexip in 2001 (see above) was adjusted in 2002 in order to take into account the consolidated gains on sales that took place in the Coflexip scope during the year 2002. Other adjustments have also affected the goodwill in addition to those presented above. In addition, the residual goodwill of Coflexip, resulting from the two stages of the acquisition remaining after allocation to identified assets and liabilities has been allocated to two business lines of the Offshore operational segments: the first concerns the floaters and floaters facilities sector and relates mainly to the Aker Maritime division acquired by Coflexip in 2001 and the second concerns the SURF activity and corresponds to the main activity of Coflexip before the acquisition of Aker.
Other Changes in Scope of Consolidation
Year 2004
      During 2004, we disposed of two companies, EHR and IG SpA and partially disposed of a third, KTI SpA. Our German business EHR was sold on April 7, 2004 for 12.2 million, generating a net gain of 2.3 million. Our Italian business IG SpA was sold on April 23, 2004 for 2.0 million, generating a net gain of 0.7 million. In anticipation of these disposals, EHR and IG SpA were deconsolidated on January 1, 2004.
      In a third disposal, 75% of the KTI shares were transferred to a holding controlled by employees during November 2004. We did not generate a gain in this transaction. We consolidated KTI pursuant to the equity method of accounting as of December 31, 2004 with retrospective effect as from January 1, 2004, as we continue to hold 25% of KTI’s share capital.

48


Table of Contents

      Finally, we transferred assets of Technip Offshore Moorings Inc Company without any gain at the end of 2004.
Year 2003
      Additional participation in SEAMEC: During 2003, the Group raised its stake in SEAMEC (India) to 78.2% following our purchase of an additional 20% stake.
Year 2002
      Disposal of minority stake in Ipedex and non-strategic assets of Coflexip: In 2002, we sold our minority stake of 46% in Ipedex, which we accounted for under the equity method in 2001. In 2002 Coflexip disposed of non-strategic assets, including the subsidiaries McNulty Offshore Ltd. and Captain Frank McNulty & Sons Ltd. (construction site in the United Kingdom), as well as the activities and resources related to the “Well operations” segment (including the Seawell vessel). The former Coflexip head office (building located at Porte Maillot) was also sold.
Critical Accounting Policies
      Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. However, certain of our accounting policies are particularly important to your understanding of our financial position and results of operations. Because the application of these policies requires the exercise of significant judgment by us, their application is subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. We believe the following critical accounting policies require significant judgments by us and affect estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue and Cost Recognition
      Because most of our sales are generated under long-term contracts, the performance of which generally exceeds two fiscal years, the manner in which we recognize revenues and costs on these contracts is material to your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations.
      Backlog represents the total amount of revenues we expect to recognize in the future as a result of performing work under signed contracts on which we have received a down-payment and for which our client has arranged financing, where applicable. Typically, on multi-annual contracts, no more than approximately 20% of the revenue from a new contract is recognized within the first year from the date of the order intake of that contract. Consequently, the amount of revenue recognized during the fiscal year in which order intake occurs depends not only on the size of a contract but also on how late in the fiscal year the order intake occurred in order for earned income to be generated prior to the end of the fiscal year. The majority of our revenue is generated by two-to three-year contracts, with earned revenue recognized according to the percentage of completion of the various items of the contract.
      Our revenue recognition accounting policy is based on the percentage-of-completion method on a contract-by-contract basis, except for some non-significant contracts for which revenue is recognized when the service has been rendered. Use of the percentage-of-completion method requires us to make estimates of our future gross margin under the related contract. We estimate future gross margin based on a combination of factors, including our experience in the businesses and in the geographical region in which we operate, and market condition in that region. From the signing of lump-sum turnkey long-term contracts to the completion of early phases such as engineering design, confirmation of significant orders and assurance that field conditions are satisfactory, it is necessary to firmly assess identified risks and to estimate with sufficient precision the total future costs as well as the expected timetable. As a result, we recognize the related positive gross margin when the projected gross margin can be estimated more precisely, contract by contract.
      In accordance with our procedures, throughout the lives of our long-term contracts we review and periodically revise their gross margins. For further information, see Note 1(d) to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

49


Table of Contents

Goodwill Amortization and Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
      Under French GAAP, we amortize goodwill on a straight-line basis over future periods of benefit, as estimated by management, which may range from five to 25 years. We select the period of benefit based on the strategic significance of the asset acquired. Under U.S. GAAP, we apply SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and do not amortize goodwill.
      Under French GAAP and U.S. GAAP, we test goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred, such as a significant adverse change in the business climate or a decision to sell or dispose of a reporting unit. Determining whether an impairment has occurred requires valuation of the respective reporting unit, which we estimate using a discounted cash flow method. When available and as appropriate, we use comparative market multiples to corroborate discounted cash flow results. In applying this methodology, we rely on a number of factors, including actual operating results, future business plans, economic projections and market data.
      If this analysis indicates goodwill is impaired, measuring the impairment requires a fair value estimate of each identified tangible and intangible asset. In this case we supplement the cash flow approach discussed above with independent appraisals, as appropriate.
Useful Lives of Long-Lived Assets and Impairment
      Under French and U.S. GAAP, long-lived tangible and intangible assets are recorded at cost and depreciated based on management’s estimates and determinations of their useful lives. When management identifies that actual useful lives differ materially from the estimates used to calculated depreciation, that difference is adjusted prospectively. Variations between actual and estimated useful lives could positively (or negatively) impact the operating results.
      Under French and U.S. GAAP, we assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include the following:
  significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;
 
  significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business; and
 
  significant negative industry or economic trends.
      When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles, long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the presence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we compare the carrying value to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Should this comparison indicate that an asset is impaired, the write-down recognized is equivalent to the difference between the carrying value and the estimated realizable value. The assumption used in determining fair value require significant estimates.
Pension Assumptions
      Pension assumptions are significant inputs to actuarial models that measure pension benefit obligations and related effects on operations. Two critical assumptions, discount rate and expected return on assets, are important elements of plan expense and asset/liability measurement. We evaluate these critical assumptions at least annually on a plan and country-specific basis. Other assumptions involving demographic factors, such as retirement age, mortality and turnover are evaluated periodically and are updated to reflect our experience and expectations for the future. Actual results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions because of economic and other factors. The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate is the yield on high-quality fixed income investments.

50


Table of Contents

Deferred Taxes
      As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves our estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. If we continue to operate at a loss or are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to establish a valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of our deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in our effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on our operating results.
Principal Differences Between U.S. GAAP and French GAAP
      For a summary of differences between the French GAAP and U.S. GAAP, see Note 30 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
      Under French GAAP, some General and Administrative costs are recorded as contract costs and accumulated in “contracts-in-progress” as described in Note 1(k). Under U.S. GAAP, General and Administrative costs not directly related to contracts are to be recorded when expensed. As a result, revenue and gross margin recorded on contracts are different under French GAAP and U.S. GAAP.
      Under French GAAP, we capitalize contract bid costs directly attributable to a future contract, the signature of which can be reasonably expected. We transfer these deferred costs to the contract costs once the contract is obtained or, if not obtained at year-end, we depreciate them according to the probability of success assessed for each outstanding offer. Under U.S. GAAP, these costs are expensed as incurred.
      Under French GAAP, we accrue pension and other post-employment benefits in accordance with the practices prevailing in the country of employment. For the purpose of our U.S. GAAP reconciliation, we have harmonized valuation methods and assumptions and recognized the plans as if we had consistently applied U.S. GAAP. The unfunded liabilities for 2004 amount to 101.1 million.
      Under French GAAP, we record common shares issued upon the exercise of options granted to employees and directors as an increase in share capital at the exercise price on the exercise date. We hold treasury shares to settle qualified employee deferred stock purchase plans, and, in accordance with French GAAP, do not record compensation expense on stock-based employee plans. Under U.S. GAAP, APB Opinion No. 25 defines conditions to classify plans such as compensatory or non-compensatory. If a plan is deemed to be compensatory, APB Opinion No. 25 requires that compensation arising from the plans be measured based on the intrinsic value of the shares granted or sold to employees. For fixed plans, the compensation expense is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the share at the grant date and the employee exercise price. Compensation expense for compensatory stock-based employee plans is recognized over the vesting period.
      Under French GAAP, we record foreign currency transactions on long-term contracts at the contract exchange rate established under the foreign exchange instruments into which we enter. Under U.S. GAAP, we record foreign currency transactions at the spot rate except for that portion of the transaction, which is hedged with a financial instrument, which we record at the hedged rate.
      Under French GAAP, we translate monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency into euro at year-end, except for “contracts-in-progress” and “progress payments on contracts” accounts. We record the resulting exchange gains and losses in our income statement. We record a reserve for unrealized exchange losses, except if related to a hedged transaction denominated as a hedge. Under U.S. GAAP, we include in net income exchange gains or losses resulting from the adjustment of balances denominated in a foreign currency, except if related to a contract designated as a hedge. Since January 1, 2001, we record all exchange gains and losses in our net income in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (“SFAS No. 133”).

51


Table of Contents

      Under French GAAP, we do not record the fair values of the derivatives instruments related to future transactions on our contracts. Under U.S. GAAP we are required to record every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) in accordance with SFAS No. 133 in our balance sheet, either as an asset or liability measured at its fair value. We report the changes in these fair values either in shareholders’ equity if specific hedging criteria are met or in the income statement. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative instruments gains and losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the income statement, to the extent effective, and requires that a company must formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting.
      Under French GAAP, the newly issued shares in connection with the employee subscription to capital program (PEG) are accounted for on the basis of the shares price awarded to the employees. The discount is therefore directly recorded in shareholders’ equity. Under U.S. GAAP, the newly issued shares are accounted for on the basis of market shares price. The difference with the price awarded to employees, which represents the discount, is expensed.
      Under French GAAP, goodwill is amortized over a period ranging from five to 25 years, depending on the activity of the business acquired. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill resulting from business combinations initiated after July 1, 2001 is no longer amortized. Additionally, with the adoption of SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002, goodwill from previous acquisitions is also no longer amortized.
      After acquiring the 29.7% interest in Coflexip in 2001, we were unable to perform a complete valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired. Accordingly, we could not precisely identify the difference between the cost of our investment in Coflexip and the net assets acquired, and therefore elected under French GAAP to amortize the goodwill over a 20-year period based on an overall analysis of goodwill components at the date of acquisition. We recognized the subsequent gain reported by Coflexip on the sale of Cal Dive securities as a separate non-operating line as described in Note 2(b) to our Consolidated Financial Statements. For U.S. GAAP purposes, we reduced our share of the gain recorded by Coflexip on its disposal of Cal Dive securities. The amount recognized under U.S. GAAP was the difference between the selling price and the fair value of the Cal Dive securities at the date of the acquisition of the 29.7% interest in Coflexip. Goodwill amortization was reduced accordingly.
      On March 1, 2003, Technip commenced an operating lease agreement for the Adria Tower in La Défense for 12 years. Based upon the terms of the lease agreement, there was a free rent period up to December 31, 2003. All rental payments subsequent to the free rent period are to be paid according to a contractual table. Under French GAAP, the rental expense related to this agreement is recognized based upon the contractual table. As such, no rental expense was recorded in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 for this lease. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company recognizes the related rental expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid as deferred rent. In 2004, an additional rent expense of 1.7 million has been booked in the U.S. GAAP reconciliation schedule.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
      In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004). “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123(R)), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends FASB Statement No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.
      The Company expects to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006 for U.S. GAAP purposes. The Company also expects to adopt its requirements using the “modified prospective” method described in SFAS No. 123(R). Under this method, compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of Statement No. 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of Statement No. 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

52


Table of Contents

      The impact of adoption of Statement No. 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS No. 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share above.
      In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs — An Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” (“SFAS 151”). SFAS 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing” to clarify that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, freight, and handling costs are to be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal” as stated in ARB No. 43. Additionally, SFAS 151 requires that the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning on January 1, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the effect that the adoption of SFAS 151 will have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition, but does not expect SFAS 151 to have a material impact.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets — An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 amended APB Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS 153 is effective for the nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning on January 1, 2006. The provisions of SFAS 153 are required to be applied prospectively. The Company is currently assessing the effect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition, but does not expect SFAS 153 to have a material impact.
Segment Reporting
      The objective of SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” is to provide users of financial statements information about the different types of business activities in which a company engages and the different economic environments in which it operates.  Our management has structured our operations into three sectors of activity that we utilize as reporting segments.  These sectors are our Offshore Activities, the Onshore/Downstream Activities, which are comprised of our hydrocarbons activities, and our Industries Activities, which is comprised of our non-hydrocarbon businesses. Within our Offshore Activities, we report net sales and operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization for each of our SURF and Facilities activities.
Foreign Currency
      We operate under long-term contracts that are frequently denominated in currencies other than our functional currency, the euro. As of December 31, 2004, revenues from contracts denominated in non-euro currencies were approximately 70% of our total net sales, of which 78% were denominated in U.S. dollars. Approximately 41% of our operating expenses during this period were denominated in U.S. dollars and significant amounts were also denominated in Japanese yen, British pound sterling, Malaysian Ringitt, Brazilian Real and Norwegian Crown. For a detailed description of our exposure to foreign currencies and currency hedging instruments, see “Item 11. Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk”.
      Our policy is to naturally hedge a substantial portion of our contracts by matching the currency of our own equipment purchases and subcontractor payments to the currency in which we will ourselves receive payment. Subsequently, we manage our foreign currency exposure on the portion of anticipated foreign currency cash flows that is not naturally hedged by entering into standard financial instruments such as forward exchange contracts or options. We do not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

53


Table of Contents

      Foreign currency exposure. During the bid period, our currency exposure derives from the fact that exchange rate movements between the date as of which we calculate our projected costs and resulting bid and the date on which the contract is awarded could negatively affect our expected margins. We manage our currency risk exposure, primarily, by submitting multicurrency bids matched to the expected currency of expense and secondarily, to the extent necessary, by insurance contracts and, to a limited extent, options.
      Foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions are translated into euro at the rate of exchange applicable at the transaction date, except for those related to long-term contracts, which are translated using the contract rate based on foreign currency hedging. At year end, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into euros at the exchange rate prevailing at that date except for contracts-in-progress accounts and progress payments received from long-term contract customers, which are recorded at the contract rate. The resulting exchange gains or losses are recorded in the income statement.
Outlook for 2005
      Our 2004 objectives were to reach the following annual targets for 2004 compared to our results in 2003 under French GAAP:
  an annual net sales increase of 9%, which we surpassed by reaching 9.1%;
 
  an annual increase in operating income of 13%, which we surpassed by reaching 13.6%;
 
  an annual increase in net income before goodwill amortization and non-operating income of 35%, which we achieved; and
 
  to keep our gearing ratio below 20%, which we succeeded in doing.
      On February 24, 2005, we announced new objectives pursuant to French GAAP, based on an unchanged scope of consolidation and an exchange rate of 1 = $1.35, to achieve the following annual targets in 2005;
  annual net sales of 4.8 billion to 4.9 billion;
 
  an operating margin ratio of greater than 5%; and
 
  net income before goodwill or exceptional items of at least 138 million.
      On May 19, 2005, the annual targets for 2005 were confirmed and restated according to international financial reporting standards (“IFRS”);
  annual net sales of 4.8 billion to 4.9 billon;
 
  an operating margin ratio of greater than 4.8%; and
 
  net income before exceptional items of at least 112.4 million.
      Nonetheless, no assurances can be given that we will achieve our objectives and targets, which are not statements of historical fact, and are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those anticipated. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors.”
Recent Developments
      On May 19, 2005, we announced the following results, expressed according to IFRS, for the three-month period ended March 31, 2005 as compared to first quarter 2004 numbers, which have been restated according to IFRS:
  7,184 million in backlog for the period ended March 31, 2005, an increase of 11.4% over the 6,451 million recorded for the period ended March 31, 2004;
 
  1,201 million in net sales, a decrease of 3.8% compared to the first quarter of 2004 where we recorded 1,249 million in net sales;

54


Table of Contents

  net income of 21.7 million in net income, a 9% improvement over the 19.9 million recorded in the first quarter of 2004;
 
  fully diluted earnings per share of 1.01 per share, an improvement of 32.9% compared to the 0.76 per share recorded in the first quarter of 2004; and
 
  fully diluted earnings per ADS of U.S.$0.33 per share, a 32.9% increase from the U.S.$0.25 per ADS recorded in the first quarter of 2004.
Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2004,
Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003
Net Sales
      In 2004, we had consolidated net sales of 5,141.0 million, an increase of 9.1% from net sales of 4,711.1 million in 2003. Our net sales are largely comprised by net sales of our two largest sectors, our Onshore activities and our Offshore Activities. In our Onshore activities in 2004, among the largest contributors to net sales, due to the size and status of progress on these contracts, were Takreer, Nigeria Trains IV and V, Qatif, OMIFCO, Oryx GTL, 10th Complex, NEB, SECCO and MOH Refinery. In our Offshore Activities in 2004, our SURF activity accounted for 57% of net sales and our Floaters activity accounted for 43% of net sales, compared to 59% and 41%, respectively, in 2003.
      Backlog. We define backlog as the remaining portion of ongoing contracts’ sale price recognized in the future. Our backlog was 6,779.0 as of December 31, 2004 compared to 7,180.4 as of December 31, 2003. Geographically, more than half was in the Africa/Middle East region, 16% in Americas and 16% in Europe, Russia/Central Asia. By business activity, as of December 31, 2004, 41.4% of our backlog was in Offshore, 55.4% in Onshore/Downstream and 3.2% in Industries.
      The backlog of our Offshore Activities was 2,804.3 million as of December 31, 2004 a decrease of 3.1% from the 2,894.9 million as of December 31, 2003. Within our Offshore Activities, 1,860.0 million in 2004 related to our SURF activity, up from 1,840.0 million in 2003. An additional 944.0 million in 2004 related to our Facilities activity, down from 1,054.9 million in 2003. In 2004, 50% of backlog was driven in Africa by projects as Dalia UFL and FPSO (Total) and Block 18 Surf (BP) in Angola, East Area (Exxon Mobil) and Amenam Phase 2 (Total) in Nigeria, Simian-Sapphire (BG) in Egypt and Baobab (CNR) in Ivory Coast.
      Backlog for our Onshore/Downstream Activities amounted to 3,758.4 million, decreasing from 3,907.5 million, or 3.8% compared to December 31, 2003. Within Our Onshore/Downstream Activities, 69% of backlog was driven by projects in Africa/Middle East region with contracts as Train VI of LNG in Nigeria, the two LNG trains of the Qatargas came in force during the year and realized with Chiyoda, Babco in Bahrain, the polyethylene of the 9th Complex in Iran and contract came in force in 2002 and 2003 as Oryx, GTL, NEB, Nigeria Train VI and V and the 10th Complex. In the Asia Pacific, the main Chinese contracts are coming to end and the backlog is mainly driven by the Gas Otway treatment unit (Woodside) in Australia in force in 2004. In Europe, Russia — Central Asia, the main contracts are Gonfreville Total (France), MOH refinery (Greece) and HDT (Turkmenistan). In America, the backlog is driven by the LNG terminal in Freeport (Texas), which came in force in 2004, and several hydrogen service contracts.
      Backlog for our Industries Activities amounted to 216.3 million compared to 378.0 million as of December 31, 2003. Within our Industries Activities, backlog consisted principally of several services and construction contracts for the pharmaceutical, chemical, electricity, metal industries, cement, aero-spatial and industrial spaces.
      Net sales by activity
      Offshore. Our Offshore Activities accounted for 2,487.2 million, or 48.4% of total revenues in 2004 compared to 2,209.7 million, or 46.9% in 2003. Of this total, 1,421 million were related to the SURF activity, up 8.1% from the 1,315 million in revenues registered in 2003, representing 57% and 59% of our Offshore Activities total revenues in 2004 and 2003, respectively. In 2004, 1,066 million of our Offshore Activities

55


Table of Contents

revenues were related to the Facilities activity, up 19.1% from the 895 million in revenues registered in 2003, representing 43% and 41% of our Offshore Activities total revenues in 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      Onshore/Downstream. Our Onshore/Downstream Activities accounted for 2,385.1 million, or 46.4% of total revenue in 2004, compared to 2,119.0 million or 45% in 2003. The major factors contributing to the increase in sales of 13% in this activity were due to contracts put in force in 2002 and 2003. Those contracts have finished the engineering and equipment procurement phases and began progressively the construction work phase. The major contributors are Takreer, Nigeria Trains IV and V, Qatif, OMIFCO, Oryx GTL, 10th Complex, NEB, SECCO and MOH Refinery.
      Industries. The industry activity accounted for net sales of 268.7 million, or 5.2% of total revenues in 2004, as compared to 382.4 million, or 8.1% of total net revenue in 2003. The 2004 sales decreased according to the change of scope of consolidation following the sales of the German company, EHR, in 2004. Sales derived from contracts in the pharmaceutical industry, chemical industry, an acetic acid unit in the Middle East as well as contracts for the construction and treatment units of ores and construction of electricity generation plans, an Airbus A380 site and several contracts for the cement, metals and aerospace industries.
      Net Sales by geographic area
      Europe, Russia — Central Asia. During 2004, our operations in Europe and Russia/Central Asia generated 1,278.9 million in sales, or 24.9% of total revenues, compared to 1,138.2 million in sales or 24.2% of total revenues in 2003. The principal contributors to sales in this region in 2004 were in our Offshore Activities Shah Deniz (BP) in Azerbaijan, Pierce (Shell), Howe (Shell) and Tripartite (THT) in the British sector of the North-Sea, Kristin Marine (Statoil), Kristin Riser (Statoil) and Snohvit (Statoil) in the Norwegian sector. Additionally, sales recorded from Our Onshore/Downstream Activities in this region included Anvers Prime G (Total Belgium), Gonfreville (Total France), MOH Refinery (Motor Oil Hellas, Greece) and the HDT (Turkmaneft gas, Turkmenistan).
      Africa, Middle East. Sales generated from our activities in Africa/Middle East during 2004 amounted to 2,553.8 million or 49.7% of total revenues, compared to 2,150.3 million or 45.6% of total 2003 revenues. The principal Offshore contracts contributing to sales in this region in 2004 were Simian-Sapphire (BG) in Egypt, Baobab (CNR) in Ivory Coast, East Area (Exxon Mobil), Bonga Mooring (SBM) and Amenam Phase 2 (Total) in Nigeria, Dalia UFL and FPSO (Total) in Angola. Our Onshore/Downstream Activities and Industries Activities in this area represented 1,466.0 million or 55% of total revenue compared to 66% last year. Our principal Onshore/Downstream contracts in this region were Nigeria Trains IV and V, OMIFCO in Oman, Qatif in Saudi Arabia, Takreer and NEB in United Arab Emirates, the 10th complex of Etylene in Iran and Oryx GTL in Qatar.
      Asia/Pacific. Our operations in the Asia/Pacific region generated sales of 378.9 million, or 7.4% of 2004 total revenues compared to 344.5 million in 2003. Our principal contributors to Offshore Activities are TSEP (WOODSIDE) in Australia and Conoco B (CONOCO Philips) in Indonesia. The principal Onshore contracts contributing to sales in this region in 2004 were SECCO (Polyethylene) in China and SMPO Nanhaï (Styrene and polyols complex).
      Americas. Sales generated from our activities in the Americas represented 929.4 million or 18.0% of 2004 revenues, compared to 1,078.1 million in 2003, or 22.9% of total revenues in 2003. Sales in this region are particularly tied to Offshore operations in Brazil and the Gulf of Mexico, with notably contracts for the engineering and construction of Spar production platforms for Red Hawk (KERR MCGEE), Holstein (BP), Magnolia Topsides (CONOCCO) in the Gulf of Mexico and P52 (PETROBRAS) in Brazil as well as the integrated SURF projects PDEG (PETROBRAS) in Brazil and White Rose (HUSKY) in Canada. The hydrogen plant in North America contributed mainly to the revenue of the Onshore/Downstream activity.
Cost of Sales
      Our cost of sales was 4,472.4 million in 2004, compared to 3,990.6 million in 2003. Our Onshore/Downstream and Offshore Activities each accounted for about 48.2%, or 2,157.3 million and 46.1%, or

56


Table of Contents

2,061.8 million, of our cost of sales, respectively. The major component was payroll, study costs and external costs such as equipment purchases or construction subcontracting.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
      Our selling, general and administrative expenses during 2004 were 260.7 million (or 5.7% of net sales) compared to 341.7 million (or 7.2% of net sales) incurred in 2003. The decrease between the two periods is primarily due to account of reimburses of fees on litigation.
Research and Development Expenses
      Research and development expenses remained flat in 2004 at 33.2 million compared to 33.3 million in 2003.
Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization
      The primary operating performance measure for our business segments is operating income before depreciation and amortization, which we disclose on the face of our consolidated statement of operations included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe that operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization is useful to investors and management to demonstrate the operational profitability of our segments by excluding interest and taxes, which are generally accounted for across the entire company on a consolidated basis.
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization
                       
– Offshore
    267.1       242.7       250.1  
– Onshore/ Downstream
    109.1       100.4       85.3  
– Industries
    (1.5 )     2.4       12.2  
                   
Total
    374.7       345.5       347.6  
Less:
                       
Depreciation and amortization other than goodwill
    (116.2 )     (117.9 )     (143.0 )
Subtotal:
                       
Operating Income
    258.5       227.6       204.6  
Less:
                       
Financial result
    (54.0 )     (44.3 )     (66.9 )
Less:
                       
Income tax
    (65.2 )     (82.0 )     (46.3 )
Non Operating loss, Income of equity affiliates and Minority Interests
    (17.3 )     (7.3 )     (3.0 )
Less:
                       
Goodwill Amortization
    (117.3 )     (113.7 )     (117.8 )
Net Income
    4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
      Our operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization amounted to 374.7 million in 2004 compared to 345.5 million in 2003.
      Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization by segment (“operating margin”). Below we present operating income margin by business segment for 2004 and 2003. We have defined segment operating income margin as segment operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization divided by segment net sales.
      Our Offshore Activities generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 267.1 million (or 10.7% of net sales) compared to 242.7 million (or 11.0% of net sales) in 2003. Of the Offshore Activities’ 2004 total operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization, 230.3 million were related to the SURF activity, up 29.7% from the 177.5 million registered in 2003. 36.8 million in our

57


Table of Contents

Offshore Activities’ 2004 total operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization were related to the Facilities activity, down 43.6% from the 65.2 million registered in 2003.
      Our Onshore/ Downstream Activities generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 109.1 million (or 4.6% of net sales) compared to 100.4 million (or 4.7% of net sales) in 2003.
      Our Industries Activities generated an operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of (1.5) million (or -0.6% of net sales), compared to 2.4 million in 2003 or 0.6% of net sales. During the year 2004, Industries Activities operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization suffered from costs linked to start-up of Technip Biopharm in United States and a difficult contract in the Middle East.
      Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization by geographic zone. Below we present operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization and operating income margins for 2004, 2003 and 2002. We have defined operating income margins as operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization divided by segment net sales for a given zone.
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization by geographic zone
                       
– Europe and Russia/ Central Asia
    135.1       118.9       148.4  
– Africa/ Middle East
    138.0       144.3       102.9  
– Asia Pacific
    47.6       23.2       22.1  
– Americas
    54.0       59.1       74.2  
                   
Total
    374.7       345.5       347.6  
Less:
                       
Depreciation and amortization other than goodwill
    (116.2 )     (117.9 )     (143.0 )
Subtotal:
                       
Operating Income
    258.5       227.6       204.6  
Less:
                       
Financial result
    (54.0 )     (44.3 )     (66.9 )
Less:
                       
Income tax
    (65.2 )     (82.0 )     (46.3 )
Non Operating loss, Income of equity affiliates and Minority Interest
    (17.3 )     (7.3 )     (3.0 )
Less:
                       
Goodwill Amortization
    (117.3 )     (113.7 )     (117.8 )
Net Income
    4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
      In Europe and Russia/ Central Asia, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 135.1 million in 2004 (10.6% operating income margin) compared to 118.9 million (10.4%) in 2003. The Offshore Activities has performed well in the North Sea region. The Onshore/ Downstream Activities contribution comes from the projects MOH in Greece and HDT in Turkmenistan.
      In Africa/ Middle East, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 138.0 million in 2004 (5.4% of operating income margin) compared to 144.3 million in 2003 (6.7% operating income margin). This evolution reflects notably the Eps Zafiro (Exxon Mobil in Equatorial Guinea), Eps Zikomba (Exxon Mobil) in Angola and AMP1 (Total) in Nigeria for the Offshore Activities. The Onshore/ Downstream Activities contribution to the operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of the region reflects in large part the contracts realized in Nigeria, Iran, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Abu Dhabi and the United Arab Emirates.
      In Asia Pacific, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 47.6 million in 2004 (12.6% operating income margin) compared to 23.2 million in 2003 (6.7% operating income margin). For the Onshore/ Downstream activity, the situation in this region reflects in large part to PTA in Asia, Phu-My in Vietnam and BP SECCO in China.

58


Table of Contents

      In Americas, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 54.0 million in 2004 (5.8% operating income margin) compared to 59.1 million in 2003 (5.5% operating income margin). For the Onshore/ Downstream activity, the operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization comes from hydrogen contracts in Americas.
Operating Income
      Depreciation and amortization other goodwill. Charges for depreciation of assets during 2004 amounted to 116.2 million, compared to 117.9 million in 2003.
      Operating income amounted to 258.5 million, compared to 227.6 million in 2003, an increase of 13.6%.
Financial result
      We had a net financial loss of 54.0 million in 2004 compared to 44.3 million in 2003. This line item does not include financial revenue on positive cash balances of individual contracts, which we account under net sales. In 2004 and 2003, financial revenues from these sources contributed 9.9 million. In 2004, we incurred 21.4 million in financial expenses related to OCEANE bonds including 11.4 million as redemption premium amortization. Other factors contributing to this net financial loss were financial expenses of 18.5 million on the bond loan issued on May 26, 2004 and of 3.3 million in connection with short-term notes.
Income of Equity Affiliates
      We had income from equity affiliates of 1.2 million in 2004, compared to 1.1 million in 2003, essentially derived from Nargan.
Non-operating Loss
      We recorded a non-operating loss of 16.1 million in 2004, compared to a non-operating loss of 7.6 million in 2003. In 2004, this item consists of restructuring costs in Germany for an amount of 12.0 million, a loss of 3.1 million on the sale of Boulogne’s building offset with the net gain on the sale of one of the Westhill buildings of 2.6 million and costs following to the sale of the headquarter of 3.0 million.
      In 2003, this item consisted of restructuring costs in Finland for an amount of 4.4 million and in Germany for an amount of 2.7 million. It included also a 3.5 million net gain on the former headquarters building sale and a (1.5) million loss resulting from the disposal of Unirig Pty Ltd. shares.
Income Tax
      Our income tax for 2004 amounted to 65.2 million, for a profit before tax and before goodwill amortization of 187.2 million, compared to an income tax of 82.0 million in 2003.  Compared to the generally applicable French corporate income tax rate of 35.43%, our effective income tax rate amounts to 33% in 2004 and 44.3% in 2003. The 2003 income tax rate was exceptionally high according to our decision not to recognize further deferred tax assets in view of the operational losses recorded in the United States in 2002 and 2003.
Minority Interests
      Minority interests in our earnings amounted to (2.4) million in 2004, compared to (0.8) million in 2003. Minority interests in 2003 and 2004 were principally attributable to our Indian subsidiary SEAMEC.
Goodwill amortization
      Goodwill amortization amounts to 117.3 million in 2004 compared to 113.7 million in 2003 and 117.8 million in 2002. The expense is relatively flat with 2002; the 2003 lower amount came from the purchase price reduction in connection with the acquisition of Aker Maritime deepwater division granted in 2003.

59


Table of Contents

Net Income (loss)
      Our net consolidated income for 2004 was 4.7 million, compared to a net loss of (19.7) million in 2003. Net income before non-operating items and goodwill amortization upon acquisition represents a profit of 138.1 million, compared to 101.6 in 2003.
Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2003,
Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2002
Net Sales
      In 2003, we had consolidated net sales of 4,711.1 million, an increase of 5.8% from net sales of 4,452.3 million in 2002. Our net sales are largely comprised by net sales of our two largest sectors, our Onshore activities and our Offshore Activities. In our Onshore activities in 2003, among the largest contributors to net sales, due to the size and status of progress on these contracts, were Takreer, Nigeria Trains IV and V, Qatif, Omifco and 10th complex. In our Offshore Activities in 2003, the SURF activity represented 59% of our net sales while our Floaters activity represented 41%.
      Backlog. We define backlog as the remaining portion of ongoing contracts’ sale price to be recognized in the future. Our backlog was 7,180.4 million as of December 31, 2003, increasing from 5,776.1 million as of December 31, 2002.
      By business segment, as of December 31, 2003, approximately 40.3% of our backlog was in the Offshore segment, 54.4% was in the Onshore/ Downstream segment and the remainder was in our Industries segment. Contract intake in 2003 was driven in the Offshore sector principally by integrated projects in Africa (SURF and Floaters), in North Sea and in Brazil. In the Onshore/ Downstream sector, backlog was driven principally by petrochemical, gas and other projects in the Africa/ Middle East region, which accounted for 61% of segment backlog as of December 31, 2003. Backlog in the Industries sector as of December 31, 2003 consisted principally of several service and construction contracts for the pharmaceutical, chemical, electricity and metal industries.
      Net sales by segment. Our Offshore segment accounted for 2,209.7 million or 46.9% of total revenues in 2003 compared to 2,125.0 million, or 47.8% in 2002. Major contributors to our 2003 revenues were our SURF activity, which accounted for 59% of segment revenues of December 31, 2003 and our Floaters business, which accounted for a further 41% of Offshore segment revenues.
      Our Onshore/ Downstream segment, which is comprised of activities related to production, refining and petrochemicals, accounted for 2,119.0 million or 45% of total revenues in 2003, compared to 1,938.6 million, or 43.5% in 2002, an increase in net sales of 9.3%. The major factors contributing to the increase in sales in this segment were due to contracts put in force in 2002 with the early engineering phases where we tend not to recognize substantial revenues compared to the later phases in which equipment procurement and construction work have taken place in 2003 and project milestones have been met. See “Item 4. Information on Technip — Description of Our Operations — Execution of a Turnkey Project”. The major contributors are Takreer, Nigeria trains IV and V, Qatif, Omifco and 10th Complex.
      Our Industry segment accounted for net sales of 382.4 million or 8.1% of total net revenues in 2003, as compared to 388.7 million, or 8.7% of total net revenues, in 2002. Sales in 2003 derived from contracts in the pharmaceutical industry (MSD, Solvay and Aventis), the chemical industry (BASF in Germany and Sabic Acid Acetic in Saudi Arabia) as well as contracts for the construction of treatment units of ores (Bauxilum in Venezuela) and construction of electricity generation plants in Germany (Bochum), an Airbus 380 assembly site in France and several contracts for the cement, metals and aerospace industries.
      Net sales by geographic area. During 2003, our operations in Europe and Russia/ Central Asia generated 1,138.2 million in sales, or 24.2% of total revenues, compared to 1,196.6 million in sales, or 26.9% of total revenues in 2002. The principal contributors to sales in this region in 2003 were in the Offshore segment, Braemar (MARATHON), Clapham (PETROCANADA), Seven Heads (RAMCO ENERGY), Fram West (NORSK HYDRO) and Ringhorne Jurassic (Exxon Mobil). Additionally, sales recorded from engineering activities in this region include Anvers Prime G (Total), PPF6 (DSM) and AG/ H2 plant (OMV).

60


Table of Contents

      Sales generated from our activities in Africa/ Middle East during 2003 amounted to 2,150.3 million, or 45.6% of total revenues, compared to 1,482.0 million or 33.3% of total 2002 revenues. The principal offshore contracts contributing to sales in this region in 2003 were East Area (Exxon Mobil), and Amenam (Total) in Nigeria, EPS Zafiro (Exxon Mobil) in Equatorial Guinea and EPS Xikomba (Exxon Mobil) in Angola. Our principal Onshore/ Downstream contracts in this region were Nigeria trains IV and V, Omifco in Oman, Qatif in Saudi Arabia, Takreer in the United Arab Emirates and the 9th and 10th complex of Ethylene in Iran.
      Our operations in Asia Pacific generated sales of 344.5 million in 2003, or 7.3% of total revenues, a decrease from 445.2 million, or 10% of total revenues in 2002. Our principal contributors to Offshore segment sales in 2003 in this region were TSEP (WOODSIDE) in Australia and Conoco B (CONOCO PHILIPS) in Indonesia. In the Onshore/ Downstream segment, the principal contributors to sales were petrochemical projects in China, Taiwan and Vietnam.
      Sales generated from our activities in the Americas decreased significantly during 2003 and amounted to 1,078.1 million, or 22.9% of total revenues, compared to 1,328.5 million, or 29.8% of total revenues, in 2002. Sales in this region are particularly tied to our Offshore operations in Brazil and the Gulf of Mexico, with notably contracts for the engineering and construction of Spar production platforms for Gunisson (KERR MCGEE), Mad Dog (BP), Holstein (BP) as well as the integrated turnkey projects Nakika (SHELL), Bidao (PETROBRAS) and Huskywhite Rose (HUSKY) in Canada. In the Onshore/ Downstream sector, sales in 2003 reflected the substantial progress on the Syncrude and Cryogenic gas plant projects in North America.
Cost of Sales
      Our cost of sales was 3,990.6 million in 2003, compared to 3,754.8 million in 2002. The major component was payroll, study costs, and external costs such as equipment purchases and construction subcontracting. The increase in our costs was principally linked to our overall level of activity. The Onshore/ Downstream segment and the Offshore segment each accounted respectively for about 46.9% and 44.0% of this amount (1,875.0 million and 1,756.7 million, respectively) increasing from 9.2% and 4.0% in 2002.
Research and Development Expenses
      Research and development expenses amounted to 33.3 million in 2003 compared to 37.4 million in 2002. This decrease results from the synergies following the Coflexip acquisition.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
      Our selling, general and administrative expenses during 2003 were 341.7 million (or 7.2% of net sales) compared to 312.5 million (or 7.0% of net sales) incurred in 2002.
Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization
      Our operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization amounted to 345.5 million in 2003 compared to 347.6 million in 2002.
      Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization by segment. Below we present operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization and operating income margins by business segment for 2003 and 2002. We have defined segment operating income margins as segment operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization divided by segment net sales.
      Our Offshore segment generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 242.7 million, with a segment operating income margin of 11.0% in 2003, improved from segment operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 250.1 million, with a segment operating income margin of 11.8% in 2002.
      Our Onshore/ Downstream segment generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 100.4 million, with a segment operating income margin of 4.7% in 2003, compared to segment operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization income of 85.3 million, with a segment operating income

61


Table of Contents

margin of 4.4% in 2002. This slight increase is explained on the one hand by the completion of several major projects on favorable terms in 2003, which allowed us to recognize strong margins and write back project-specific risk and technical provisions, and on the other hand by reduction of the selling and administrative costs.
      Our Industry segment contributed operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 2.4 million with a segment operating income margin of 0.6% in 2003, as compared to segment operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 12.2 million with a segment operating income margin of 3.1% in 2002, a decrease in segment operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 80% due to losses recognized on former contracts.
      Operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization by geographic zone. In Europe and Russia/ Central Asia, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 118.9 million in 2003 (10.4% operating income margin) compared to 148.4 million (12.4%) in 2002. The Offshore segment has performed well in the North Sea region. The Onshore/ Downstream segment contribution comes from the projects with DSM, BP and HDT in Turkmenistan.
      In Africa/ Middle East, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 144.3 million in 2003 (6.7% operating income margin) compared to 102.9 million (6.9%) in the previous year. This increase reflects notably the EPS Zafiro (Exxon Mobil) in Equatorial Guinea, Eps Zikomba (Exxon Mobil) in Angola and AMP1 (Total) in Nigeria, for the Offshore segment. The Onshore/ Downstream segment contribution to the operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of the region reflects in large part the contracts realized in Nigeria, Iran, Oman, Saudi Arabia, Abu Dhabi and the United Arab Emirates.
      In Asia Pacific, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 23.2 million in 2003 (6.7% operating income margin) compared to 22.1 million (5.0%) in the previous year. The situation in this region reflects in large part the status of progress on the following contracts: PTA, Phu-my, BP Secco and SMPO Nanhai.
      In the Americas, we generated operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization of 59.1 million in 2003 (5.5% operating income margin) compared to 74.2 million (5.6%) in the previous year. This evolution in operating income before depreciation and goodwill amortization reflects the low level of utilization of our Corpus Christi yard and operational difficulties on a SURF project based in Gulf of Mexico.
Operating Income
      Depreciation and amortization other than goodwill. Charges for depreciation of assets during 2003 amounted to 117.9 million, compared to 143.0 million in 2002. In 2003, the decrease mainly results from the change in the vessels estimated life on the basis of an independent expert’s report. The impact amounts to (8.9) million in 2003.
      Operating income amounted to 227.6 million in 2003 compared to 204.6 million in 2002, an increase of 11.2%. The operating margin (operating income taken as a percent of net sales) increased from 4.6% in 2002 to 4.8% in 2003, primarily as a result of the increase in the Offshore segment operating margin.
Financial result
      We had a net financial loss of 44.3 million in 2003 compared to 66.9 million in 2002. This line item does not include financial revenue on positive cash balances of individual contracts, which we account for under net sales. In 2003 and 2002, financial revenues from these sources contributed 9.9 million and 13.6 million, respectively, to our net sales. In 2003 we incurred 25.8 million in financial expenses related to our OCEANE bonds including 16.1 million as redemption premium amortization. Other factors contributing to this net financial loss were financial expenses of 7.6 million in connection with short-term notes, and exchange-rate related losses of 2.9 million.

62


Table of Contents

Income of Equity Affiliates
      We had income from equity affiliates of 1.1 million in 2003 compared to no equity in income from unconsolidated affiliates in 2002. The 2003 income from equity affiliates of 1.1 million essentially results from Nargan.
Non-operating Loss
      We recorded a non-operating loss of 7.6 million compared to a non-operating loss 6.9 million in 2002. In 2003, this item consists of restructuring costs in Finland for an amount of 4.4 million and in Germany for an amount of 2.7 million. This item includes also a 3.5 million net gain on the former headquarters building sale and a (1.5) million loss resulting from the disposal of Unirig Pty Ltd. shares.
      The non-operating loss in 2002 was primarily derived from restructuring costs of 7.0 million and exceptional losses of 8.7 million related to non-recurring losses occurred on former contracts, offset by 6.2 million in tax credits awarded by the Italian tax authorities and gains on asset sales of 5.6 million related to our disposal of shares of Ipedex and Rintekno.
Income Tax
      Our income tax for 2003 amounted to 82.0 million, for a profit before tax and before goodwill amortization of 176 million, compared to an income tax of 46.3 million in 2002. Compared to the generally applicable French corporate income tax rate of 35.43% for 2003 and 2002, our effective income tax rate amounted to 44.29% in 2003 and 33.53% in 2002. This increase results mainly from our decision not to recognize further deferred tax assets in view of the operational losses recorded in the United States in 2002 and 2003.
Minority Interests
      Minority interests in our earnings amounted to (0.8) million compared to 3.9 million in 2002. Minority interests in 2002 were principally attributable to our Indian subsidiary SEAMEC. In 2003, the Group raised its stake in SEAMEC (India) to 78.2% following a 20% purchase of interests.
Goodwill amortization
      Goodwill amortization amounts to 113.7 million in 2003 compared to 117.8 million in 2002. This decrease mainly comes from the purchase price reduction in connection with the acquisition of Aker Maritime Deepwater Division granted in 2003.
Net Income (loss)
      Our consolidated net loss for 2003 was 19.7 million compared to 29.4 million in 2002.
      Net income before non-operating items and goodwill amortization upon acquisition represents a profit of 101.6 million compared to 95.3 million in 2002.
Cash Flows
2004 compared to 2003
      Cash flow from operating activities. We recorded positive cash flow from operating activities of 368.5 million in 2004 compared to positive cash flow from operating activities in 2003 of 348.7 million.
      Cash flow from operations amounted to 260.2 million compared to 229.3 million in 2003. In 2004, amortization and depreciation of tangible and intangible assets (including goodwill) totaled 233.5 million, compared to 231.6 million in 2003. Cash flow from operating activities deducts income of equity affiliates (net of dividends) from net income, which was (1.2) million in 2004 compared to (1.1) million in 2003. Cash flow from operating activities also adds back losses on disposal of fixed and financial assets, which was a loss of 9.2 million in 2004 compared to a loss of 0.3 million in 2003. In 2004, the loss comes from the sales

63


Table of Contents

of Boulogne and one of the Westhill buildings and the sales of the EHR, IG SpA and a part of KTI SpA companies. Net changes in operating assets and liabilities had a positive impact of 108.3 million compared to 119.4 million in 2003 on the Group cash.
      Cash flow from investing activities. Net cash provided from investing activities was (123.1) million compared to 11.0 million in 2003.
      Total capital expenditures on intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, were 123.8 million in 2004, compared to 122.7 million in 2003.
      Proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets and investments amounted to 28.1 million in 2004 compared to 106.7 million in 2003. These amounts in 2004 represented the Boulogne and one of the Westhill buildings sales and the disposal of EHR, IG SpA and 75% of KTI SpA shares. In 2003, the amount represented the CB3 building sale for 100 million.
      The cash decrease of 27.4 million in 2004 compared to a decrease of 7.9 million in 2003 from changes in scope of consolidation represents the cash balances of companies acquired or disposed of measured as of the date of acquisition or disposal. In 2004, this amount represents the cash from the sales of the EHR and IG SpA and KTI SpA companies. In 2003, this amount represents the cash from the disposal of Unirig Pty Ltd. and the 20% interests purchased by the Group in order to raise its stake in SEAMEC (India).
      Cash flow from financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities totaled 304.8 million in 2004 compared to (169.8) million in 2003. This variation related primarily to the issue of a bond loan in May 2004 for an amount of 650.0 million including the reimbursement premium of 1.8 million. Other financing activities using cash in 2004 were our payment of a dividend amounting to 82.3 million, the payment of an interim dividend of 47.5 million and 22.7 million in Technip treasury share buy backs.
2003 compared to 2002
      Cash flow from operating activities. We recorded positive cash flow from operating activities of 348.7 million in 2003 compared to positive cash flow from operating activities in 2002 of 432.8 million.
      In 2003, amortization and depreciation of tangible and intangible assets (including goodwill) totaled 231.6 million, compared to 260.8 million in 2002. The decrease in amortization and depreciation is mainly due to the changes in the scope of consolidation, to the change in the vessels’ estimated life on the basis of an independent expert’s report, and to a lesser extent due to decreased amortization of goodwill resulting from acquisitions. Additionally, amortization of the redemption premium related to the OCEANE bonds amounted to 16.1 million in 2003 compared to 16.9 million in 2002.
      Cash flow from operating activities deducts income of equity affiliates (net of dividends) from net income, which was (1.1) million in 2003 compared to zero in 2002. Cash flow from operating activities also adds back losses on disposal of fixed and financial assets, which was a loss of 0.3 million in 2003 compared to a gain of 10.7 million in 2002. In 2003, the loss comes from the disposal of Unirig Pty Ltd. shares less the net gain on the building sale. The principal source of gain upon disposal in 2002 was the sale of shares in Ipedex and Rintekno.
      Net changes in operating assets and liabilities had a positive impact of 119.4 million compared to 192.9 million in 2002 on the Group cash.
      Cash flow from investing activities. Net cash provided by investing activities was 11.0 million compared to 18.7 million in 2002. Total capital expenditures on intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and cash paid for acquired businesses were 126.0 million in 2003, compared to 126.2 million in 2002.
      Proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets and investments amounted to 106.7 million in 2003 compared to 143.2 million in 2002. These amounts in 2003 represented the CB3 building sale for 100.0 million and the disposal of Unirig Pty Ltd. shares. Proceeds were in 2002 derived mainly from the disposal of Coflexip’s former headquarter facilities, the sale of the Well Operations activities and the disposal of our shares of Novasep as part of the ISIS merger. Moreover, during the first half-year, Coflexip and Aker Maritime reached an agreement regarding the purchase price adjustment mechanisms stipulated in the contract following the acquisition of Aker

64


Table of Contents

Maritime’s Deepwater Division leading to a 38.2 million purchase price reduction (corresponding to the amount received in 2003 on a total of 40.7 million granted). This reduction leads to a decrease in the goodwill recorded in the accounts.
      Cash from changes in scope of consolidation represents the cash balances of companies acquired or disposed of, measured as of the date of acquisition or disposal and was an decrease of 7.9 million in 2003 compared to an increase of 1.7 million in 2002. In 2003, this amount represents the cash from the disposal of Unirig Pty Ltd. and the 20% interests purchased by the Group in order to raise its stake in SEAMEC (India).
      Cash flow from financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities totaled 169.8 million in 2003 compared to 436.2 million used by financing activities in 2002. In 2003, this amount related primarily to the redemption of convertible bonds for an amount of 49.8 million and a lesser use of short-term commercial paper. Other financing activities using cash in 2003 were our payment of a dividend amounting to 77.3 million and 6.5 million in treasury share buy backs.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
      Our main needs for capital are the funding of ongoing operations, capital expenditures, and acquisitions. We have financed our needs with cash flow from operations, borrowings under bank facilities and our offerings of senior notes. We believe that net cash provided by operating activities, the additional financial resources generated by the issuance of our senior notes and available borrowing under bank facilities will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.
      We estimate capital expenditures for our fiscal year 2005 will be approximately 147.0 million. Our budgeted investments will be principally 130.0 million to 132.0 million for our Offshore activities. Capital expenditures amounted to 123.8 million in 2004, compared to 122.7 million in 2003 and a 2004 budget of 131.0 million. Capital expenditures were below budget due to good control of our projects and also due to some slippage in 2005.
      We define our working capital requirements as indicated in the table below. Our definition of working capital requirements may not be comparable to the definition of working capital requirements employed by other companies.
                         
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (in millions)
Contracts-in-progress
    6,593.4       6,368.2       4,896.2  
Inventories and deferred bid costs, net
    98.2       73.6       80.8  
Advances to suppliers
    249.4       244.6       122.5  
Accounts and notes receivables, net
    594.8       755.6       725.6  
Other current assets, net
    705.3       427.7       521.6  
Less:
                       
Retirement indemnities
    (70.8 )     (89.3 )     (86.3 )
Accrued liabilities
    (251.9 )     (234.8 )     (242.5 )
Progress payments on contracts
    (7,353.6 )     (7,047.8 )     (5,420.2 )
Accounts and notes payable
    (852.5 )     (783.1 )     (720.8 )
Other creditors
    (808.2 )     (691.9 )     (756.1 )
                   
Working capital requirements
    (1,095.9 )     (977.2 )     (879.2 )
                   
      Our working capital requirement as of December 31, 2004 was (1,095.9) million, compared to (977.2) million as of December 31, 2003 and (879.2) as of December 31, 2002. The increase in working capital requirements from 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to increased overall activity levels and resulting operating cash flows. Our capital expenditures and cash paid for acquired businesses in 2004 was 123.8 million compared to 126.0 million in 2003 and 126.2 million in 2002. In 2004, disposal of assets amounted to 28.1 million and included the sales of a building in Boulogne (France) and buildings in Westhill (UK) and the sales of investments

65


Table of Contents

of EHR, IG SpA and 75% of KTI. In 2003, disposal of assets amounted to 106.7 million, and include 100.0 million on our former headquarters building sale. In 2002, disposals of 143.2 million helped to offset expenditures and concerned principally Coflexip assets (Wellops, McNulty and former headquarters).
      Net cash flow from operating activities was 368.5 million in 2004, compared to 348.7 million in 2003 and 432.8 million in 2002. See “— Cash Flows” above. Our cash and cash equivalents increased by 541.6 million to 1,434 million from 892.4 million at the end of 2003 and 741.1 million at the end of 2002. See “— Cash Flows”, above. Our cash in-hand and access to other sources of funds is sufficient to meet our anticipated operating and capital expenditure requirements.
      Contracts-in-progress, which represent the aggregate value of all our work-to-date recorded under current contracts (including turnkey and cost plus service contracts) and includes all invoiced equipment, supply and labor costs as well as a share of the estimated final contract margin, increased to 6,593.4 million as of December 31, 2004, compared to 6,368.2 million as of December 31, 2003 and 4,896.2 million as of December 31, 2002. Contracts-in-progress include mainly turnkey or similar contracts. These contracts are funded by partial payments invoiced to the customers. As of December 31, 2004, progress payments received on ongoing projects amounted to 7,353.6 million, compared to 7,047.8 million and 5,420.2 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
      Our inventories and deferred bid costs as of December 31, 2004 amounted to 98.2 million, compared to 73.6 million as of December 31, 2003 and 80.8 million as of December 31, 2002. Inventories and deferred bid costs reflect principally the flexible piping and other manufacturing activities of our Offshore segment.
      Shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2004, before distribution of dividends related to the profit for the year, was 1,789.0 million, compared to 1,938.0 million, as of December 31, 2003 and 2,026.3 million, as of December 31, 2002. In total, our management believes that shareholders’ equity is adequate to finance our fixed assets and provides a sound financial basis for the Group.
      Our total accrued liabilities and retirement indemnities amounted to 322.7 million as of December 31, 2004, compared to 324.1 million as of December 31, 2003 and 328.8 million as of December 31, 2002, and provide coverage for contract risks, risks associated with litigation, pension costs and general business risks.
      As of December 31, 2004, the Group had unused and confirmed multicurrency credit lines of approximately 1,028.0 million. Approximately 1,020.0 million of this amount is available beyond December 31, 2005. At year-end 2004, we had outstanding commercial paper (one to three month maturity) in a principal amount of 150 million under a program registered with the “French Central Bank” and authorized in a maximum amount of 600 million. We believe that these, together with cash on hand and marketable securities, provide us with adequate operating liquidity.
      On April 29, 2004, Technip raised a 850.0 million new bank revolving facility with a five-year facility to replace two of the authorized unused and confirmed credit lines.
      On May 19, 2004, Technip launched the issue of a 650.0 million seven-year bond maturing on May 26, 2011 with a 4.625% interest rate. The bond issue purpose is for general corporate needs with a view to reinforcing the Group’s financial structure without waiting for the January 1, 2007 maturity of its outstanding convertible bond by taking advantage of the historically low long-term interest rate environment.
      As of December 31, 2004, our non-current assets amounted to 3,098.1 million, including fixed assets of 714.9 million, consisting principally of our construction fleet (408.9 million) and property used for office space and production. As of December 31, 2003, our non-current assets amounted to 3,246.0 million, including fixed assets of 738.5 million, consisting principally of our construction fleet (403.0 million) and property used for office space and production. As of December 31, 2002, non-current assets amounted to 3,518.2 million. Our fixed assets amounted to 861.1 million at that date and consisted principally of our construction fleet (429.4 million) and property used for office space and production. See “Item 4. Information on Technip — Property, Plant and Equipment”.
      As of December 31, 2004, our total financial debt amounted to 1,562.1 million, of which the current portion totaled 194.4 million. This financial debt amount does not include 74.7 million in reserves for the

66


Table of Contents

redemption premium of our convertible bonds described below. The current portion of our financial debt is composed of 150 million of commercial paper, the current portion of other long-term debt of 3.2 million, and 16.5 million in overdrafts and short-term lines of credit and accrued interest on convertible bonds and the bond issue of 24.7 million (OCEANE and bond loan of May 2004). As of December 31, 2004, our long-term financial debt amounted to 1,367.7 million, and is comprised principally of our convertible bonds of 632.2 million (after repurchase in 2002 through 2004), as well as 650.0 million for the bond loan of May 26, 2004. A part of the bond issue proceeds were used to repay part of the convertible bonds and a part of the credit facility of the acquisition of Aker Maritime ASA Deepwater Division. For additional information regarding our convertible bonds see Note 22(a) to our Consolidated Financial Statements and Exhibit 10.1 hereto. Approximately 94% of our long-term debt is denominated in euro, with the remainder principally in U.S. dollars.
      As of December 31, 2003, our total financial debt amounted to 1,129.5 million, of which the current portion totaled 226.3 million. This financial debt amount did not include 84.5 million in reserves for the redemption premium of our convertible bonds described below. The current portion of our financial debt was composed of 205 million of commercial paper, the current portion of other long-term debt of 5.7 million, and 8.3 million in overdrafts and short-term lines of credit and accrued interest on convertible bonds of 7.4 million. As of December 31, 2003, our long-term financial debt amounted to 903.2 million, and was comprised principally of our convertible bonds of 715.5 million (after repurchase in 2002 and 2003), as well as U.S.$141 million outstanding amount of the credit facility, obtained for the Aker Maritime Deepwater Division acquisition and the U.S.$87 million outstanding debt used for the financing of some of the convertible bond repurchase. For additional information regarding our convertible bonds and eurobonds, see Note 22(a) and (b) respectively to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
      As of December 31, 2002, our total financial debt amounted to 1,247.1 million, of which the current portion totaled 297.0 million. This financial debt amount did not include 90.4 million in reserves for the redemption premium of our convertible bonds described below. The current portion of our financial debt was composed of 276 million of commercial paper, the current portion long-term debt for 13.1 million, and 7.9 million in overdrafts and short-term lines of credit. Our long-term financial debt reflects the refinanced portion of significant financial debt that we incurred in connection with the Coflexip exchange offer and the ISIS exchange offer, U.S.$174 million in debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of the Deepwater Division, as well as a U.S.$13.7 million loan taken out in connection with the Sunrise project. In the first quarter of 2002, we reimbursed 778.9 million of the principal amount of the acquisition financing using the net proceeds of bonds convertible into new shares and/or exchangeable for existing shares aggregate principal amount at issuance of our exchangeable/convertible bonds was 793.5 million, which carries a 1% coupon and has a 3.25% yield to maturity on January 1, 2007, assuming no conversion or exchange.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
      A review of our debt and equity should consider contractual obligations and commitments both reflected directly on our balance sheet and those that are not. These amounts together with our balance sheet debt are summarized as of December 31, 2004, in the table below.
                                         
    Balance as of   Payments due in
    year end    
Contractual Obligations   2004   2005   2006-2007   2008-2009   Thereafter
                     
    (in millions)
Short-Term Debt
    194.4       194.4                    
Long-Term Debt
    1,367.7             633.3       80.9       653.5  
Operating Leases
    369.4       41.7       78.3       71.0       178.4  
Capital Leases
                             
      We incur purchase obligations from time to time in the normal course of our operations with vendors to support existing contractual arrangements with our customers. Purchase obligations with our vendors can span several years depending on the duration of the projects. In general, the costs associated with the purchase obligations are expensed as the revenue is earned on the related projects.

67


Table of Contents

         
    Balance as of
Other Commitments   year end 2004*
     
Buy currency, sell national currency (forwards and swaps)
    233.9  
Sell currency, buy national currency (forwards and swaps)
    710.2  
Sell/ Buy foreign currencies
    343.0  
 
Nominal value.
Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements
      In addition to the above-referenced contractual obligations, we have additional contractual and other commitments not necessarily reflected on our consolidated balance sheet, which are summarized in the table below as of December 31, 2004.
                                         
    Total as of   Payments
    year end    
    2004   2005   2006-2007   2008-2009   Thereafter
                     
Foreign exchange rate instruments
    1,287.1       1,119.9       167.2              
Interest rate instruments
    80.0             80.0              
Parent company guarantees
    13,789.9       3,721.3       3,121.8       6,094.6       852.2  
Others commitments given
    1,418.6       146.8       117.3       962.2       192.3  
Total commitments given
    15,208.5       3,868.1       3,155.6       7,140.3       1,044.5  
Total commitments received
    539.4       208.5       235.7       94.8       0.4  
Guarantees Related to Contracts
      Guarantees related to contracts are mainly made up of performance bonds, which are usually not for the full amount of the maximum theoretical contractual liability but are subject to individual negotiation. Performance bonds would usually be released partially upon delivery of the contract (provisional acceptance by the customer), the remainder being released at the final acceptance by the customer.
      When circumstances arise that result in the threat of calling a bond, then we seek to negotiate acceptable alternative arrangements. Bonds are typically called when there is no other remedy acceptable to our customer. Our experience to date has been that bonds are very rarely called. In general, we establish provisions to cover any anticipated loss that could arise from our contractual obligations.
Parent Guarantees to Clients
      Parent guarantees are given in the normal course of the Group’s businesses by Technip Holding, Technip Offshore International, Technip Offshore UK Holding Ltd. or Technip Coflexip USA Holding Inc. to customers to cover the good performance of a contract awarded to one of our subsidiaries. They would be usually released at the end of the contract.
Other Material Financial Elements
      Policies of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) could affect our operations or the investments by our shareholders. Petroleum industry operations and profitability are influenced by many factors some of which our clients cannot control. Prices for crude oil and natural gas, petroleum products and petrochemicals are determined by supply and demand for these commodities. OPEC member countries are typically the world’s swing producers of crude oil, and their production levels are a major factor in determining worldwide supply. For example, OPEC’s implementation of production cutbacks to eliminate excess supply of crude oil for world markets results in price increases of crude oil.

68


Table of Contents

      For information on how ILSA may affect our operations or the investments by our shareholders, please see “Item 4. Information on Technip — Segment and Geographical Breakdown of Net Sales and Backlog — Special Geographic Considerations”.
Transition to International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)
      Within the framework of the European Union’s adoption of international accounting standards, all European companies listed on regulated exchanges must prepare their consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS standards as of January 1, 2005. The eventual transition from French GAAP to IFRS will be made in compliance with IFRS 1, First-Time Adoption of IFRS, which provides guidance on retroactive application and outlines certain exemptions and exceptions.
      We adopted January 1, 2004 as our transition date to International Financial Reporting Standards (or “IFRS”), and thus will present restated 2004 and 2005 IFRS financial statements in our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2005. In this annual report for year ended 2004, however, we have prepared our primary financial statements pursuant to French GAAP. Upon adoption of IFRS, we will disclose in our primary financial statements a reconciliation between French GAAP and IFRS (including narrative and net income and shareholders’ equity reconciliation for the applicable periods presented), as well as additional reconciliation disclosures between IFRS and U.S. GAAP. Looking ahead to the publication of these comparative financial statements for 2005 and in accordance with the AMF recommendation on financial reporting during the transition period, we have prepared financial information about the transition to IAS/IFRS which we have released from time to time and submitted to the SEC under cover of Form 6-K.

69


Table of Contents

Item 6.     Directors, Senior Management and Employees
Directors and Officers
      In accordance with French law governing a société anonyme, a form of limited liability company, the Company’s affairs are managed by its board of directors, or conseil d’administration, and by its Chief Executive Officer, who has full executive authority to manage the affairs of the Company, subject to the prior authorization of the board of directors or of the Company’s shareholders for certain decisions specified by law.
      Under French law, the board of directors may elect one person to assume the position of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or split these functions between two different persons (either the Chairman of the Board or another natural person bearing the title of Chief Executive Officer or Directeur Général). Our articles of association (statuts), were modified at the Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting of April 11, 2003 to provide for such a choice. The choice is made by our board of directors. Our board of directors has decided not to split these two functions, which are currently performed by the same person. For further information on the powers of our board of directors, see “Item 10. Additional Information — Directors”.
      Under French law, the board of directors determines the direction of the Company’s activities and oversees its implementation. Subject to the powers expressly assigned to the shareholders’ meetings, and within the scope of the corporate purpose, it shall take up any and all issues affecting the proper operation of the Company and shall decide in its meetings any issues concerning the Company. In addition, among any other responsibilities, the board of directors establishes and presents yearly financial statements to the shareholders and calls the shareholders’ meeting.
      Meetings of the board of directors, which are held as often as required by the corporate interest, are normally convened and presided over by the Chairman. According to French law, if the board of directors has not met for over two months, at least one-third of the members of the board may require that the Chairman convene the board regarding matters listed in the agenda for the meeting. A quorum is at least one-half of the members of the board. Pursuant to French law and our articles of association (statuts), decisions are taken by a vote of the majority of the members present, deemed to be present, or represented by other members of the board of directors and the Chairman has the casting vote in the event of a tie. Our articles of association (statuts) permit that certain decisions be taken by our board of directors by means of videoconference. A director may give a proxy to another director by any written means, but a director cannot represent more than one other member at any particular meeting. Members of the board of directors represented by another member at board meetings do not count for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A director may not vote for a direct or indirect arrangement or contract between the Company and a director in which he or she is materially interested. If he or she does vote, the decision of the board of directors authorizing the arrangement or contract will be void.
      Under French law, our board must give prior authorization for any surety, warranty or guarantee by the Company. This authorization from the board to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer to sign such a surety, warranty or guarantee, is granted for a maximum period of one year. If the surety, warranty or guarantee has not been previously authorized by our board, it shall have no effect with regard to the Company.
      Our Board of Directors
      Pursuant to French law and our articles of association (statuts), our board may consist of 3 to 18 directors. Under French law, each director is elected by the shareholders at an ordinary general meeting of shareholders. Our articles of association (statuts) provide that each director is appointed for a four-year term expiring after the ordinary general shareholders’ meeting having approved the accounts for the prior fiscal year and which is held in the year in which term expires and is eligible for reelection upon expiration of such term.
      Our board of directors is subject to a charter incorporating the majority of the recommendations contained in the report of the AFEP-MEDEF, a report issued in France in October 2003 to promote better corporate governance practices for listed companies (the “AFEP-MEDEF report”). By the same token, each committee of the board of directors has adopted its own charter describing its particular duties, responsibilities and functioning.

70


Table of Contents

      Our directors’ charter outlines the rights and responsibilities of directors and the principles governing the conduct of its executive officers, and was adopted at the directors’ meeting held on May 21, 2003. Each director must undertake to maintain his or her independence and to actively participate in the board’s work. Each director must inform the board of any personal situation that could lead to a conflict of interest or potential conflict and must clearly express, if necessary, his or her opposition to any matter under consideration by the board, which, in his or her opinion, is not in the Company’s best interest. In addition, each director is subject to our code of conduct regarding disclosure and use of confidential information, and must refrain from trading in any of our securities whenever such director knows of material non-public information.
      Our board of directors determines the Company’s overall strategic directions and monitors their implementation. Subject to the powers expressly attributed to the shareholders’ meetings and within the scope of our corporate purpose, the board is in charge of all questions pertaining to the operations of the Company and makes the Company’s business decisions.
      The non-exhaustive list of its duties is as follows:
  appoint the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the managing directors (directeurs délégués généraux);
 
  define the strategy of the Company with the assistance of the strategic committee, and discuss the major transactions planned by the Group;
 
  remain informed of all important events concerning the running of the Company and, in particular, investments and divestures superior to three percent of shareholders’ equity;
 
  proceed with the controls and verifications that are deemed suitable with the assistance of the audit committee;
 
  monitor the proper functioning of the internal control elements and of the satisfying character of the conditions of doing their mission by the auditors;
 
  monitor the proper functioning of the committees that it has created;
 
  monitor the quality of our disclosure provided to our shareholders and to the financial markets, with the assistance of the audit committee;
 
  convene and set the agenda for shareholders’ meetings;
 
  establish each year the list of directors considered independent pursuant to corporate governance criteria, taking into consideration the applicable standards and recommendations, as needed, on the trading markets where the securities of the Company are traded; and
 
  authorize the regulated agreements and the sureties, guarantees and warranties given by the Company.
      Our board of directors meets at least four times a year or more frequently when the circumstances require. Directors may either be physically present, represented by proxy or participate in the meeting of the board by means of a videoconference that meets the technical qualifications set forth by the rules.
      Our board of directors may establish specialized committees and set forth their composition and responsibilities. Established committees will exercise their activities under the responsibility of the board.
      Our board of directors determines the terms of payment of directors’ fees (jetons de présence) and may allocate supplemental directors’ fees to directors that are members of board committees within the total amount approved by the shareholders’ meeting.
      At a meeting held on February 23, 2005, our board evaluated its operating practices and concluded that it operates in a very satisfactory manner and that important matters are prepared and debated in an expedient manner. The board of directors evaluates, at intervals of no more than three years, its operating policies.

71


Table of Contents

      The majority of the 11 members of our board are independent directors under the recommendations on corporate governance contained in AFEP-MEDEF report. Four of our 11 members of our board are of a nationality other than French. The average age of our board members is 61. The definition of “independence” in the AFEP-MEDEF report differs from standards applicable for U.S. companies listed on the NYSE. Other corporate governance standards and practices differ in France than those practiced by U.S. companies listed on the NYSE. The members of our board are:
                     
    Initial       Term
Name, Age, Citizenship(1)   Appointment   Responsibility on Board   Expires
             
Daniel Valot (60)
    1996     Chairman of the Board
and Director
    2006  
Olivier Appert (56)
    2003     Director     2006  
Roger Cairns (62)
    2001     Director     2006  
(United Kingdom)
                   
Miguel Caparros (61)
    1995     Director     2006  
(Spain)
                   
Jacques Deyirmendjian (60)
    2000     Director     2006  
Jean-Pierre Lamoure (56)
    1998     Director     2006  
Daniel Lebègue (61)
    2003     Director     2006  
Roger Milgrim (68)
    2001     Director     2006  
(United States)
                   
Rolf-Erik Rolfsen (64)
    2001     Director     2006  
(Norway)
                   
Pierre Vaillaud (70)
    1992     Director     2006  
Bruno Weymuller (56)
    1995     Director     2006  
 
(1)  Unless noted otherwise, our board members are French citizens.
      During the year 2004, our board of directors met seven times. The average attendance rate was 84%. The average duration of a board meeting was approximately four hours. In 2004, our Board of Directors met regarding the following points:
  approving the financial statements and the consolidated financial statements for the financial year 2003;
 
  examining the report plans and the resolutions to be proposed to the shareholders’ meeting and setting an agenda;
 
  evaluating the functioning of the board of directors and its committees;
 
  deciding to proceed with an issuance of debentures;
 
  responding to written questions by a shareholder before the shareholders’ meeting;
 
  reviewing the report of the strategic committee;
 
  approving the code of ethics plan for Senior Executives and Financial Officers;
 
  reviewing the internal control procedures relating to the preparation and execution of contracts;
 
  reviewing quarterly accounts and reports of activity;
 
  deciding to proceed with the payment of interim dividends;
 
  recommending the budget for 2005 and a three-year plan; and
 
  renewing the powers of the Chairman of the Board of Directors for the financial year 2005 in terms of guaranties, sureties and warranties.

72


Table of Contents

Biographies of Our Board of Directors
      Daniel Valot. Mr. Valot is Chairman of the Board of Directors of Technip. He has served as director at Technip since 1996. In addition to being the Chairman of the Board, he is the Chief Executive Officer of Technip, the President of Technip Italy, the Chairman of Technip Far East (Malaysia) and serves on the boards of directors of Technip France. Outside the Group, Mr. Valot serves on the board of directors of Compagnie Générale de Géophysique, SCOR, SCOR Vie and Institut Français du Pétrole (French Petroleum Institute) (IFP). Prior to joining Technip in 1996, Mr. Valot was President of TotalFina Exploration and Production. He joined the Total Group in 1981 where he also held the posts of Deputy Finance Manager of Total, Finance Manager of the Total Chemical Division and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Total Petroleum North America. Mr. Valot is a graduate of the Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Paris (Paris Institute of Political Sciences) and the Ecole Nationale d’Administration (National School of Administration).
      Olivier Appert. Mr. Appert has served as director at Technip since 2003. On April 2003, Mr. Appert was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Institute Français du Pétrole (French Petroleum Institute) (IFP). Mr. Appert is also a director of Compagnie Générale de Géophysique (France) and the Institut de Physique du Globe de Paris (Paris Geophysical Institute). From 1998 to 1999, he was the Senior Executive Vice President of ISIS. Mr. Appert is a graduate of the École Polytechnique and the Ecole des Mines de Paris.
      Roger Cairns. Mr. Cairns has served as director at Technip since 2001. Mr. Cairns is currently Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cedar International Plc. (U.K.). From 1978 to 1981, Mr. Cairns was in charge of BP’s North Sea oilfield water management and gas gathering, following which he held various positions with BP until 1983. In 1983, he joined Trafalgar House Oil & Gas plc as Technical Director and was with them until 1989. For the period 1989 to 1997, he was Managing Director of Hardy Oil & Gas plc. He currently serves as Senior Technical Adviser of Enhanced Recovery System Ltd.. Mr. Cairns is a member of the Council of Institute of Petroleum and is Chairman of the Institute of Petroleum Discussions Group (Energy, Economics and Environment Committee).
      Miguel Caparros. Mr. Caparros is retired. He has served as director at Technip since 1995. He is also a director at C4W and a founding shareholder and advisor of Energiestro (France). Mr. Caparros is also an independent scholar of the Institut de Paléontologie Humaine (Institute of Human Paleontology). From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Caparros was an Advisory Director to Morgan Stanley. Mr. Caparros is a graduate of the Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales in France and holds a Masters in Business Administration from the University of Chicago Business School.
      Jacques Deyirmendjian. Mr. Deyirmendjian was initially appointed to our board of directors on the recommendation of Gaz de France (“GDF”) where he serves as Managing Director, serving on our board from June 2000 through December 2001 as GDF’s representative and since December 2001 on an individual basis. In 1989, he joined the International Division of GDF as Vice President, and the next year was appointed Executive Vice-President. In 1996, he was appointed Senior Executive General Representative of Gaz de France. In 2000, he was appointed Managing Director, with responsibility for international affairs and industrial partnerships. He also serves on the Supervisory Board of GASAG (Germany) and SPP (Slovakia), and is a director of IFP (France) and Fingaz (Switzerland). Mr. Deyirmendjian is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique and the Ecole Nationale d’Administration (National School of Administration).
      Jean-Pierre Lamoure. Mr. Lamoure has served as a director at Technip since 1998. Since 1997, Mr. Lamoure has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Solétanche Bachy. Since 1989, he has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Solétanche SA. From 1988-1997, Mr. Lamoure was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Forasol-Foramer. He is Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Atlantic SFDT SA and Vice-Chairman of the Fédération Nationale des Travaux Publics (National Federation of Public Works). He is also Managing Director of Compagnie du Sol, on the management board of SEDECO SA, a member of the Supervisory Board of Fortis Banque France and different subsidiaries of Group Soletanche. He also serves on the Board of Directors of the French Institute of Petroleum (IFP), Solman (France and Bachy-Soletanche Holdings Ltd. (U.K.)). Mr. Lamoure is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique and the Ecole des Mines de Paris.

73


Table of Contents

      Daniel Lebègue. Mr. Lebègue has served as director at Technip since 2003. Mr. Lebègue is a director of Alcatel, Crédit Agricole SA, SCOR and SCOR U.S. (USA), as well as a member of the supervisory board of Areva. He also chairs the Governing Board of the Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Lyon (Lyon Institute of Political Sciences) and serves as President of the Institut du Développement Durable et des Relations Internationales (Institute of Sustainable Development and International Relations) and as co-chair of Eurofi. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Lebègue was the Chief Executive Officer of the Caisse des Dépots et Consignations (State Financial Institution for Deposit and Consignment). Since July 2003, he has been at the head of the Institute Français des Administrateurs (IFA), a French professional association of Directors. Mr. Lebègue is a graduate of the Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Lyon and the Ecole Nationale d’Administration (National School of Administration).
      Roger M. Milgrim. Mr. Milgrim is retired. He has served as director at Technip since 2001. He is a former senior partner of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP and author of two major legal treatises in the field of intellectual property and licensing. Mr. Milgrim is currently a member of the Board of Advisors of Unistates (USA) and retired as director of the Fulbright Association in 2004. Mr. Milgrim serves in various charitable functions. Mr. Milgrim is a graduate of Pennsylvania and New York University School of Law (where he was a Root-Tilden Scholar and where he subsequently served as an adjunct professor of law for 24 years). Mr. Milgrim also attended the University of Paris School of Law as a Fulbright Scholar and as a Ford Foundation Fellow.
      Rolf-Erik Rolfsen. Mr. Rolfsen has served as director of Technip since 2001. Mr. Rolfsen is currently a director of Gaz de France Norge A.S. (Norway) and Petroleum Geoservices A.S.A. (Norway). He is also the Chairman of the executive council of the Industrial Development Fund at NTNU in Trondheim. From 1987 to 2000, he was a director of Total Norge A.S. and from 1999 to 2000 he was managing director of Fina Exploration Norway. He is also President of the Industrial Foundation Committee for the Norwegian University of Polytechnic. Mr. Rolfsen was educated at the College of Commerce in Oslo.
      Pierre Vaillaud. Mr. Vaillaud retired in 2000. He has served as director at Technip since 1992. He is the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Technip, which he led from 1992 to 1999, and Elf Aquitaine, which he led from 1999 to 2000. He also serves on the supervisory boards of Cegelec (Belgium) and Oddo Pinatton and is a member of the board of directors of Total. Mr. Vaillaud is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique.
      Bruno Weymuller. Mr. Weymuller has served as director at Technip since 1995. Mr. Weymuller is Executive Vice President of Strategy and Risk Assessment of Total. Prior to his current position, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Elf Aquitaine. He is also on the Board of Elf Aquitaine and Sanofi-Aventis. Mr. Weymuller is a graduate of Ecole Polytechnique and the Ecole des Mines de Paris and holds a Masters degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
      Audit, Nominations and Remunerations, and Strategic Committees
      Our board of directors has established three committees: the audit committee, the nominations and remunerations committee and the strategic committee.
      Audit committee. The mission of our audit committee is to ensure the quality of our internal controls and the integrity of our disclosure to our shareholders and financial markets. Our audit committee is responsible for:
  recommending the appointment of the statutory auditors to the board of directors, as well as for their remuneration and ensuring their independence;
 
  recommending rules for the statutory auditors regarding procedures for engagements other than the auditing of the accounts in order to guarantee the independence of the auditing provided by the statutory auditors in accordance with rules, regulations and recommendations applicable to the Company and to ensure that they are applied correctly;
 
  giving prior authorization to the statutory auditors for all proceedings regarding engagements other than auditing in accordance with the conditions described below;
 
  analyzing the assumptions used in the closing of accounts, reviewing the Company’s accounts and the annual and interim consolidated accounts prior to the board of directors’ review by remaining informed

74


Table of Contents

  of the Company’s financial situation, liquidity and commitments, and the statutory auditors’ audit report on the annual and semi-annual financial statements;
 
  evaluating the internal audit procedures as well as any other adopted measures in order to correct any significant problems in the internal audit;
 
  reviewing the annual programs of responsibilities of the internal and external auditors;
 
  evaluating the relevance of the risk analysis procedures;
 
  evaluating the relevance of the adopted accounting principles and methods in conjunction with the statutory auditors;
 
  consulting the Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, between the end of the financial year and the date on which the audit committee decides on the draft of the annual accounts, on the relevance of the adopted accounting principles and methods, the efficiency of the control procedures for accounting and any other relevant matters;
 
  reviewing the conditions under which derivative products are used;
 
  remaining informed of significant legal proceedings;
 
  examining the procedures required to be implemented regarding the receipt, conservation and treatment of claims related to accounting and internal accounting control, matters related to the auditing of accounts as well as documents sent by employees on an anonymous and confidential basis which would bring into question the accounting practices or auditing procedures;
 
  advising and providing, in a general manner, all appropriate recommendations on the above issues;
 
  examining and analyzing the external audit reports;
 
  reviewing financial accounts (consolidated and non-consolidated) to be presented to the board;
 
  reviewing external communications related to the Company’s financial situation; and
 
  reviewing its functioning and recommending appropriate modifications to the board to improve its operations.

      Our audit committee must be composed of at least three directors designated by our board of directors, a majority of which are “independent” as such term is defined under the AFEP-MEDEF report, and all of whom are required to be determined as “independent” by our board of directors pursuant to NYSE listing standards by July 31, 2005. Independence criteria are defined by the board of directors on the basis of rules and recommendations applicable in France, and where necessary, on other regulated markets where our securities are admitted to listing.
      In considering directors for membership to the audit committee, the board reviews carefully the independence and qualifications in financial and accounting matters, especially familiarity with French and U.S. GAAP. Members of our audit committee may not receive from the Company or its subsidiaries, other than reimbursement for expenses, any compensation other than (i) directors’ fees (jetons de présence) owed in remuneration of their services as director and members of the committee, where applicable, and (ii) retirement and pension revenue in relation to previous work performed for the benefit of the Company but not dependant on future activity.
      The audit committee designates its chairman. Our Chief Financial Officer serves as Secretary of the audit committee. The audit committee meets at least four times per year to review our consolidated annual and interim financial statements. The audit committee may interview the chairman and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer as well as any operational or functional business heads necessary to accomplish its mission.
      The audit committee interviews the statutory auditors, and may do so outside the presence of management. The audit committee presents its reports and recommendations to our board of directors. Our audit committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Lebègue (Chair), Caparros, Milgrim and Vaillaud.

75


Table of Contents

      During 2004, the audit committee met six times and had an attendance rate of 88%. During its meetings, the audit committee examined:
  yearly and quarterly consolidated results releases and financial statements;
 
  the transition to IFRS accounting standards and eventual impact on our accounts;
 
  the recommendation to appoint our statutory auditors;
 
  approval of the scope of audit, audit-related and non-audit related services;
 
  the designation of Daniel Lebègue as our Audit Committee Financial Expert;
 
  certain contracts requiring particular attention;
 
  internal control procedures;
 
  cashflow forecasts for 2005;
 
  the impact of Sarbanes-Oxley provisions in relation to internal management; and
 
  credit ratings.
      In addition, in accordance with AMF and SEC rules, the audit committee adopted a pre-approval policy for the engagements of our statutory auditors. See “Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services — Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures”.
      Nominations and remunerations committee. The mission of our nominations and remunerations committee is the following:
  to recommend to the board of directors the people that should be nominated as directors, chairman, chief executive officer and other managing directors (directeurs généraux délégués), as necessary, as well as to prepare corporate governance rules for the Company; and
 
  examine the executive compensation policies implemented in the Group and the remuneration of the members of senior management, to propose the remuneration of the chairman and chief executive officer, other managing directors, as appropriate, and prepare a report on the foregoing.
      Our nominations and remunerations committee is mainly responsible for the following:
  presenting to the board of directors recommendations on the composition of the board of directors and its committees;
 
  proposing to the board of directors, on an annual basis, a list of directors qualified as “independent” directors of the Company pursuant to applicable recommendations in France and stock exchange rules where our securities are listed;
 
  assisting the board of directors in the choice and evaluation of the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and other managing directors (directeurs généraux délégués), as the case may be;
 
  developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles;
 
  formulating to the board of directors recommendations and proposals concerning the remuneration, retirement and health plans, benefits in kind and other financial rights, including, in case of retirement, of the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and other managing directors, as the case may be;
 
  formulating to the board of directors recommendations and proposals concerning allocation of stock purchase and subscription options, and in particular, those allocated to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and other managing directors (directeurs généraux délégués), as the case may be;
 
  reviewing policies related to the remuneration of members of the senior management, including stock options, equity-based plans, retirement and health plans and benefits in kind; and

76


Table of Contents

  formulating to the board of directors recommendations and proposals concerning allocation of directors’ fees (jetons de présence) and reimbursement of expenses.
      Our nominations and remunerations committee is composed of at least three directors appointed by the board of directors, a majority of which are independent. Members of our nominations and remunerations committee may not receive from the Company or its subsidiaries, other than reimbursement for expenses, any compensation other than (i) directors’ fees (jetons de présence) owed in remuneration of their services as director and members of the committee, where applicable, and (ii) retirement and pension revenue in relation to previous work performed for the benefit of the Company but not dependent on future activity.
      The committee appoints its Chairman and Secretary. The committee’s Secretary is the current Director of Human Resources. Our nominations and remunerations committee meets at least two times a year. In making its recommendations, the committee seeks proposals from the Chairman. The Chairman, however, may not participate in deliberations that relate to him. In respecting all confidentiality in regards to the session, the committee can ask the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer for the assistance of any executive of the Company whose expertise might facilitate the resolution of a point on the committee’s agenda.
      Our nominations and remunerations committee is currently comprised of Messrs. Weymuller (Chair), Rolfsen and Lamoure, a majority of which are “independent” as such term is defined under the AFEP-MEDEF report, which may differ from standards applicable to U.S. companies listed on the NYSE. The nominations and remunerations committee presents its reports to the board of directors.
      Our nominations and remunerations committee met twice in 2004. The attendance rate was 83%. During 2004, the nominations and remunerations committee:
  proposed to the board of directors a list of directors qualified as independent directors;
 
  examined the Company’s draft report with respect to the remuneration of Executives;
 
  examined the total amount of directors’ fees (jetons de présence) and its allocation;
 
  studied policies and practices related to the compensation of other senior executive officers;
 
  recommended to the board of directors the remuneration of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (variable portion for 2003, the base remuneration for 2004 and the criteria for determining the variable part of 2004);
 
  examined the remuneration for the senior management (variable portion for 2003, base remuneration for 2004 and criteria for determining the variable part of 2004);
 
  recommended criteria for the determination of variable portions of remuneration for 2005; and
 
  examined a project for the creation of a supplementary retirement plan for management position.
      The committee evaluated the “independence” criteria of members of our board of directors as such term is defined in the AFEP-MEDEF report, and determined that Messrs. Cairns, Caparros, Lamoure, Lebègue, Milgrim, Rolfsen and Vaillaud are independent. The committee presented its conclusions to our board of directors at its meeting on February 23, 2005, which adopted them. The independence criteria of the AFEP-MEDEF report may differ from those of the New York Stock Exchange.
      Strategic committee. The mission of our strategic committee is to:
  review the global strategic of the Group as proposed by our chairman and chief executive officer;
 
  review the capital expenditure and investment budget;
 
  examine any major acquisition or disposal and associated financing; and
 
  review any transaction outside the ordinary course of business susceptible of serious business risk, presented by our chairman and chief executive officer.

77


Table of Contents

      The strategic committee shall be composed of at least three members of the board of directors designated by the board. Members of our strategic committee may not receive from the Company or its subsidiaries, other than reimbursement for expenses, any compensation other than (i) directors’ fees (jetons de présence) owed in remuneration of their services as director and members of the committee, where applicable, and (ii) retirement and pension revenue in relation to previous work performed for the benefit of the Company but not dependant on future activity.
      Our strategic committee designates its chairman and secretary. The secretary is a member of our senior management. The strategic committee meets at least twice a year, and invites the chairman and chief executive officer, if appropriate, to present proposals, and the strategic committee may request the presence of other members of senior management whose particular competence is relevant to the agenda. The strategic committee presents its reports to our board of directors.
      Our strategic committee is comprised of Messrs. Deyirmendjian (Chair), Cairns, Appert and Vaillaud.
      Our strategic committee met three times in 2004 in the presence of all of its members. The attendance rate was 100%. During 2004, the strategic committee examined the following:
  new acquisition and disposal projects;
 
  investments and research and development projects;
 
  strategic options; and
 
  the budget for 2005 and the three-year plan.
Summary of significant differences with NYSE corporate governance listing standards
      Technip, as a “foreign private issuer” is required to comply with New York Stock exchange (the “NYSE”) rules regarding the independence, duties and responsibilities of our audit committee, and to disclose any significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. companies. One of our executive officers will be required to submit a written affirmation to the NYSE within thirty days of the compliance date (July 31, 2005) attesting to our compliance. Accordingly, our board of directors shall complete an evaluation of independence according to NYSE standards before July 31, 2005. Under French law, our board of directors meets upon convocation by the chairman, and outside meetings of committees composed of independent directors, we are not aware whether members meet formally outside his presence. We are currently studying ways to implement the requirement for our audit committee to establish a procedure that complies with French and other laws that we are subject to in order to receive, record and treat any potential complaints regarding our auditing, accounting policies or practices or our internal controls, which we are required to put in place by July 31, 2005.
Executive Management Committee
      Our executive management committee is comprised of Daniel Valot (Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), Daniel Burlin (Chief Executive Officer of the Onshore/ Downstream sector), Anne Decressac (Senior Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Communication), Jean Deseilligny (Senior Executive Vice President, Business and Operations of the Onshore/Downstream sector), Olivier Dubois (Chief Financial Officer) and Ivan Replumaz (Chief Executive Officer of the Offshore sector).
Compensation
      The aggregate amount of compensation in directors’ fees that we paid to members of our board of directors, not including the Chairman, for services in all capacities in the year ended December 31, 2004 was approximately 217,000, as authorized by the combined shareholders’ meeting held on April 29, 2004. This decision provided that directors may be paid an aggregate amount of up to 250,000 in directors’ fees (jetons de présence) for fiscal year 2004 and the three successive fiscal years.

78


Table of Contents

      The fixed portion of compensation that we paid to the Chairman of the board of directors was 580,000 for 2004, while the variable portion of compensation paid in 2004 in respect of 2003 was 379,420. Mr. Valot also benefits from use of a company car valued at 3,660 per year. In 2004, Mr. Valot did not receive any directors’ fees (jetons de présence) for the positions he occupies in the Group Companies. Mr. Valot did not receive any options in 2004. Mr. Valot exercised 30,000 options during 2004 at a purchase price of 95.94 per share. Mr. Valot, as Chairman of the Board of Directors, does not benefit from a specific retirement plan. Rather, his retirement plan is identical to that of other executives.
      The compensation policy of our officers and key personnel was reviewed by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The global aggregate amount of compensation paid, directly or indirectly by Technip and all Group companies for all of its principal executives (the 26 members of our Executive Management Committee and Branch Committees) was 7.0 million in 2004. The variable portion was approximately 20% of this amount.
      The allocation of directors’ fees (jetons de présence) for the 2004 was as follows:
  100,000 divided into equal parts among the board of directors (with the exception of the Chairman who does not receive directors’ fees), or 10,000 per director;
 
  a supplementary sum of 30,000 divided equally among directors living in Europe but not in France (i.e., three directors);
 
  a supplementary sum of 20,000 is allocated to the only director living outside of Europe;
 
  a supplementary sum of 67,000 for the year 2004, taking into account the attendance rate of the participants since January 1, 2004, is divided between the directors (other than the Chairman) at the fixed amount of 500 per session (of the board or of the committee) to each participant in attendance:
 
  however, this fixed amount is raised to:
  1,000 for the Chairman of the Strategic Committee and the Nominations and Remunerations Committee; and
 
  for the audit committee, the fee is set at 1,000 for each participant and 2,000 for the Chairman.
      The following table sets forth the total amounts of compensation paid by us to our board of directors in fiscal year 2004 including non-cash benefits:
           
    Amount of
Members of the Board of Directors in 2004   Compensation
     
D. Valot
  963,080 (1)
O. Appert
  14,000  
R. Cairns
  25,000  
M. Caparros
  26,500  
J. Deyirmendjian
  16,500  
J.P. Lamoure
  14,000  
D. Lebègue
  25,500  
R. Milgrim
  38,500  
R.E. Rolfsen
  24,500  
P. Vaillaud
  18,500  
B. Weymuller
  14,000  
       
 
Total
  1,180,080  
 
(1) Mr. Valot was paid a fixed salary of 580,000 in 2004, received a bonus of 379,420 in 2004 in respect of his performance in fiscal 2003 and use of a company car for 3,660.
      The principal executives of the Group do not receive directors’ fees (jetons de présence) due to the positions they occupy in Group companies.

79


Table of Contents

Share Ownership
      No member of our board of directors, nor these persons as a group, is the beneficial owner of more than 1% of our voting power. To the best of our knowledge, as of December 31, 2004, the 26 members of our General Management Committees and Branch Management Committees held 3,376 of our shares while members of our Board of Directors held 1,213 shares.
Options
      As of May 18, 2005, a total of 1,526,016 options to exercise new or existing shares were outstanding (1,570,693 as of December 31, 2004), of which 60,000 were held by members of our board of directors with the remainder held by our employees or executives. Each option gives rise to the right to subscribe for four shares following our one-for-four stock split effected on May 13, 2005. None of the individual members of our board of directors or our senior management own options that would, taking into account their current shareholding, entitle them to own more than 1% of our outstanding shares.
      The following table sets out certain information relating to our share subscription plans as of December 31, 2004, prior to the effectiveness of our one-for-four stock split effected on May 13, 2005.
                                           
    1999/2001 Plan   2002 Plan
         
            Tranche B
    2000 tranche   2000 tranche   Tranche A   Tranche B   Remainder
    Subscription   Purchase   Subscription   Subscription   Subscription
    Options   Options   Options   Options   Options
                     
Date of shareholders’ meeting
    Apr. 28, 2000       Apr. 28, 2000       August 24, 2001       June 20, 2002       June 20, 2002  
Date of board resolution
    Dec. 14, 2000       Dec. 14, 2000       Dec. 9, 2002       Dec. 9, 2002       May 21, 2003  
Number of holders per tranche
    1,100 (7)     1,100 (7)     400       850       7  
Number of options authorized(2)
    1% of capital       1% of capital       1% of capital       2% of capital       5,240 shares  
Number of options allocated
    493,028 (1)     139,576 (1)     234,080       462,920       5,200  
Total number of shares available for subscription/purchase(3):
    414,678       139,576       201,610       448,170       5,200  
 
Of which: Number of shares available to directors and senior management for subscription/ purchase
    120,800 (1)     120,800 (1)     29,000       139,000       0  
 
Of which: Number of directors and senior management concerned
    17       17       4       16       0  
Vesting date for exercise of options(4)
    Dec. 15, 2003       Dec. 15, 2003       Dec. 10, 2005       Dec. 10, 2005       May 22, 2006  
Expiration date(5)(6)
    Dec. 14, 2008       Dec. 14, 2008       Dec. 9, 2008       Dec. 9, 2008       May 21, 2009  
Subscription/purchase price per Share
    143.24       143.24       71.95       71.95       73.98  
Number of shares subscribed/purchased at 12/31/04
    0       0       0       900       0  
Shares remaining available for subscription/exercise at 12/31/04
    414,678       139,576       0       0       0  
 
(1) The options granted as part of this 1999-2001 plan, tranche 2000, relate to a maximum of 632,604 shares. The rules for this tranche state that a maximum of 139,576 share purchase options will be granted first. Therefore, the initial exercises of options will be for the transfer of 139,576 shares held by us and the remaining 493,028 options will be considered as share subscription options.
 
(2) The number of options authorized was determined as a percentage of our share capital as of the date the board of directors exercised the authorization.
 
(3) The number of shares available for subscription is less than the number of options allocated due to the departure of the employee holding them.
 
(4) The options for each tranche have different vesting dates. In each case, the date indicated is that of the first day of vesting for the shares issued with respect to the relevant tranche.
 
(5) The options for each tranche have different expiration dates. In each case, the date indicated is that of the day of expiration for the shares issued with respect to the relevant tranche.

80


Table of Contents

(6) All the plans are subject to certain restrictions limiting the exercise of options in the event of the employee’s or director’s departure from Technip. Holders of options may not exercise their options immediately following their allocation. The options may be exercised only three years following the date of grant of the options for a period of two, three or five years after the grant.
 
(7) This number includes holders of share subscription and share purchase options for tranche 2000 of the 1999-2001 Plan.
      Further to the merger of Coflexip into Technip, our General Shareholders’ Meeting authorized, on July 11, 2003, the takeover of any commitments by Coflexip resulting from stock options granted to Coflexip employees and corporate officers and to employees of affiliated companies. Shares obtained by exercising stock options after the merger shall be our shares instead of and in place of Coflexip shares. Given the merger exchange ratio (i.e., 9 Technip shares for every 8 Coflexip shares), the new bases for exercising stock purchase and subscription options granted by Coflexip have been calculated, for each of the options granted and not yet exercised at the date of the merger, in order to reflect the exchange ratio. The following table sets out information relating to stock purchase and subscription option plans previously granted by Coflexip, as of December 31, 2004.
                                         
    CSO Plan 9.2   CSO Plan 9.3   CSO Plan 10   CSO Plan 11   CSO Plan
    Subscription   Subscription   Subscription   Subscription   Purchase
    Options   Options   Options   Options   Options
                     
Date of shareholders’ meeting(1)
    May 21, 1996       May 21, 1996       Jun. 2, 1999       May 30, 2000       May 30, 2000  
Date of Board resolution(2)
    Mar. 24, 1997       May 18, 1998       Dec. 14, 1999       Mar. 20, 2001       Mar. 20, 2001  
Number of options allocated
    200,000       123,400       127,386       180,000       34,415  
Number of holders per tranche at the allocation
    89       50       100       144       144  
Total number of shares available for subscription/purchase(4)
    166,613       96,300       106,202       143,000       34,415  
Vesting date for exercise of options
    Jun. 7, 1999       Jun. 7, 2000       Dec. 15, 2001       Mar. 21, 2003       Mar. 21, 2003  
Expiration Date
    Jun. 6, 2007       Jun. 6, 2008       Dec. 14, 2009       Mar. 20, 2011       Mar. 20, 2011  
Subscription/purchase price per share(3)
    42.09       109.96       68.10       137.13       137.13  
Number of shares subscribed/purchased at 12/31/04
    138,759       8,500       36,912       0       0  
Shares remaining available for subscription/purchase at 12/31/04
    27,854       87,800       69,290       143,000       34,415  
 
(1) Date of the Coflexip shareholders’ meeting which has authorized the Coflexip shares subscription/purchase option plan.
 
(2) Date Coflexip Board of Directors which has allocated the option plans.
 
(3) New subscription/purchase price according to the shares exchange ratio determined for the merger of Coflexip into our company.
 
(4) The number of shares available for subscription is less than the number of options allocated due to the departure of the employee holding them.
      Company Savings Plan. Our Combined Shareholders’ Meeting held on July 11, 2003, granted our board of directors the authorization to issue an additional 3% of share capital in one or several steps, over a maximum period of 26 months. These shares are to be paid solely with cash. Our employees may purchase these shares solely through our statutory company savings plan. Our employees have subscribed to 331,780 shares.

81


Table of Contents

      Options by non-director wage earners. The following table sets forth the number of options exercised and the names of the Company’s non-director wage earners who exercised the most options as of December 31, 2004.
                 
    Number of Options    
Employee   Exercised   Exercise Price
         
Daniel Burlin
    14,000     95.94  
Anne Decressac
    5,500     95.94  
Jean Deseilligny
    5,000     95.94  
Xavier Jacob
    4,000     95.94  
Jean-François Hediard
    3,000     95.94  
Patrick Picard
    2,500     95.94  
      No stock options were granted during 2004.
Employees
      For information regarding our employees, see “Item 4. Information on Technip — Human Resources”.
Item 7.     Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Major Shareholders
      The following table sets forth, to the best of our knowledge, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of shares and voting rights by our principal shareholders, as of February 28, 2005. To the best of our knowledge, there are no other shareholders whose beneficial ownership represents 5% or more of our share capital or voting rights other than those listed below. The shareholders listed below do not possess voting rights that differ from any other shareholder, except to the extent they have held our shares in registered form for two or more years so as to benefit from the double-voting rights provided by our articles of association (statuts). See “Item 10. Additional Information — Articles of Association (Statuts)” and “— Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights — Double Voting Rights”.
      The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of Technip’s outstanding shares as of February 28, 2005, prior to the effectiveness of our one-for-four stock split effected on May 13, 2005.
                         
    As of February 28, 2005
     
        % of   % of
        Shares   Voting
Shareholder   Shares   Outstanding   Rights
             
IFP
    772,053       3.20%       6.20%  
Oppenheimer Funds
    1,450,000       6.00%       5.80%  
Employees
    538,745       2.20%       3.60%  
Treasury shares
    340,242       1.40%        
Other
    21,029,294       87.20%       84.40%  
                   
Total
    24,130,334       100.00%       100.00%  
                   
Shares Held in the United States
      On December 31, 2004, 2,665,884 of our ADSs were issued and outstanding (approximately 2.8% of our issued and outstanding share capital) and held of record by six record holders four of which (including DTC) have listed addresses in the United States. As of March 3, 2005, we believe there were approximately 21,105 beneficial holders of our ADSs in the United States. We were informed that on May 13, 2005, 4,865,284 of our ADSs were issued and outstanding and held by six record holders.
      We were aware that as of December 31, 2004, there were at least 44 holders in bearer form in the United States holding 1,413,219 shares, as well as six record holders.

82


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions
      We have, from time to time and in the normal course of our business, entered into intra-group arrangements with our subsidiaries and affiliated companies, regarding, generally, sales and purchases of products and the provision of corporate services financed by management fee agreements, including treasury and financing services (including financial guarantees) and research and development activities.
      In 1974, Coflexip signed a licensing contract with IFP, which as a result of the business combination holds approximately 6.20% of our voting rights. This contract stipulates that Coflexip has the right to use certain IFP technologies and know-how held by IFP in exchange for the payment of royalties. The agreement was assigned by Coflexip to Technip France in July 2003 and terminated by mutual consent with effect from December 31, 2003. In 2004, we signed a frame cooperation agreement with IFP for research in the field of subsea flexible and rigid reeled pipelines, in respect of which we paid in 2004 to IFP an amount of 2,885 million.
      As of December 31, 2004, we had no outstanding loans to directors or senior management.
Item 8.     Financial Information
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
      See “Item 18. Financial Statements,” for a list of the financial statements filed with this annual report.
Dividend Policy
      We may declare dividends upon the recommendation of our board of directors, and approval of our shareholders at their annual general meeting. Under French law, our right to pay dividends is limited to specific circumstances. For a description of these restrictions, see the section entitled “Item 10. Additional Information — Changes in our Share Capital — Dividends”. Our commitment to the creation of shareholder value includes specific attention to the amount and regularity of dividend distributions. We aim to maintain a stable dividend per share.
      Dividends paid to holders of shares or ADSs who are not residents of France generally will be subject to French withholding tax at a rate of 25%. Under certain tax treaties entered into between France and other countries, such withholding tax may be reduced to 15% for holders of shares who qualify for the benefits of these treaties, subject to certain procedures and exceptions. Under the Treaty between France and the United States for Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income and Capital signed on August 31, 1994 (the “Treaty”), such reduced withholding tax may apply to holders of shares and also to holders of ADSs, who are residents of the United States as defined by the provisions of the Treaty, subject to certain procedures and exceptions.
      French residents were entitled to a tax credit known as the avoir fiscal with respect to dividends paid to them in 2004, the amount of which depended on the recipient of the dividends. Under certain tax treaties entered into between France and other countries, such avoir fiscal may, in certain circumstances, be paid, net of withholding tax, to non-French resident holders of shares. In addition, under the Treaty, such payment of avoir fiscal, net of withholding tax, may have been made not only to certain holders of shares but also to certain holders of ADSs, qualifying as U.S. residents under the Treaty, subject to certain exceptions and procedures. Please note that pursuant to the French Finance Law for 2004, dividends paid by French companies from January 1, 2005 (thus including the dividends paid by Technip in 2005 in relation to tax year 2004) no longer carry any avoir fiscal.
      Dividends paid to holders of ADSs are converted from euro to dollars and subjected to a charge by the depositary for any expenses incurred by the depositary in such conversion.
      For fiscal year 2004, our shareholders have approved the payment of a dividend of 3.30 per share. This amount includes the interim dividend which was paid in December 2004. See “Item 10. Additional Information — Taxation” for further information about the French avoir fiscal, and the consequences of the French Finance Law for 2004 for Technip’s shareholders and the French withholding tax.

83


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth the total dividends paid per share and per ADS for each year indicated, with and without the French avoir fiscal depending on the status of the beneficiary and before deduction of any French withholding tax.
                                 
        Dividend       Dividend per
        per ADS       Share
    Dividend   Including   Dividend   Including
Year to which Dividend Related   per ADS(1)   Avoir fiscal(1)   per Share   Avoir fiscal(2)
                 
    U.S.$   U.S.$    
2000
                3.30       4.95  
2001
    0.74       1.10       3.30       4.95  
2002
    0.90       1.35       3.30       4.95  
2003
    1.01       1.51       3.30       4.95  
2004
    1.02       1.33       3.30       4.30 (2)
 
(1) Based on the number of Technip shares existing at the end of each fiscal year, each American depository share represented one-fourth of an ordinary share. Pursuant to a share split that was approved by the extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders on April 29, 2005 and which was effected on May 13, 2005, each such ADS now represents one share. For the convenience of the reader, dividend per ADS and dividend per ADS including avoir fiscal paid in 2004 have been translated from the euro amount per share into dollars per ADS at the rate of U.S.$1.2349 per 1.00, not necessarily the actual amount paid. Amounts paid in 2000 through 2003 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate applicable on the dividend payment date. This does not mean that we actually converted these amounts into U.S. dollars at that rate and you should not assume that they could have been converted at that or any other rate. We have applied the avoir fiscal rate for individuals, i.e., 50%.
 
(2) Pursuant to the French Finance Law for 2004, dividends paid by French companies from January 1, 2005 no longer carry any avoir fiscal. However, the portion of the dividend relating to tax year 2004 that was paid in December 2004 (i.e. the interim dividend of 2.00 per share) still carried an avoir fiscal. We have applied the avoir fiscal rate for individuals, i.e., 50%.
      Under French law and our articles of association (statuts), our unconsolidated statutory net income in each fiscal year, as increased or reduced, as the case may be, by any profit or loss that we carried forward from prior years, less any contributions to legal reserves, is available for distribution to our shareholders as dividends, subject to other applicable requirements of French law and our articles of association (statuts).
      Pursuant to our articles of association (statuts), our shareholders may determine at an ordinary meeting the portion, if any, of dividends that each shareholder may elect to receive in shares. For dividends distributed in respect of the years 1991 through 1995, each of our shareholders was given the option of receiving dividends in the form of cash or shares. Our board of directors does not currently intend to recommend a stock dividend in the near future.
      Our board of directors may declare interim dividends, subject to French law, and may do so, for interim dividends paid in cash without obtaining shareholder approval. For interim dividends paid in shares, however, prior authorization by an ordinary shareholders’ meeting is required. In December 2004, we paid an interim dividend of 47,506,442 (2.00 per share).
Legal Proceedings
      We are involved in various routine legal or arbitration proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of our business. We believe that the outcome of all pending legal proceedings, whether individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations, and have not had any such impact in recent years. According to French accounting standards, when risks incurred and exposure cost can be reasonably quantified, provisions for risks and costs are taken. Below we describe our principal current pending legal proceedings.
      On December 21, 2001, ITP SA — InTerPipe (“ITP”) filed a complaint with the Tribunal de Commerce de Versailles (Commercial Court of Versailles) against Coflexip, Technip Offshore UK Ltd. (formerly Coflexip

84


Table of Contents

Stena Offshore Limited) and Technip Offshore International (former Coflexip Stena Offshore International) seeking damages based on alleged breaches of several confidentiality agreements entered into between 1993 and 1998 relating principally to the ETAP contract for Shell and the preparation of the Girassol bid for Elf. Further to the partial contribution of assets from Coflexip to Technip Offshore International and from Technip Offshore International to Technip France and the merger of Coflexip into Technip in July 2003, Technip France is the successor of Coflexip and Technip Offshore International. The proceedings are now pending before the Tribunal de Commerce de Paris (Commercial Court of Paris). In addition, ITP brought an action in Edinburgh, Scotland against Technip Offshore UK Ltd. seeking £2.5 million in damages for infringement of a patent relating to “pipe-in-pipe” technologies. On September 4, 2003, the court in Edinburgh decided that Technip Offshore UK Ltd. had infringed ITP’s patent. Technip Offshore UK Ltd. filed an appeal on October 9, 2003 against this decision. In February 2004, the European Patent Office (“EPO”) declared the disputed patent invalid. Subsequently, the court in Edinburgh cancelled its judgment at first instance that had declared the infringement of the ITP patent by Technip Offshore UK Ltd. because it considered that the decision of the EPO should be effective in the British territory. This judgment by the court in Edinburgh was subject to appeal before the House of Lords no later than February 19, 2005. Given ITP’s failure to file an appeal before such date, the Scottish proceedings are now closed.
      We believe that ITP’s allegations are unfounded and that our exposure is not material.
      In February 2003, Technip, through its subsidiary Coflexip Stena Offshore Mauritius Limited, acquired an additional holding of 20% of the share capital of its listed Indian subsidiary, South East Marine Engineering and Construction Ltd. (“SEAMEC”) in a public offer imposed by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) pursuant to Indian securities regulation, in connection with the change of control of SEAMEC following the change in control of Coflexip after the exchange/cash public offering launched by Technip in July 2001.
      Pursuant to an appeal by the minority shareholders of SEAMEC before the Securities Appellate Tribunal (S.A.T.), Technip was ordered on October 27, 2003 to pay the sellers a supplement calculated on the share price of SEAMEC in April 2000, based on an alleged change of control of Coflexip and as a consequence of an alleged change of control of SEAMEC in April 2000, at the time of the acquisition by Technip of the holding of Stena Offshore International BV of 29.68% of the share capital of Coflexip.
      Technip filed an appeal with the Supreme Court of India which granted on January 9, 2004 a stay of execution of the S.A.T. judgment, subject to the posting of bonds in the form of bank guarantees pending judgment on the merits. These bank guarantees include the following: a bank guarantee of 2.25 billion Indian Rupees, approximately 40 million, for the principal amount was issued on February 16, 2004 and a bank guarantee of 225 million Indian Rupees, approximately 4 million, to cover the interest over a 12-month period was issued on March 29, 2004. In May 2005, Technip won its appeal to the Supreme Court of India on the merits of the matter, finally resolving the proceedings and releasing the bank guarantees.
      According to the Group financial statements, the litigation provisions are included under “Contract risks” and “Other costs” in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      The provisions for contract risks include, in particular, the provisions for contractual relations with clients during or at the time of completion of a contract, whilst the provisions for other costs concern administrative and financial risks.
Pending Investigation
      Technip is a shareholder of 25% of TSKJ, a joint venture company, which is carrying out the construction of a natural gas liquefaction complex in Nigeria. The companies Snamprogetti Netherlands BV (a subsidiary of the Italian Group, ENI), JGC Corporation (Japan) and Kellog Brown & Root (a subsidiary of the American group, Halliburton) each hold 25% of the capital of this company.
      In its annual report for the 2004 financial year, Halliburton Company indicated that it is under investigation by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the United States Department of Justice in connection with its stake in TSKJ.

85


Table of Contents

      As part of the investigation carried out by the SEC, Technip was asked to voluntarily provide items related to the implementation of this project. Furthermore, in relation to an investigation by the French authorities, certain managers of Technip testified as witnesses.
Significant Changes
      For information on our unaudited sales for the three month period ended March 31, 2005, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Recent Developments”.
Item 9.     The Offer and Listing
Price History of Shares
      The principal trading market for our shares (ISIN Code: FR0000131708) is Eurolist by Euronexttm, or Eurolist. Eurolist is the French integrated national dealing system through which trading in all French listed securities occurs. Eurolist is managed and operated by Euronext Paris SA. Our shares are included in the CAC Next20 Index, which comprises the 20 most representative securities, measured by free-float capitalization and liquidity, after the CAC 40 Index, which is the principal stock exchange index published by Euronext Paris SA. Our shares are also included in the Euronext 100 Index, which is composed of the 100 securities with the highest market capitalizations traded on Eurolist. Our shares are eligible for deferred settlement service.
      Since 2001, we have sponsored an American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, program in the United States with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as depositary. The American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, issued pursuant to such program have been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under a Registration Statement on Form F-6. Pursuant to a share split that was approved by the extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders on April 29, 2005 and which was effected on May 13, 2005, each such ADS represents one share. Before that date, May 13, 2005 included, each ADS represented one-fourth of one share. Our ADSs have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TKP” since October 19, 2001.
      The table below sets forth the reported high and low sales prices for the shares reported on Eurolist and for the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated. The price of our share has been adjusted to account for the one-for-four share split that was approved by the extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders on April 29, 2005 and which was effected on May 13, 2005, where each such ADS represents one share. Before that date, May 13, 2005 included, each ADS represented one fourth of one share.
                                 
    Price per Share   Price per ADS
    in (1)   in U.S.$(2)
         
Calendar Period   High   Low   High   Low
                 
2000
    40.25       25.15              
2001
                               
First Quarter
    41.10       33.25              
Second Quarter
    46.25       37.88              
Third Quarter
    41.25       27.75              
Fourth Quarter(3)
    37.50       30.98       33.60       28.40  
2002
                               
First Quarter
    39.48       33.15       35.20       29.00  
Second Quarter
    40.58       26.60       34.80       26.00  
Third Quarter
    26.88       16.38       26.00       16.35  
Fourth Quarter
    19.96       12.75       20.20       12.34  

86


Table of Contents

                                 
    Price per Share   Price per ADS
    in (1)   in U.S.$(2)
         
Calendar Period   High   Low   High   Low
                 
2003
                               
First Quarter
    17.50       12.96       18.55       14.32  
Second Quarter
    20.88       16.06       24.92       17.35  
Third Quarter
    22.39       18.38       25.60       21.10  
Fourth Quarter
    22.98       20.73       27.88       24.30  
2004
                               
First Quarter
    28.95       20.38       36.07       26.36  
Second Quarter
    29.00       26.00       35.29       30.42  
Third Quarter
    32.85       26.83       40.71       32.62  
Fourth Quarter
    34.25       29.38       46.69       38.25  
2005
                               
First Quarter
    33.75       30.05       45.17       39.96  
Second Quarter (through June 20, 2005)
    37.90       31.17       46.19       40.94  
Monthly amounts
                               
December 2004
    34.25       30.85       46.69       41.50  
January 2005
    33.42       31.23       45.00       41.74  
February 2005
    33.53       30.50       44.52       39.96  
March 2005
    33.75       31.25       45.17       40.40  
April 2005
    33.50       31.17       43.24       40.94  
May 2005 (through May 13, 2005)
    33.45       32.35       43.23       41.50  
May 2005 (from May 16, 2005 until end of May)
    34.65       32.65       43.59       41.59  
June 2005 (through June 20, 2005)
    37.90       35.71       46.19       44.04  
 
Source: Bloomberg
(1) On May 13, 2005, pursuant to a share split, the number of outstanding Technip shares was multiplied by four.
 
(2) Up until May 13, 2004 (included), each American Depositary Share represented one quarter of an ordinary share. After that date, each ADS represents one ordinary share.
 
(3) Technip shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 19, 2001.
      On June 20, 2005, the last reported sales price of our shares on Eurolist was 37.37 per share and the last reported sales price of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange was U.S.$45.72 per ADS.
Plan of Distribution
      Not applicable.
Nature of Trading Market
     General
      On September 22, 2000, upon successful completion of an exchange offer, the Paris Bourse SBF SA, or the SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchanges and the Brussels Stock Exchanges merged to create Euronext, the first pan-European exchange. Through the exchange offer, all the shareholders of the SBF, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange and the Brussels Stock Exchange contributed their shares to Euronext N.V., a Dutch holding company. Following the creation of Euronext, the SBF changed its name to Euronext Paris SA.
      Euronext N.V. has been listed on Eurolist by Euronexttm or Eurolist.

87


Table of Contents

      In January 2002, Euronext N.V acquired the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange (LIFFE), London’s derivatives market. Since February 6, 2002, Bolsa de Valores de Lisboa e Porto (BVLP) has become a wholly owned subsidiary of Euronext N.V. and has therefore been renamed Euronext Lisbon.
      Securities quoted on exchanges participating in Euronext cash markets are traded and cleared over common Euronext platforms; NSC is the common platform for trading, Clearing 21 for clearing, and LIFFE CONNECTtm, the LIFFE trading platform, is already used for all Euronext and future options. In addition, Euronext Paris anticipates the implementation of central clearinghouse, settlement and custody structures over a common system. However, these securities will remain listed on their local exchanges. As part of Euronext, Euronext Paris SA retains responsibility for the admission of shares to Euronext Paris’ trading markets as well as the regulation of those markets.
Euronext Paris SA and Eurolist
      As of February 21, 2005, all securities currently traded on the Premier, Second and Nouveau Marchés of the Euronext Paris are listed and traded on a single market, Eurolist, which is operated by Euronext Paris SA. In accordance with the regulations of Euronext Paris SA, the shares issued by domestic and other companies are classified in capitalization compartments. The shares of listed companies are distributed among three capitalization compartments, according to the criteria set forth by Euronext Paris SA:
  Compartment A comprises the companies with market capitalizations above 1 billion;
 
  Compartment B comprises the companies with market capitalizations from 150 million and up to and including 1 billion;
      •   Compartment C comprises the companies with capitalizations below 150 million.
      The Company’s shares have been classified in Compartment A of the Eurolist market.
      Securities listed on Eurolist are placed in one of two categories (Continu or continuous trading; Fixing or call auctions) depending on the volume of transactions. The Company’s shares are listed in the category known as Continu, which includes the most actively traded securities. The minimum yearly trading volume required for a security to be placed in Continu is 2,500 trades.
      Securities listed on Eurolist are traded through authorized financial institutions that are members of Euronext Paris SA. Trading in Continu on Eurolist takes place continuously on each business day from 9:00 a.m. to 5:25 p.m. (Paris time), with a pre-opening session from 7:15 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and a pre-closing session from 5:25 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. during which transactions are recorded but not executed, a closing auction at 5:30 p.m. and a “trading at last phase” from 5:30 p.m. to 5:40 p.m. Any trade of securities effected after the close of a stock exchange session is recorded on the next Eurolist trading day at the previous session’s closing price for the relevant security. Eurolist publishes a daily official price list that includes price information concerning listed securities. Euronext Paris SA has introduced continuous electronic trading during trading hours for most actively traded securities.
      Trading in the listed securities of an issuer may be suspended by Euronext Paris SA if quoted prices exceed certain price limits defined by the regulations of Euronext Paris SA. In particular, if the quoted price of a Continu security, such as our shares, varies by more than 10% from the previous day’s closing price or once trading has begun, Euronext Paris SA may suspend trading for up to four minutes. Once trading has commenced, further suspensions for up to four minutes are also possible if the price again varies by more than 10% from a new reference price equal to the price which caused the first trading suspension. Euronext Paris SA may also suspend trading for a four-minute period if trades are bound to breach the so-called “dynamic” thresholds, set at 2% plus or minus the last trade price. Euronext Paris SA may also suspend trading of a listed security in certain other circumstances, including, for example, the occurrence of unusual trading activity in such security. In addition, in exceptional cases, the Chairman of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the “AMF”) may also suspend trading on Eurolist.
      All trades of securities listed on Eurolist are performed on a cash-settlement basis on the third trading day after the trade. However, market intermediaries are also permitted to offer investors a deferred settlement service

88


Table of Contents

(Service à Règlement Différé or “SRD”) for a fee. The SRD allows investors who elect this service to benefit from leverage and other special features of the monthly settlement market. The SRD is reserved for securities which have a total market capitalization of at least 1 billion and represent a minimum daily trading volume of 1 million and which are normally cited on a list published by Euronext Paris SA. Our shares are eligible for the deferred settlement service. Investors can elect on the determination date (date de liquidation), which is, at the latest, the fifth trading day before the end of the month, either to settle the trade by the last trading day of the month or to pay an additional fee and postpone the settlement decision to the determination date of the following month. Euronext Paris SA may decide to cancel trades under exceptional circumstances if such trades do not comply with its own regulations.
      Prior to any transfer of securities held in registered form on Eurolist, the securities must be converted into bearer form and accordingly inscribed in an account maintained by an accredited intermediary with Euroclear France S.A., a registered clearing agency. Securities transactions are initiated by the owner giving instructions (through an agent, if appropriate) to the relevant accredited intermediary. Trading securities listed on Eurolist are cleared and settled through Clearing 21 and Euroclear France S.A. using a continuous net settlement system. A fee or a commission is payable to the broker-dealer or other agent involved in the transaction.
      Ownership of equities traded on a deferred settlement basis is considered to have been transferred only after the equities have been registered in the purchaser’s account. Under French securities regulations, any sale of securities executed on a deferred settlement basis during the month a dividend is deemed to occur after the dividend has been paid. If the sale takes place before, but during the month of, a dividend payment date, the purchaser’s account will be credited with an amount equal to the dividend paid, and the seller’s accounts will be debited by the same amount.
Other
      For other limitations affecting our shareholders, see “Item 10. Additional Information — Form, Holding and Transfer of Shares” and “Item 10. Additional Information — Requirements for Holdings Exceeding Certain Percentages”.

89


Table of Contents

Item 10.     Additional Information
Share Capital
      As of December 31, 2004, our authorized share capital amounted to 73,537,494.70, divided into 24,110,654 fully paid-up ordinary shares with a par value of 3.05 each. The book value and face value of shares held by us or on our behalf by our subsidiaries amounted to 32.4 million.
      As of May 13, 2005, following the effectiveness of the share split of our shares and the multiplying of the number of our existing shares by four, and after the canceling of 34,108 shares, our share capital amounted to 73,598,275.10 divided into 96,522,328 fully paid-up ordinary shares.
Articles of Association (Statuts)
      We are a société anonyme, a form of limited liability company, incorporated under French law. We were created on April 21, 1958 for a duration of 99 years. We are subject to Book II (Livre II) of the French Commercial Code (Code de Commerce) and to decree no. 67-236 of March 23, 1967 for les sociétés commerciales et les groupements d’intérêt économique (French law). Our registered office is located at 6-8 Allée de l’Arche, Faubourg de l’Arche, ZAC Danton, 92400 Courbevoie, France, and our telephone number is +33-1 4778-2121. Our main subsidiaries are in France, Italy, Germany, the United States, The Netherlands, Abu Dhabi, Malaysia, Brazil, the United Kingdom and Norway.
      We are registered in the Commercial Register (Registre du commerce et des sociétés) of Nanterre under the number B 589 803 261.
      Our corporate purpose in France and abroad, as set forth in Article 3 of our articles of association (statuts), is stated below as:
      “All engineering studies and services, and construction of complex industrial plants, in particular for hydrocarbons, as well as all fields of industry, notably chemicals and life sciences.
      The conception, manufacturing, purchase, sale, construction, assembly and installation of materials, products, equipment and systems intended for said installations, in particular fixed or floating platforms and pipelines for the development of oil fields at sea.
      The provision of all services related to these products, equipment and installations.
      The development and implementation of all processes and products for practical use in industry of the results of research carried out by the Company or by any other individual or entity.
      The registration, acquisition, obtention, direct or indirect use, sale or purchase of all brands, processes, patents, and licenses for the use of patents.
      The direct or indirect participation by the Company in all operations of the said type, either by way of formation of companies, contributions to existing companies, mergers with them, transfer to companies of all or part of its assets or rights in real and personal property, subscriptions, purchases and sales of securities and corporate interests, partnerships, advances, loans or otherwise.
      The investment by all means and in any form, in companies or industrial, commercial, financial and real property enterprises, whether French or foreign, regardless of legal form or organization and, where necessary, the disposal of these investments.
      Generally all transactions of a commercial, financial, industrial or civil nature or in real or personal property, related directly or indirectly to any of the purposes listed above and to any similar or related purposes, both on its own behalf or on behalf of third parties, and more generally all transactions facilitating or related to the realization of these purposes”.
      Our board of directors is required to act within the limits of our corporate purpose and subject to the powers explicitly attributed to the shareholders’ meeting pursuant to French law. However, we will be bound to third parties in their transactions with us exceeding such limitations unless we can prove that such third parties have

90


Table of Contents

knowledge of such limitations or could not have ignored such limitation. Our corporate purpose can be amended by an extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting.
      In this section, we summarize material information concerning our share capital, together with material provisions of applicable French law and our articles of association (statuts) as amended by our shareholders on April 29, 2005. An unofficial English translation of our articles of association (statuts) is included as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 20-F, which has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. You may obtain copies of our articles of association (statuts) in French from the registrar (Greffe) of the Commercial Register of Nanterre, France. Please refer to those full documents for additional details.
Directors
Directors and Senior Management
      In accordance with French law governing a société anonyme, the Company’s affairs are managed by its board of directors, or conseil d’administration, and by its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who has full executive authority to manage the affairs of the Company, subject to the prior authorization of the board of directors or of the Company’s shareholders for certain decisions specified by law.
      Under French law, the board of directors may elect one person to assume the position of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or split the function of Chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer between two different persons (either the Chairman of the board or another natural person bearing the title of Directeur Général (Chief Executive Officer)). According to our articles of association (statuts), the choice is made by the board of directors deciding with a majority of all members. Our board of directors has decided not to split these two functions, which are currently performed by the same person. The Chairman of the board of directors organizes and directs the work of the board and reports on such work to the general shareholders’ meeting.
      According to French law and our articles of association (statuts), the Chief Executive Officer may propose the appointment of up to five directeurs généraux délégués, or managing directors, to the board of directors and the board of directors determines their specific management powers and responsibilities. Under French law, a managing director, like the Chief Executive Officer, has broad powers to represent and bind the Company in dealings with third parties. The Chief Executive Officer may be removed by the board of directors at any time. The managing director may be removed by the board of directors at any time upon proposal of the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer and the managing directors may be held individually responsible for his or her actions if they are deemed contrary to the Company’s interests. Our board of directors has not currently designated any managing directors.
      Pursuant to our articles of association (statuts), in addition to the appointment of managing directors, our board of directors can appoint one or more Vice Chairmen. Our board of directors has not currently designated a Vice Chairman.
Board of Directors’ Power to Vote on Agreements in which They are Materially Interested
      Under French law, any agreements (except agreements in the ordinary course of business entered into on an arm’s length basis) between the Company, either directly or through an intermediary, and any director, the Chief Executive Officer, one of its Managing Directors and any of its shareholders holding more than 10% of the voting rights, or in case of a corporation, the company controlling it according to Article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code, are subject to a special approval procedure, in accordance with Article L. 225-38 et seq. of the French Commercial Code. Agreements between the Company and another company, of which the Chief Executive Officer, one of its directeurs généraux délégués, one of the members of the board of directors of the Company is the owner, general partner, manager, director, member of the Supervisory board, or in a general sense, is an officer, are also subject to prior authorization. The director in question or the person concerned must (i) inform the board of directors of the agreement and (ii) obtain its prior approval before the transaction is consummated. The Chairman of the board of directors must inform the statutory auditors of the existence of such agreement, and the next shareholders’ general meeting must then approve this agreement upon the presentation of a special report prepared by the statutory auditors. If the shareholders’ meeting refuses to approve the agreement,

91


Table of Contents

third parties may still rely on it, but the director may be held liable to the Company for any loss the Company may incur under the agreement. The party to the agreement may not participate either in the vote of the board of directors, or in the vote of the shareholders’ meeting. Any agreement entered into violation of these requirements may be declared void by the Commercial Court at the request of the Company or any shareholder, if such agreement is contrary to the interests of the Company. Moreover, French law states that agreements which are entered into in the ordinary course of business and with terms and conditions which are not out of the ordinary course of business are not subject to the prior authorization of the board. Nevertheless, such agreements must be disclosed by the interested party to the Chairman of the board of directors unless they are not significant for any party in terms of purpose or financial impact. The list and purpose of such agreements must be communicated by the Chairman of the board to the board of directors and the statutory auditors.
Board of Directors’ Power to Vote Compensation
      In consideration for their services on the board, members of the board of directors are entitled to receive directors’ fees (jetons de présence). Directors’ fees are fixed by the shareholders’ meeting and are then allocated by the members of the board of directors among themselves. The board of directors may also grant to some of its members exceptional compensation in respect to a specific task or mandate. A member of the board of directors may not vote for his or her individual remuneration, other than approval of the allocation of directors’ fees. If he or she does, the decision is void. The board of directors may also authorize the reimbursement of travel and accommodation expenses as well as other expenses incurred by its members in the corporate interest.
Borrowing Powers Exercisable by the Members of the Board of Directors
      In accordance with Article L. 225-43 of the French Commercial Code, members of the board of directors other than legal entities (including permanent representatives of companies who are members of the board of directors) or the Chief Executive Officer or the managing directors may not, directly or indirectly, borrow money or obtain a guarantee from the Company. Any such loan or guarantee would be void. This prohibition also applies to spouses or heirs of such persons, and other intermediaries.
Age Requirements for Members of the Board of Directors
      In accordance with Article L. 225-19 of the French Commercial Code and the provisions of our articles of association (statuts), no more than one-third of the number of directors may be over 70 years of age at the end of the fiscal year. If such number is exceeded, the oldest director is automatically deemed to have resigned.
      In addition, in accordance with our articles of association (statuts), the Chairman of the board, the Chief Executive Officer and the Managing Directors may not be more than 65 years old. The Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer shall be deemed to have resigned at the end of the annual ordinary shareholders’ general meeting which approved the financial accounts for the fiscal year in which he reaches this age.
Share Ownership Requirement for Director Qualification
      In accordance with our articles of association (statuts) and pursuant to our share-split, which was effected on May 13, 2005, each director must, for the duration of his or her term, hold at least 400 Technip shares, which must be held in registered form.
      If, upon his or her appointment, a director does not hold or, during the term of his or her office ceases to hold, the requisite number of shares, he or she will be deemed to have resigned unless he rectifies the situation within three months.

92


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights
General
      Under French law, there are two types of general shareholders’ meetings: ordinary and extraordinary.
      Ordinary general shareholders’ meetings are required for matters such as:
  electing, replacing and removing directors;
 
  allocating fees to the board of directors;
 
  appointing statutory auditors;
 
  approving the annual and consolidated accounts;
 
  declaring dividends or authorizing dividends to be paid in shares; and
 
  approving regulated agreements.
      Extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings are required for approval of matters such as amendments to our articles of association (statuts), including any amendment required in connection with extraordinary corporate actions. Extraordinary corporate actions include:
  changing our articles of association (statuts), our name or our corporate purpose;
 
  increasing or decreasing our share capital;
 
  creating a new class of equity securities;
 
  authorizing the issuance of any securities giving right to equity securities;
 
  establishing any other rights to equity securities (common or preferred shares);
 
  a statutory merger; and
 
  the voluntary winding up of the Company prior to the end of its statutory term.
      Special shareholders’ meetings of a certain category of shares or of securities giving access to the Company’s share capital are required for any modification of the rights derived from such category of shares or for any modification of the terms and conditions of such securities giving access to the Company’s capital. The resolutions of the shareholders’ general meeting affecting these rights are effective only after the approval by the relevant special shareholders’ meeting.
Annual Ordinary Meetings
      French law requires our board of directors to convene an annual ordinary general shareholders’ meeting for approval of the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts. This meeting must be held within six months of the end of each fiscal year. This period may be extended by an order of the President of the Commercial Court (Tribunal de Commerce). If our board of directors fails to convene a shareholders’ meeting, our statutory auditors may call the meeting. A shareholders’ meeting may also be convened by the majority shareholders in share capital or voting rights following a tender offer on the shares of our Company or the acquisition of a controlling block of shares. In a bankruptcy, our liquidator or court-appointed agent may also call a shareholders’ meeting in some instances. Our board of directors may convene any shareholders’ meeting upon proper notice any time during the year. In addition, any one of the following may request the court to appoint an agent to convene a meeting:
  any interested party in cases of urgency;
 
  one or several shareholders holding at least 5% of the Company’s share capital;

93


Table of Contents

  duly qualified associations of shareholders who hold their shares for at least two years in registered form and who together hold a specified percentage of the voting rights of the Company; or
 
  the workers’ committee in cases of urgency.
Notice of Shareholders’ Meetings
      We must announce general shareholders’ meetings at least 30 days in advance by means of a preliminary notice (avis de réunion), which is published in the bulletin des annonces légales obligatoires, or “BALO”. The preliminary notice must be sent to the AMF. The preliminary notice must contain, among other things, the time, date and place, the agenda of the meeting, a draft of the resolutions to be submitted to the shareholders, a description of the procedures, which holders of bearer shares must follow to attend the meeting and the procedure for voting by mail or by other means, as the case may be.
      At least 15 days prior to the date set for the meeting on first call, and at least six days before any second call, we must send a final notice (avis de convocation) containing the final agenda and other information for the meeting. The final notice must be sent by mail to all registered shareholders who have held shares for more than one month prior to the date of the preliminary notice and must be published in a newspaper authorized to publish legal announcements in the local administrative department (département) in which the Company is registered, as well as in the BALO, with prior notice having been given to the AMF.
      In general, shareholders can only take action at shareholders’ meetings on matters listed on the agenda for the meeting. As an exception to this rule, shareholders may take action with respect to the dismissal of members of the board of directors and replacement of members of the board of directors dismissed even though these actions have not been included on the agenda. Additional resolutions to be submitted for approval by the shareholders at the meeting may be proposed to our board of directors within 10 days of the publication of the preliminary notice in the BALO by:
  one or several shareholders holding a specified percentage of shares;
 
  duly qualified associations of shareholders who have held their shares in registered form for at least two years and who together hold a specified percentage of our voting rights; or
 
  the workers’ committee.
      Our board of directors must submit these resolutions to a vote of the shareholders.
      During the 15 days preceding a shareholders’ meeting, any shareholder may submit to the board of directors written questions relating to the agenda for the meeting. The board of directors must respond to these questions.
Attendance and Voting at Shareholders’ Meetings
      Shareholders may attend ordinary general meetings and extraordinary general meetings and exercise their voting rights subject to the conditions specified by French law and our articles of association (statuts). There is no requirement that a shareholder have a minimum number of shares in order to attend or to be represented at an ordinary or extraordinary general meeting.
      A holder of shares in bearer form must obtain a certificate from the accredited financial intermediary (intermédiaire financier habilité) with whom such holder has deposited its shares. This certificate must indicate the number of bearer shares owned by such holder and must state that such shares are not transferable until the time fixed for the meeting. According to French law and our articles of association (statuts) the holder must deposit this certificate at the place specified in the notice of the meeting prior to a date that is no later than one day before the meeting.
      According to French law, any shareholder voting by correspondence or by proxy and presenting a certificate issued by the intermediary attesting that the shares are blocked may nevertheless transfer all or part of the shares with which the shareholder voted by correspondence or for which the shareholder appointed a proxy, upon the condition that the shareholder provide the company’s authorized agent with details enabling the shareholder to

94


Table of Contents

cancel its vote or proxy and change the number of shares and corresponding votes no later than the day before the general shareholders’ meeting.
Double Voting Rights
      Since November 24, 1995, each share held in registered form on our books in the name of the same holder for two consecutive years confers on the shareholder the right to two votes. Our shareholders will also be entitled to the right to two votes for any additional shares issued as a result of incorporation of reserves, profits or share premium, provided that such shares are attributed in respect of shares for which our shareholders already have double voting rights. Each other share confers on the shareholder the right to one vote. Shares held in the form of American depositary shares will not confer double voting rights. If a holder transfers or converts to bearer form a share previously qualifying for two votes, that share will subsequently confer the right to only one vote. Revocation of double voting rights would require an amendment to our articles of association (statuts), which must be approved at an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting.
      As of December 31, 2004, 1,240,650 of our shares carried double voting rights, representing approximately 5.15% of our outstanding shares and approximately 9.92% of our voting rights.
Proxies and Votes by Mail
      In general, all shareholders who have properly registered their shares or duly presented a certificate from their accredited financial intermediary may participate in general meetings. Shareholders may participate in general meetings either in person or by proxy. Shareholders may vote in person, by proxy or by mail or by any means provided for by our articles of association (statuts), including, when implemented, by remote data transmission (i.e., the Internet) of the correspondence ballot papers on a proxy form pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.
      Proxies will be sent to any shareholder on request. In order to be counted, these proxies must be received at our registered office, or at any other address indicated on the notice convening the meeting, prior to the date of the meeting. A shareholder may grant proxies to his or her spouse or to another shareholder. The legal representative of a shareholder that is a corporation represents the corporation at the shareholders’ meeting or may grant proxies to a representative. The accredited financial intermediary of non-French resident shareholders may transfer the vote or the power of these shareholders for a shareholders’ meeting. Alternatively, the shareholder may send us a blank proxy without nominating any representative. In this case, the chairman of the meeting will vote the blank proxies in favor of all resolutions proposed or agreed by our board of directors and against all others.
      With respect to votes by mail, we must send a voting form to all registered shareholders and, on request, to any holder of shares in bearer form. The completed form must be returned to us at least three days prior to the date of the shareholders’ meeting.
      According to our articles of association (statuts), the board of directors may decide that votes submitted during the general meetings of shareholders be sent by remote data transmission pursuant to applicable regulations.
      Any shareholder who previously submitted a vote by correspondence or granted a proxy may still attend a general meeting and participate in the vote, in which case the correspondence or proxy vote is invalidated.
Quorum
      French law requires that shareholders holding at least 25% of the shares entitled to voting rights must be present in person or voting by mail or by proxy or by any means including, when implemented, by remote data

95


Table of Contents

transmission (i.e., the Internet), in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations to fulfill the quorum requirement for:
  an ordinary general meeting; and
 
  an extraordinary general meeting where an increase in our share capital is proposed through incorporation of reserves, profits or share premium.
      For the purposes of attaining a quorum, each of our shares having double voting rights counts as one share and not two. The quorum requirement is 33 1/3% of the shares entitled to voting rights, on the same basis, for any other extraordinary general meeting.
      If a quorum is not attained at a meeting, the meeting is postponed. When a postponed ordinary meeting is resumed, there is no quorum requirement. No quorum is required when an adjourned extraordinary general meeting is resumed only to approve an increase in our share capital through incorporation of reserves, profits or share premium. In the case of any other resumed extraordinary general meeting, shareholders having at least 25% of our outstanding voting rights must be present in person or voting by mail or by proxy for a quorum. If a quorum is not attained, the reconvened meeting may be adjourned for a maximum of two months. No deliberation by the shareholders may take place without a quorum. However, only questions which were on the agenda of the reconvened meeting may be discussed and voted upon.
Majority
      At an ordinary general meeting of shareholders, a simple majority of the votes is required to pass such resolution.
      A simple majority of shareholders’ votes cast at the shareholders’ meeting may pass a resolution concerning a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or share premium at an extraordinary general meeting. At any other extraordinary general meeting, a two-thirds majority of the shareholders’ votes cast is required.
      A unanimous shareholder vote is required to increase liabilities of shareholders.
      Abstention from voting by those present in person or represented by proxy or voting by mail or present by any means including, when implemented, by remote data transmission (Internet), in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations, is counted as a vote against the resolution submitted to a shareholder vote.
      In general, each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share at any general meeting, although shares held in registered form on our books in the name of the same holder for two years may be qualified for two votes, as we described at “— Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights — Double Voting Rights” above. Under French law, shares of a company held by entities controlled, directly or indirectly, by that company are not entitled to voting rights and do not count for quorum or majority purposes.
Changes in Our Share Capital
Increases in Our Share Capital
      Pursuant to French law, the share capital of the Company may be increased only with the approval of the shareholders at an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders. Increases in the Company’s share capital may be effected by:
  issuing common or preferred shares;
 
  issuing a new class of equity securities; or
 
  increasing the nominal value of the existing shares.
      Increases in share capital by issuing common or preferred shares may be effected by issuing such securities:
  for cash;
 
  for assets contributed in kind;

96


Table of Contents

  by conversion or redemption of debt securities previously issued;
 
  by exercise of any such rights, attached or not to other securities, giving access to common or preferred shares, including warrants or stock options;
 
  by capitalization of profits, reserves or share premiums;
 
  subject to various conditions, in satisfaction of debt incurred by the Company; or
 
  any combination of the above.
      Decisions to increase the share capital through the capitalization of reserves, profits and/or share premiums require the approval of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders, acting under the quorum and majority requirements applicable to ordinary general shareholders’ meetings. Increases effected by an increase in the nominal value of shares require unanimous approval of the shareholders, unless effected by capitalization of reserves, profits or share premiums. All other capital increases require the approval of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders acting under the quorum and majority requirements applicable to extraordinary shareholders’ meetings. See “— Shareholders’ Meeting and Voting Rights” above.
      Since the ordinance n° 2004-604 of June 24, 2004, the shareholders, at an extraordinary general meeting, may delegate the authority, subject to certain conditions, or the powers to carry out certain increases in the Company’s share capital to the board of directors. The board of directors may further delegate this right to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and, with his agreement, to one or several Managing Directors.
      Whenever the shareholders approve a capital increase or approve the delegation to the Company’s board of directors of the right to implement a capital increase (except when it results from an earlier issue of securities giving right to shares), they must also consider whether an additional capital increase should be reserved for the Company’s employees and its subsidiaries or whether to delegate or to authorize to the Company’s board of directors the right to carry out such reserved capital increase.
      On April 29, 2005, our shareholders authorized our board of directors for a period of 26 months to:
  increase our share capital by issuing ordinary shares or any other securities that give access to our share capital with preferential subscription rights, up to a maximum amount of 37,500,000;
 
  increase our share capital by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums or other amounts whose capitalization is allowed up to a maximum amount of 75,000,000, it being specified that the cumulative amount of capital increases to be realized pursuant to this authorization and the authorization indicated in the first bullet point above cannot exceed a nominal amount of 75,000,000;
 
  increase our share capital by issues for which the subscription is reserved to members of a Company Savings Plan up to a maximum nominal amount representing 3% of the Company’s share capital at the date of implementation of this resolution, it being specified that the cumulative amount of capital increases to be realized pursuant to this authorization and the authorization indicated in the first bullet point above cannot exceed a nominal amount of 37,500,000;
 
  increase our share capital, up to the limit of 10% of our share capital, by issuing ordinary shares or any other securities that give access to our share capital, in order to compensate contributions in kind; and
 
  grant options to subscribe or purchase a total number of shares no greater than 3% of our share capital at the date of this authorization.
Decreases in Our Share Capital
      Under French law, our share capital may be decreased only with our shareholders’ approval at an extraordinary general meeting. Decreases in our share capital can be made either by decreasing the nominal value of the shares or by reducing the number of outstanding shares. The number of outstanding shares may be reduced either by an exchange of shares or by a repurchase and cancellation of our shares. In the case of a capital reduction, other than a reduction to absorb losses or a reduction as a part of a program to repurchase our shares,

97


Table of Contents

all shareholders must be offered the possibility to participate in such reduction and the holders of each class of shares must be treated equally.
      The history of our issued share capital since year-end 2000 is described below:
                   
    Number of    
    Shares Issued   Share Capital
         
    (in millions
    except for shares issued)
Shares as of December 31, 2000
    16,029,305       48.9  
 
2001 increase(a)
    118,420       0.4  
 
Subscription to equity issue(d)
    10,565,723       32.2  
 
Decrease in capital(c)
           
Shares as of December 31, 2001
    26,713,448       81.5  
 
2002 increase
    48,565       0.1  
 
2002 increase(a)
    23,250       0.1  
 
Subscription to equity issue(b)
    98,614       0.3  
 
Decrease in capital(c)
    (3,475,953 )     (10.6 )
Shares as of December 31, 2002
    23,408,004       71.4  
 
2003 increase
    330,327       1.0  
 
2003 increase(a)
           
 
Subscription to equity issue(b)
           
 
Decrease in capital
           
Shares as of December 31, 2003
    23,738,331       72.4  
 
2004 increase
    40,543       0.12  
 
Subscription to equity issue
    331,780       1.01  
 
Decrease in capital
           
Shares as of December 31, 2004
    24,110,654       73.5  
 
(a)  This increase results from exercised stock options.
(b)  This increase results from a new equity issuance reserved for employees of Technip.
(c)  Decrease in capital by cancellation of treasury shares.
(d)  This increase results from our exchange offers for Coflexip and ISIS.
Preemptive Subscription Rights
      According to French law, if the Company issues securities for cash giving right either immediately or at a later date to subscribe to the Company’s new shares, current shareholders will have preemptive subscription rights to these securities on a pro rata basis. These preemptive subscription rights require the Company to give priority treatment to those shareholders. The rights entitle the individual or entity that holds them to subscribe to an issue of any securities that may increase the share capital of the Company by means of a cash payment or a settling of cash debts. Preemptive subscription rights are transferable during the subscription period relating to a particular offering. These rights may also be listed on Eurolist by Euronexttm.
      A two-thirds majority of the shares entitled to vote at an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders may vote to waive preemptive subscription rights with respect to any particular offering. French law requires that the board of directors and the Company’s independent auditors present reports that specifically address any proposal to waive preemptive subscription rights. In the event of a waiver, the issue of securities must be completed within the period prescribed by French law. The shareholders may also decide at an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders to give the existing shareholders, during a limited period of time, a non-transferable priority right (délai de priorité) to subscribe to the new securities. If they so choose, shareholders may also notify the Company that they wish to waive their own preemptive subscription rights with respect to any particular offering.

98


Table of Contents

Financial Statements and Other Communications with Shareholders
      In connection with any shareholders’ meeting, we must provide a set of documents including our Management report prepared by our board of directors and a summary of the results of the five previous years to any shareholder who so requests. In addition, French law requires that a special report be provided to the annual ordinary shareholders’ meeting regarding stock options we authorized and/or granted. This report must include options granted to our directors and some of our employees during the last fiscal year and the shares that they obtained through the exercise of their stock options during the past fiscal year.
      Pursuant to a French law of August 1, 2003 (loi de sécurité financière), the Chairman of our board of directors has delivered a special report to the annual ordinary shareholders’ meeting held on April 29, 2005, regarding the status of the preparation and organization of the work of our board of directors, the status of the internal control procedures implemented by our Company and on the restrictions if any, that our board of directors have placed on the powers granted to the Chief Executive Officer. In general, this report describes the objectives of our internal controls, the organization of the participants in our internal controls and the internal control procedures we currently have in place.
Dividends
      We may only distribute dividends out of our “distributable profits”, plus any amounts held in our reserve which our shareholders decide to make available for distribution, other than those reserves which are specifically required by law or our articles of association (statuts). “Distributable profits” consist of our unconsolidated net profit in each year, as increased or reduced by any profit or loss carried forward from prior years, less any contributions to the reserve accounts pursuant to law or our articles of association (statuts).
Legal Reserve
      French law provides that French sociétés anonymes, such as the Company, must allocate 5% of their unconsolidated statutory net profit for each year to their legal reserve fund before dividends may be paid with respect to that year. Funds must be allocated until the amount in the legal reserve is equal to 10% of the aggregate nominal value of the issued and outstanding share capital. This restriction on the payment of dividends also applies to each of our French subsidiaries on an unconsolidated basis. As of December 31, 2004, our legal reserve was 9.8 million. The legal reserve of any company subject to this requirement may only be distributed to shareholders upon liquidation of the company.
Approval of Dividends
      Under French law, our board of directors may propose a dividend for approval by the shareholders at the annual general shareholders’ meeting. If we have earned distributable profits since the end of the preceding year, as reflected in an interim income statement certified by our auditors, our board of directors may distribute interim dividends, to the extent of the distributable profits for the period covered by the interim income statement. Our board of directors may declare interim dividends, subject to French law, and may do so, for interim dividends paid in cash, without obtaining shareholder approval. For interim dividends paid in shares, prior authorization by an ordinary shareholders’ meeting is required. In December 2004, we paid an interim dividend of 47,506,442 (2.0 per share).
Distribution of Dividends
      Dividends are distributed to shareholders pro rata according to their respective holdings of shares. Outstanding dividends are payable to shareholders on the date of the shareholders’ meeting at which the distribution of dividends is approved. In the case of interim dividends, distributions are made to shareholders on the date of the meeting of our board of directors in which the distribution of interim dividends is approved. The actual dividend payment date is decided by the shareholders in an ordinary general meeting or by our board of directors in the absence of such a decision by our shareholders.

99


Table of Contents

      In addition, our articles of association (statuts) authorize the shareholders, in an ordinary general meeting, to authorize the grant to each shareholder of an option to receive all or part of any dividends either in cash or in our shares.
Timing of Payment
      Under French law, we must pay any dividends within nine months of the end of our fiscal year, unless otherwise authorized by court order. Dividends on our shares that are not claimed within five years of the date of declared payment revert to the French State.
Form, Holding and Transfer of Shares
Form of Shares
      Our articles of association (statuts) provide that our shares may be held in registered or bearer form. However, bearer shares do not qualify for double voting rights.
Holding of Shares
      Under French law, shareholders’ ownership interests are represented by book entries instead of share certificates. Certificates may, however, be issued by Euroclear France if they are to be held outside of France. We maintain a share account with Euroclear France for all shares in registered form, which is administrated by BNP Paribas Securities Services. In addition, we maintain separate accounts in the name of each shareholder either directly or, at a shareholder’s request, through the shareholder’s accredited intermediary. Each shareholder’s account shows the name of the holder and the number of shares held and, in the case of shares held through an accredited intermediary, it shows that they are held through this intermediary. BNP Paribas Securities Services, as a matter of course, issues confirmations to each registered shareholder as to shares registered in the shareholder’s account, but these confirmations are not documents of title.
      Shares held in bearer form are held on the shareholder’s behalf in an account maintained by an accredited intermediary and are registered in an account which the accredited intermediary maintains with Euroclear France. That account is separate from our share account with Euroclear France. Each accredited intermediary maintains a record of shares held through it and will issue certificates of registration for the shares that it holds. Shares held in bearer form may only be transferred through accredited intermediaries and Euroclear France. Our articles of association (statuts) permit, in accordance with the applicable legislation, the use of the procedure known as titres au porteur identifiables or “TPI”, according to which Euroclear France will, upon the Company’s request, disclose to the Company on a specific date a shareholder’s name, date of birth (or, in the case of a legal person, name and date of organization), nationality, address and the amount of securities held by the shareholder which have, or may in the future acquire, voting rights, and, as the case may be, the restrictions that might apply to these securities.
      Holders of shares outside of France may trade them on the Eurolist market. Upon payment of a fee or commission, accredited intermediaries can provide assistance to these holders or to the brokers or agents through whom a sale is to be made.
      In addition, according to French law, shares held by non-French residents may be held on behalf of these shareholders in a collective account or in several individual accounts held by a financial intermediary. The intermediary must declare his position as an intermediary holding shares on behalf of the beneficial owner. Consequently, the owner of the shares recorded in the collective account or in several individual accounts by an intermediary will be represented in the general shareholders’ meeting by this intermediary.
Transfer of Shares
      Our articles of association (statuts) do not contain any restrictions relating to the transfer of shares.
      Registered shares must be converted into bearer form before being transferred on Eurolist and, accordingly, must be registered in an account maintained by an accredited intermediary. A shareholder may initiate a transfer

100


Table of Contents

by giving instructions to the relevant accredited intermediary. A fee or commission is payable to the broker involved in the transaction, regardless of whether the transaction occurs within or outside France. No registration duty is normally payable in France, unless a transfer instrument has been executed in France.
      For dealings on Eurolist, an impôt sur les opérations de bourse, or tax assessed on the price at which the securities were traded, is payable by French residents, at a rate of 0.003 on transactions up to 153,000 and at a rate of 0.0015 thereafter, subject to a rebate of 23 per transaction and maximum assessment of 610 per transaction. Non-residents of France are generally not subject to the payment of such impôt sur les opérations de bourse.
Liquidation Rights
      If we are liquidated, any assets remaining after payment of our debts, liquidation expenses and all of our remaining obligations will be distributed first to repay in full the nominal value of our shares. Any surplus will be distributed pro rata among shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.
Requirements for Holdings Exceeding Certain Percentages
      French law provides that any individual or entity, acting alone or in concert with others, that becomes the owner of, directly or indirectly, more than one-twentieth, one-tenth, one-fifth, one-third, one-half or two-thirds of the outstanding shares or the voting rights of any French company listed on a French regulated market or that increases or decreases its shareholding or voting rights above or below any of these thresholds, must notify such company within five trading days of exceeding or falling below such level. The individual or the entity must also notify the AMF, within five trading days of such date, of the number of equity securities it holds or the voting rights attached thereto. The AMF then makes this information public.
      French law imposes additional reporting requirements on persons who acquire more than 10% or 20% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a company listed on a French regulated market. These persons must file a report with the company and the AMF within ten trading days of the date they cross the threshold. In the report, the acquirer must specify its intentions for the following 12-month period, including whether or not it intends to continue its purchases, to acquire control of the company in question or to seek nomination to the board of directors. The AMF makes the notice public. The acquirer must also publish a press release stating its intentions in a financial newspaper of national circulation in France. The acquirer may amend its stated intentions, provided that it does so on the basis of significant changes in its own situation or that of other shareholders. Upon any changes of intention, it must file a new report.
      In addition, Article 13 of our articles of association (statuts) provides that, without prejudice to requirements under French law, any individual or entity, acting alone or in concert with others, that becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of 1% of our share capital or voting rights or a multiple of said percentage less than or equal to 33%, must notify us by a registered letter with a return receipt requested within five trading days of the date it crosses the threshold, of the aggregate number of shares (including in the form of American depositary shares) and their voting rights as well as the number of securities giving right to our share capital it holds directly or indirectly, alone or in a group (de concert). If a person does not comply with this notification requirement, one or more shareholders holding 1% or more of our share capital or voting rights may require such request being recorded in the minutes of the general shareholders’ meeting to deprive the shares in excess of the relevant threshold of voting rights for all shareholders’ meetings for two years following the date on which the owner complies with the notification requirements.
      Under the General Regulation of the AMF, subject to limited exemptions, any person or persons acting in concert who come to own more than 331/3% of the share capital or voting rights of a French listed company must initiate a public tender offer for the balance of the share capital and for the balance of the securities giving access to the share capital of such company or to the voting rights of such company.
      We must publish in the BALO, no later than 15 days after the annual ordinary general shareholders’ meeting, information with respect to the total number of voting rights as of the date of the annual ordinary general meeting. In addition, if the number of voting rights changes by 5% or more between two annual ordinary

101


Table of Contents

general meetings, we must publish in the BALO, within 15 days of our knowledge of this change, the new number of voting rights and provide the AMF with a written notice. The information is made public by the AMF.
      If any person fails to comply with the legal notification requirements, the shares or voting rights in excess of the relevant threshold will be deprived of voting rights for all shareholders’ meetings until the end of a two-year period following the date on which the owner thereof complies with the notification requirements. In addition, any shareholder who fails to comply with these requirements may have all or part of its voting rights suspended for up to five years by the Commercial Court located in the jurisdiction of the registered office of the Company at the request, for example, of the Company’s Chairmen, or any shareholder or the AMF, and may be subject to a 18,000 fine.
Purchase of Our Own Shares
      Under French law, we may not subscribe to our own shares. However, pursuant to the European regulations, French law and the AMF’s regulations, we may, either directly or through a financial services intermediary (prestataire de services d’investissement) acting on our behalf, purchase up to 10% of our issued and outstanding share capital in connection with a corporate share repurchase program prospectus (note d’information) because our shares are listed on Eurolist that has received the approval, or visa, of the AMF either at the latest 15 days before such meeting or immediately after the board of directors implements the share repurchase program.
      According to the Company’s share repurchase program that received the visa of the AMF on April 1, 2005, the purposes of the share repurchase program are the following:
  the allocation/sale of shares to employees or executives of the Company or companies within the group according to the terms and conditions provided by laws and regulations (in particular, in regards to employee profit sharing, stock option plans and the free allocation or sale of existing shares);
 
  the delivery of shares for payment or exchange in relation to external growth transactions;
 
  creating a market for the shares, with the aim of insuring the liquidity of the share, by a financial services intermediary pursuant to a liquidity agreement in conformity with a professional code of ethics of the AFEI approved by the French AMF;
 
  the cancellation of shares; and
 
  the delivery of securities at the time of the exercise of the rights attached to transferable securities giving access to share capital.
      In addition, we may not repurchase pursuant to a share repurchase program an amount of shares that would result in the Company holding, directly or through a person acting on our behalf, more than 10% of our outstanding share capital, or if we have different classes of shares, 10% of the shares in each class.
      We must hold any shares we repurchase in registered form. These shares also must be fully paid up. Shares repurchased by us are deemed outstanding under French law but are not entitled to voting rights and dividends, and we may not exercise the preemptive subscription rights attached to them.
      Our shareholders, at an extraordinary general meeting, may decide to take these shares into account in determining the preemptive subscription rights attached to the other shares. However, if our shareholders decide to take them into account, we must either sell the rights attached to the shares we hold on the market before the end of the subscription period or distribute them to the other shareholders on a pro rata basis.
      At the shareholders’ meeting of April 29, 2005, our shareholders authorized the board of directors to repurchase over the following 18 months up to 10% of our total outstanding share capital, i.e., 2,413,033 shares, setting a maximum repurchase price of 200 per share and a minimum resale price of 100 per share. In addition, our shareholders granted our board of directors the authorization to cancel some or all the shares repurchased under a share repurchase program up to a limit of 10% of our share capital in any one 24-month period. This authorization is granted for five years.

102


Table of Contents

      We may not cancel more than 10% of our outstanding share capital over any 24-month period. We did not proceed to the cancellation of any share over the course of the last 24 months as of February 26, 2005.
Trading in Our Shares
      Pursuant to the regulations of the European Union and the AMF, the Company may not trade in its own shares for the purpose of manipulating the market. Pursuant to these regulations, there are certain requirements for trades by a company to be deemed valid:
  the issuer may not, when executing trades under a share repurchase program, purchase shares at a price higher than the highest price of the last independent trade or the highest current independent bid on the trading venues where the purchase is carried out;
 
  when the issuer carries out the purchase of its own shares through derivative financial instruments, the exercise price of such derivative financial instruments shall not be above the higher of the price of the last independent trade or the highest current independent bid;
 
  the issuer may not purchase more than 25% of the average daily volume of the shares in any one day on the regulated market on which the purchase is carried out. The average daily volume figure is to be based on the average daily volume traded in the month preceding the month of public disclosure of the program and fixed on that basis for the authorized period of the program. Where the program makes no reference to that volume, the average daily volume figure must be based on the average daily volume traded in the 20 trading days preceding the date of purchase; and
 
  the issuer may not sell its own shares during the life of the program unless the issuer has in place a time-schedule share repurchase program, or the share purchase program is lead-managed by an investment firm or a credit institution which makes its trading decisions in relation to the issuer’s shares independently of, and without influence by, the issuer with regard to the timing of the purchases.
      In addition, pursuant to the General Regulation of the AMF, a company shall not, during its participation in a share repurchase program, engage in the following trading:
  selling of its own shares during the life of the program;
 
  trading where the company becomes aware of information that, if disclosed, would have a significant impact on the market price of its securities; and
 
  trading during a 15-day period before the date on which the company makes its consolidated, annual and intermediary accounts public.
      However, these requirements do not apply if:
  the issuer has in place a time-schedule share repurchase program; or
 
  the share repurchase program is managed by an investment firm or a credit institution which makes its trading decisions in relation to the issuer’s shares independently of, and without influence by, the issuer with regard to the timing of the purchases.
      Pursuant to the General Regulation of the AMF and its instructions, the Company must publicly disclose any transactions carried out pursuant to an ongoing share repurchase program by way of a press release posted on the AMF’s website, no later than the seventh trading day following the date of execution of any such transactions.
      In addition, as the case may be, the Company will disclose, at least once a month, specified information regarding transactions.

103


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
American Depositary Receipts
      Effective May 13, 2005 our ADS-to-share ratio changed from four-to-one to one-to-one. Each of our American depositary shares represents one Technip share deposited with the custodian, as agent of the depositary, under the deposit agreement among ourselves, the depositary and yourself as an American depositary receipt holder. In the future, each American depositary share may also from time to time represent any securities, cash or other property deposited with the depositary but which have not been distributed directly to you. Your American depositary shares will be evidenced by what are known as American depositary receipts.
      You may hold American depositary shares either directly or indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold American depositary shares directly, by having American depositary shares registered in your name on the books of the depositary, you are an American depositary receipt holder. This description assumes you hold your American depositary shares directly. If you hold the American depositary shares through your broker or financial institution nominee, you must rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution to assert the rights of an American depositary receipt holder described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.
      Because the depositary’s nominee will actually be the registered owner of the shares, you must rely on it to exercise the rights of a shareholder on your behalf. The obligations of the depositary and its agents are set out in the deposit agreement. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the American depositary shares.
      The following is a summary of the material terms of the deposit agreement. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American depositary receipt, which contains the terms of your American depositary shares.
Share Dividends and Other Distributions
How will I receive dividends and other distributions on the shares underlying my American depositary shares?
      We may make various types of distributions with respect to our securities. The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of underlying shares that your American depositary shares represent.
      Except as stated below, to the extent the depositary is legally permitted, it will deliver such distributions to American depositary receipt holders in proportion to their interests in the following manner:
      Cash. The depositary will distribute any U.S. dollars available to it resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof (to the extent applicable), on an averaged or other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain registered holders and (iii) deduction of the depositary’s expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner. If exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert a foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.
      Shares. In the case of a distribution in shares, the depositary will issue additional American depositary receipts to evidence the number of American depositary shares representing such shares. Only whole American depositary shares will be issued. Any shares which would result in fractional American depositary shares will be sold and the net proceeds will be distributed to the American depositary receipt holders entitled thereto.

104


Table of Contents

      Rights to receive additional shares. In the case of a distribution of rights to subscribe for additional shares or other rights, if we provide satisfactory evidence that the depositary may lawfully distribute such rights, the depositary may arrange for American depositary receipt holders to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of such rights. However, if we do not furnish such evidence or if the depositary determines it is not practical to distribute such rights, the depositary may:
  sell such rights if practicable and distribute the net proceeds as cash; or
 
  allow such rights to lapse, in which case American depositary receipt holders will receive nothing.
      We have no obligation to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to make any rights available to American depositary receipt holders.
      Other distributions. In the case of a distribution of securities or property other than those described above, the depositary may either (i) distribute such securities or property in any manner it deems equitable and practicable, (ii) to the extent the depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, sell such securities or property and distribute any net proceeds in the same way it distributes cash or (iii) hold the distributed property, in which case the American depositary shares will also represent the distributed property.
      Any U.S. dollars will be distributed by checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole U.S. dollars and cents (fractional cents will be withheld without liability for interest and added to future cash distributions).
      The depositary may choose any practical method of distribution for any specific American depositary receipt holder, including the distribution of foreign currency, securities or property, or it may retain such items, without paying interest on or investing them, on behalf of the American depositary receipt holder as deposited securities.
      The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any American depositary receipt holders.
      There can be no assurances that the depositary will be able to convert any currency at a specified exchange rate or sell any property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified price, nor that any of such transactions can be completed within a specified time period.
Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation
How does the depositary issue American depositary shares?
      The depositary will issue American depositary shares if you or your broker deposit Technip shares or evidence of rights to receive Technip shares with the custodian. Shares deposited with the custodian must be accompanied by certain documents, including instruments showing that such shares have been properly transferred or endorsed to the person on whose behalf the deposit is being made.
      The custodian will hold all deposited shares for the account of the depositary. American depositary receipt holders thus have no direct ownership interest in the shares and only have such rights as are contained in the deposit agreement. The custodian will also hold any additional securities, property and cash received on or in substitution for the deposited shares. The deposited shares and any such additional items are referred to as “deposited securities”.
      Upon each deposit of shares, receipt of related delivery documentation and compliance with the other provisions of the deposit agreement, including the payment of the fees and charges of the depositary and any taxes or other fees or charges owing, the depositary will issue an American depositary receipt or American depositary receipts in the name of the person entitled thereto evidencing the number of American depositary shares to which such person is entitled. Certificated American depositary receipts will be delivered at the depositary’s principal New York office or any other location that it may designate as its transfer office.

105


Table of Contents

How do American depositary receipt holders cancel an American depositary share and obtain deposited securities?
      When you turn in your Technip American depositary share at the depositary’s office, the depositary will, upon payment of certain applicable fees, charges and taxes, and upon receipt of proper instructions, deliver the underlying shares to an account designated by you and maintained by us, in the case of shares in registered form, or transfer them to an account of an accredited financial institution on your behalf in the case of shares in bearer form. At your risk, expense and request, the depositary may deliver deposited securities at such other place as you may request.
      The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited securities in connection with:
  1. temporary delays caused by closing our transfer books or those of the depositary or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends;
 
  2. the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges; or
 
  3. compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the American depositary receipts or to the withdrawal of deposited securities.
      This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.
Voting Rights
How do I vote?
      If you are an American depositary receipt holder and the depositary asks you to provide it with voting instructions, you may instruct the depositary how to exercise the voting rights for the shares that underlie your American depositary shares. After receiving voting materials from us, the depositary will notify the American depositary receipt holders of any shareholders’ meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies. This notice will describe how you may instruct the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your American depositary shares including complying with the requirements that your name be placed upon our share register and that you deliver your American depositary shares to the depositary for holding pending the conclusion of the meeting. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as is practical, subject to the provisions of and governing the underlying shares or other deposited securities, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as you instruct. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. The depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion. Furthermore, neither the depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any vote.
      There is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their American depositary shares through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote. Additionally, you will not qualify to exercise double voting rights with respect to the Technip shares underlying your American depositary shares, even if you have held your Technip American depositary shares for more than two years.
Can I qualify for double voting rights as a holder of American depositary shares?
      Our articles of association (statuts) provide that each of our shares that is held in registered form on our books in the name of the same holder for two years confers on the shareholder the right to two votes. Because our American depositary shares do not represent specifically identified Technip shares, and because the depositary does not hold our shares in registered form on our books either in its own name or in the name of American depositary shareholders, our American depositary shares do not confer double voting rights. The deposit agreement provides that neither holders of our American depositary shares nor the depositary will be entitled to exercise double voting rights unless we have advised the depositary in writing and have agreed a mechanism for the allocation of double voting rights with the depositary. We have neither advised the depositary in writing nor agreed to an allocation mechanism, and do not currently intend to establish a mechanism allowing our American depositary shares to confer double voting rights on their holders.

106


Table of Contents

Record Dates
      The depositary may fix record dates for the determination of the American depositary receipt holders who will be entitled:
  1. to receive a dividend, distribution or rights; or
 
  2. to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at a meeting of holders of ordinary shares or other deposited securities,
all subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement.
Reports and Other Communications
Will I be able to view our reports?
      The depositary will make available for inspection by American depositary receipt holders any written communications from us that are both received by the custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited securities and made generally available to the holders of deposited securities. We will furnish these communications in English when so required by any rules or regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Additionally, if we make any written communications generally available to holders of our shares, including the depositary or the custodian, and the depositary or the custodian actually receive those written communications, the depositary will mail copies of them, or, at its option, summaries of them, to American depositary receipt holders.
Fees and Expenses
What fees and expenses will I be responsible for paying?
      American depositary receipt holders will be charged a fee for each issuance of American depositary shares, including issuances resulting from distributions of shares, rights and other property, and for each surrender of American depositary shares in exchange for deposited securities. The fee in each case is U.S.$5.00 for each 100 American depositary shares (or any portion thereof) issued or surrendered.
      The following additional charges shall be incurred by the American depositary receipt holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing shares or by any party surrendering American depositary receipts or to whom American depositary receipts are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the American depositary receipts or the deposited securities or a distribution of American depositary receipts), whichever is applicable:
  1. to the extent permissible under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a fee of U.S.$0.02 or less per American depositary share (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to the deposit agreement;
 
  2. to the extent not prohibited by the rules of any stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the American depositary shares are traded, a fee of U.S.$1.50 per American depositary receipt or American depositary receipts for transfers of certificated American depositary receipts made;
 
  3. stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;
 
  4. cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at your request;
 
  5. transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities; and
 
  6. expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars.
      We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between the depositary and us. The fees described above may be amended from time to time.

107


Table of Contents

Payment of Taxes
      American depositary receipt holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the custodian or the depositary on any American depositary share or American depositary receipt, deposited security or distribution. If an American depositary receipt holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may (i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions or (ii) sell deposited securities and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such sale. In either case, the American depositary receipt holder remains liable for any shortfall. Additionally, if any tax or governmental charge is unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited securities (except under limited circumstances mandated by securities regulations). If any tax or governmental charge is required to be withheld on any non-cash distribution, the depositary may sell the distributed property or securities to pay such taxes and distribute any remaining net proceeds to the American depositary receipt holders entitled thereto.
Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers
      If we take certain actions that affect the deposited securities, including (i) any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities or (ii) any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, then the depositary may choose to:
  1. amend the form of American depositary receipt;
 
  2. distribute additional or amended American depositary receipts;
 
  3. distribute cash, securities or other property it has received in connection with such actions;
 
  4. sell any securities or property received and distribute the proceeds as cash; or
 
  5. none of the above.
      If the depositary does not choose any of the above options, any of the cash, securities or other property it receives will constitute part of the deposited securities and each American depositary share will then represent a proportionate interest in such property.
Amendment and Termination
How may the deposit agreement be amended?
      We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the American depositary shares without your consent for any reason. American depositary receipt holders must be given at least 30 days’ notice of any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or affects any substantial existing right of American depositary receipt holders. If an American depositary receipt holder continues to hold an American depositary receipt or American depositary receipts after being so notified, such American depositary receipt holder is deemed to agree to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amendment can become effective before notice is given if this is necessary to ensure compliance with a new law, rule or regulation.
      No amendment will impair your right to surrender your American depositary shares and receive the underlying securities. If a governmental body adopts new laws or rules which require the deposit agreement or the American depositary share to be amended, we and the depositary may make the necessary amendments, which could take effect before you receive notice thereof.
How may the deposit agreement be terminated?
      Upon the resignation or removal of the depositary, the depositary will, and in other circumstances the depositary may, terminate the deposit agreement by giving the American depositary receipt holders at least 30 days’ prior notice, and it must do so at our request. After termination, the depositary’s only responsibility will

108


Table of Contents

be (i) to deliver deposited securities to American depositary receipt holders who surrender their American depositary receipts and (ii) to hold or sell distributions received on deposited securities. As soon as practicable after the expiration of six months from the termination date, the depositary will sell the deposited securities which remain and hold the net proceeds of such sales, without liability for interest, in trust for the American depositary receipt holders who have not yet surrendered their American depositary receipts. After making such sale, the depositary shall have no obligations except to account for such proceeds and other cash. The depositary will not be required to invest such proceeds or pay interest on them.
Limitations on Obligations and Liability to American Depositary Receipt Holders
                  Limits on our obligations and the obligations of the depositary; limits on liability to American depositary receipt holders and holders of American depositary shares
      The deposit agreement expressly limits the obligations and liability of the depositary, ourselves and our respective agents. Neither we nor the depositary nor any such agent will be liable if:
  1. any law, regulation, or provisions governing deposited securities, act of God, war or other circumstance beyond its control shall prevent, delay or subject to any civil or criminal penalty any act which the deposit agreement or the American depositary receipts provide shall be done or performed by it;
 
  2. it exercises or fails to exercise discretion under the deposit agreement or the American depositary receipt;
 
  3. it performs its obligations without gross negligence or bad faith;
 
  4. it takes any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any registered holder of American depositary receipts, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information; or
 
  5. it relies upon any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
      Neither the depositary nor its agents have any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the American depositary receipts. We and our agents shall only be obligated to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the American depositary receipts, which in our opinion may involve us in expense or liability, if indemnity satisfactory to us against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as we require.
      The depositary will not be responsible for failing to carry out instructions to vote the deposited securities or for the manner in which the deposited securities are voted or the effect of the vote.
      The depositary may own and deal in deposited securities and in American depositary shares.
Disclosure of Interest in American Depositary Shares
      From time to time we may request you and other holders and beneficial owners of American depositary shares to provide information as to:
  1. the capacity in which you and other holders and beneficial owners own or owned American depositary shares; and
 
  2. the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such American depositary shares and the nature of such interest and various other matters.
      You agree to provide any information requested by us or the depositary pursuant to the deposit agreement. The depositary has agreed to use reasonable efforts to comply with written instructions received from us requesting that it forward any such requests to you and other holders and beneficial owners and to forward to us any responses to such requests to the extent permitted by applicable law.

109


Table of Contents

Requirements for Depositary Actions
      We, the depositary or the custodian may refuse to:
  1. issue, register or transfer an American depositary receipt or American depositary receipts;
 
  2. effect a split-up or combination of American depositary receipts;
 
  3. deliver distributions on any such American depositary receipts; or
 
  4. permit the withdrawal of deposited securities (unless the deposit agreement provides otherwise), until the following conditions have been met:
  the holder has paid all taxes, governmental charges, and fees and expenses as required in the deposit agreement;
 
  the holder has provided the depositary with any information it may deem necessary or proper, including, without limitation, proof of identity and the genuineness of any signature; and
 
  the holder has complied with such regulations as the depositary may establish under the deposit agreement.
      The depositary may also suspend the issuance of American depositary shares, the deposit of shares, the registration, transfer, split-up or combination of American depositary receipts, or the withdrawal of deposited securities (unless the deposit agreement provides otherwise), if the register for American depositary receipts or any deposited securities is closed or if we or the depositary decide it is advisable to do so.
Books of Depositary
      The depositary or its agent will maintain a register for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of American depositary receipts. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours, but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the deposit agreement. The depositary will maintain facilities to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of American depositary receipts. These facilities may be closed from time to time, to the extent not prohibited by law.
Pre-release of American Depositary Shares
      The depositary may issue American depositary shares prior to the deposit with the custodian of shares (or rights to receive shares). This is called a pre-release of the American depositary shares. A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares (or other American depositary shares) are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may pre-release American depositary shares only if:
  1. the depositary has received collateral for the full market value of the pre-released American depositary shares; and
 
  2. each recipient of pre-released American depositary shares agrees in writing that he or she:
  owns the underlying shares;
 
  assigns all rights in such shares to the depositary;
 
  holds such shares for the account of the depositary; and
 
  will deliver such shares to the custodian as soon as practicable, and promptly if the depositary so demands.
      In general, the number of pre-released American depositary shares will not evidence more than 20% of all American depositary shares outstanding at any given time (excluding those evidenced by pre-released American depositary shares). However, the depositary may change or disregard such limit from time to time as it deems appropriate. The depositary may retain for its own account any earnings on collateral for pre-released American depositary shares and its charges for issuance thereof.

110


Table of Contents

      We reserve the right to instruct the depositary to suspend pre-releases.
The Depositary
Who is the depositary?
      JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) is the depositary, with offices located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10260, United States of America.
Material Contracts
Syndicated Credit Facility
      On April 29, 2004, we signed a five-year 850 million revolving credit facility, which carries a margin of 37.5 basis points over Euribor.
      Its purpose is to refinance two previously existing syndicated credit facilities signed in 2001 by Technip and Coflexip, respectively (both maturing in 2006), and will be used for general corporate purposes. As with the previous facilities, the new facility is partially drawn up to $109.0 million as of December 31, 2004 and the balance is used as a financial liquidity reserve for the Group.
Eurobond
      On May 26, 2004, we issued a seven-year 650 million Eurobond, listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, which carries a fixed interest rate of 4.625%.
      Funds raised by this Eurobond have been used to reinforce the Group’s financial means and allow us to continue our development. We decided to reinforce our financial structure without waiting for the 2006 maturity of our outstanding convertible bonds by taking advantage of the historically low long-term interest rate environment.
Convertible/ Exchangeable Bonds (“OCEANE”)
      On January 22, 2002, we issued 793.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1% convertible bonds into new shares or exchangeable into our existing shares (“OCEANE”). Each of the 4,667,647 OCEANE issued carries a nominal value of 170 and is exchangeable or convertible into one of our shares. Subject to prior conversion or exchange by the holder or our own exercise of early redemption rights, we will redeem each outstanding OCEANE for 190.07 at their maturity on January 1, 2007. The actuarial yield rate for OCEANE holders is 3.25% per year in case of non-conversion or exchange. OCEANE holder representatives may trigger early redemption obligations upon the occurrence of a specified event of default, including notably an uncured failure to pay interest or principal on the OCEANE, default by us or our subsidiaries on other indebtedness or guarantees in an amount exceeding 50 million, the contractual acceleration of any such indebtedness, an uncured failure to meet our other undertakings for more than 14 days, protection from creditors, or delisting from our equity securities from our principal trading markets. The OCEANE were listed on Eurolist (formerly the Premier Marché of Euronext Paris SA) on January 30, 2002. Through the end of the first quarter of 2005, Technip repurchased 1,066,236 OCEANE for a total amount of 188.2 million. In accordance with the indenture of the AMF, the 1,066,236 convertible bonds were cancelled. As a result, the convertible bonds’ outstanding amount was reduced to 612.2 million as of February 24, 2005.
Exchange Controls
Ownership of ADSs or Shares by Non-French Residents
      Under French law, there is no limitation on the right of non-French residents or non-French security holders to own or, when applicable, to vote securities of a French company.
      A French law dated February 14, 1996 abolished the requirement that a person who is not a resident of the European Union obtain an autorisation préalable, or prior authorization, prior to acquiring a controlling interest

111


Table of Contents

in a French company. However, pursuant to the Decree No. 2003-196 of March 7, 2003, both E.U. not including French citizens and non-E.U. residents must file a déclaration administrative, or administrative notice, with French authorities if, for example, they come to own, directly or indirectly, by any means, more than one-third of the capital or voting rights, in any French company.
Exchange Controls
      Under current French exchange control regulations, there are no limitations on the amount of payments that may be remitted by a French company to non-French residents. Laws and regulations concerning foreign exchange controls do require, however, that all payments on transfers of funds made by a French resident to a non-resident be handled by an accredited intermediary. In France, all registered banks and substantially all credit establishments are accredited intermediaries.
Other
      For other limitations affecting shareholders, see “— Form, Holding and Transfer of Shares” and “— Requirements for Holdings Exceeding Certain Percentages”.
Taxation
General
      The following is a general summary of the material French and U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our shares.
      This discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary. It does not address all aspects of French and U.S. tax laws that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances. It is based on the laws, conventions and treaties in force as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.
      If you are considering buying our shares, you should consult your own tax advisor about the potential tax effects of owning or disposing of shares in your particular situation.
French Taxation of Non-Resident Investors
      This summary may only be relevant to you if you are not a resident of France and you do not hold your shares in connection with a permanent establishment or a fixed base in France through which you carry on a business or perform personal services.
Taxation on Sale or Disposal of Shares
      Generally, you will not be subject to any French income tax or capital gains tax when you sell or dispose of our shares if both of the following apply to you:
  you are not a French resident for French tax purposes; and
 
  you have held not more than 25% of our dividend rights, known as droits aux bénéfices sociaux, at any time during the preceding five years, either directly or indirectly, alone or with relatives.
      Subject to specific conditions, foreign states, international organizations and a number of foreign public bodies are not considered French residents for these purposes.
      If a double tax treaty between France and your country contains more favorable provisions, you may not be subject to any French income tax or capital gains tax when you sell or dispose of any of our shares even if one or both of the above statements applies to you.
      If you transfer listed shares using a written agreement, that agreement must generally be registered and a registration duty of 1% (1.1% as from January 1, 2006) of either the purchase price or the market value of the shares transferred, whichever is higher, will be due. The maximum duty is 3,049 (4,000 as from January 1,

112


Table of Contents

2006) per transfer. However, in some circumstances, if the agreement is executed outside France, this duty will not be due.
Taxation of Dividends
      In France, dividends are paid out of after-tax income. When shareholders resident of France received dividends in 2004, such dividends generally carried a tax credit known as the avoir fiscal.
      Pursuant to the French Budget Law for 2004 (no. 2003-1311 dated December 30, 2003), French non-individual shareholders will not be entitled, as of January 1, 2005, to use the avoir fiscal received with respect to distributions paid in 2004. French individual shareholders will not be entitled to the avoir fiscal with respect only to distributions paid from 2005 onwards.
      However, French individual shareholders will be entitled, with respect to dividends paid as of January 1, 2005, to a new tax credit equal to 50% of the dividend paid, capped, per year, at 230 or, as the case may be, 115, depending on the marital status of the individual shareholder. Non-individual shareholders will not be entitled to this newly implemented tax credit.
      Thus, dividends paid by Technip to French residents in 2004 generally carried an avoir fiscal. Such avoir fiscal may be used by French individual shareholders in 2005. French non-individual shareholders will not be entitled to use in 2005 any avoir fiscal attached to distributions made by us in 2004.
      Under French domestic law, dividends paid to non-residents are normally subject to a 25% French withholding tax and non-residents are not eligible for the benefit of the French tax credits (i.e., the avoir fiscal until 2004, and from 2005 onwards, the new tax credit).
      Under most tax treaties entered into between France and other countries, such withholding tax may, subject to certain conditions, be reduced and give rise in such other country to a tax credit of the amount of the tax or, in the case of certain tax treaties, be eliminated.
      Certain tax treaties further provide for a refund of the avoir fiscal or similar tax credit to certain non-residents.
      Generally, when a treaty does not provide for the refund of the avoir fiscal, or when a shareholder, while entitled to the benefits of a treaty, is not entitled to the refund of the avoir fiscal, such shareholder may claim a refund of the précompte (tax of 50% of dividends carrying an avoir fiscal paid by French companies on dividends paid out of profits which have not been taxed at the ordinary income tax rate or which have been earned and taxed more than five years before the distribution).
      The following countries and Territoires d’Outre-Mer and other territories have entered into treaties with France whereby tax residents of such countries and territories may, under certain circumstances, obtain from the French tax authorities a reduction (generally to 15%) of all or part of such withholding tax and a refund of the avoir fiscal (net of applicable withholding tax), to the extent, however, that the avoir fiscal is available.
             
Australia
  India   Mexico   The Netherlands
Austria
  Israel   Namibia   Togo
Belgium
  Italy   New Zealand   Turkey
Bolivia
  Ivory Coast   Niger   Ukraine
Brazil
  Japan   Norway   United Kingdom
Burkina Faso
  Latvia   Pakistan   United States
Canada
  Lithuania   Senegal   Venezuela
Estonia
  Luxembourg   Singapore   Territoires d’Outre-
Finland
  Malaysia   South Korea   Mer and Other:
Gabon
  Mali   Spain   Mayotte
Ghana
  Malta   Sweden   New Caledonia
Iceland
  Mauritius   Switzerland   Saint-Pierre et Miquelon

113


Table of Contents

      Dividends paid in 2004. If you are entitled to the benefits of a treaty that provides for the refund of the avoir fiscal, you may have been subject, on the date of payment of the dividend to the withholding tax at the reduced rate provided for by such treaty (subject to certain filing formalities) rather than to the French withholding tax at the rate of 25% to be later reduced to the treaty rate, if you established your entitlement to such reduced rate before the date of payment of the dividend.
      Furthermore, if you are entitled to a refund of the avoir fiscal under your relevant tax treaty, you can claim such a refund on distributions made by Technip in 2004, to the extent only, that you are an individual and that you file your claim before January 1, 2006.
      In addition, if Technip pays in cash any précompte with respect to the interim dividend distributed in 2004, such précompte may be refunded to you if you are entitled to such refund under your relevant tax treaty, provided, however, that you timely file your claim for such refund.
      Dividends to be paid from 2005 onwards. As to dividends to be paid from 2005 onwards to non-residents benefiting from the provisions of a tax treaty (regardless of whether the treaty provides for the refund of the avoir fiscal), they should generally continue to be subject, on the date of payment, to the withholding tax at the reduced rate provided for by such tax treaty (rather than to the French withholding tax at the rate of 25% to be later reduced to the treaty rate) provided, however, that these non-residents establish their entitlement to such reduced rate before the date of payment by providing a certificate (the Certificate) based on the draft provided by the French Tax Authorities in their Administrative Guidelines 4 J-1-05, dated February 25, 2005.
      If a non-resident has not filed the Certificate before the dividend payment date, the French withholding tax will be levied at the rate of 25%. Such non-resident may claim a refund of the excess withholding tax from the French tax authorities by filing the relevant treasury form before December 31 of the second year following the year during which the dividend was paid.
      As regards the new tax credit available to French resident individual shareholders, the French tax authorities have not issued guidelines yet to confirm whether non-resident individual shareholders that benefit from a tax treaty which provides for the refund of the avoir fiscal will be entitled to the refund of this new tax credit described above with respect to distributions paid from 2005 onwards.
Estate and Gift Tax
      France imposes estate and gift tax where an individual or entity acquires shares of a French company from a non-resident of France by way of inheritance or gift. France has entered into estate and gift tax treaties with a number of countries. Under these treaties, residents of those countries may be exempt from this tax or obtain a tax credit, assuming specific conditions are met. You should consult your own tax advisor about whether French estate and gift tax will apply to you and whether you may claim an exemption or tax credit.
Wealth Tax
      You will not be subject to French wealth tax, known as impôt de solidarité sur la fortune, with respect to your shares if both of the following apply to you:
  you are not a French resident for the purpose of French taxation; and
 
  you own less than 10% of our capital stock, either directly or indirectly, provided your shares do not enable you to exercise influence on our company.
      If a double tax treaty between France and your country contains more favorable provisions, you may not be subject to French wealth tax even if one or both of the above statements applies to you.
Taxation of U.S. Investors
      The following is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax and French tax consequences of owning and disposing of our shares or American depositary shares. This discussion applies only

114


Table of Contents

to U.S. holders. You will be a U.S. holder if you are the beneficial owner of our shares or American depositary shares and all of the following six points apply to you:
  1. you own (directly, indirectly or by attribution) less than 10% of our outstanding share capital or voting stock;
 
  2. you are any one of the following:
  (a) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
 
  (b) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof including the District of Columbia;
 
  (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  (d) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and if one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust;
  3. you are entitled to the benefits of the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital, signed August 31, 1994, and any protocols thereto (the “U.S.-France income tax treaty”) as a U.S. resident under the “limitation on benefits” article of that treaty;
 
  4. you hold your Technip shares or American depositary shares as capital assets;
 
  5. you are not also a resident of France; and
 
  6. your functional currency is the U.S. dollar.
      If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares or American depositary shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds our shares or American depositary shares, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of owning and disposing of such shares or American depositary shares.
      Special rules may apply to insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, banks, financial institutions, U.S. expatriates, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, securities broker-dealers, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-method of accounting, persons holding our shares or American depositary shares as part of a straddle, hedging transaction or conversion transaction, and persons who acquired our shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, among others. Those special rules are not discussed in this annual report.
      Furthermore, this summary is based upon applicable U.S. and French law and practice, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to any changes or changes in interpretation to U.S. tax laws (including the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings, judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements) or French laws or practice occurring after the date hereof, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, this summary is based, in part, upon representations made by the Depositary to us and assumes that the deposit agreement, and all other related agreements, will be performed in accordance with their terms. Investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the French, U.S. federal, state or local income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our shares or American depositary shares in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

115


Table of Contents

Taxation of Dividends
      Under the Treaty, the rate of French withholding tax on dividends paid to a U.S. Holder whose ownership of the ADSs or shares is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or a fixed base in France is reduced to 15%. Dividends paid to such U.S. Holder are immediately subject to the reduced rate of 15% on the date of payment of such dividends, provided that such Holder establishes before the date of payment that such Holder is a resident of the United States under the Treaty in accordance with the procedures described below.
      Dividends paid in 2004. Subject to certain conditions and filing formalities, an individual U.S. Holder would also be entitled to a payment equal to the avoir fiscal (net of the 15% withholding tax) with respect to dividends paid in 2004 by Technip, if he or she attests that he or she is subject to U.S. federal income taxes on the payment of the avoir fiscal and the related dividend (an “Eligible U.S. Holder”).
      U.S. Holders, other than Eligible U.S. Holders, are no longer entitled to the refund of the avoir fiscal in respect of dividends paid in 2004. In particular, certain entities (U.S. Pension Funds and certain other tax-exempt entities) that could benefit from a partial transfer of the avoir fiscal with respect to dividends paid until December 31, 2003, are no longer entitled to their partial avoir fiscal with respect to dividends that Technip paid as of January 1, 2004.
      In addition, if Technip pays in cash a précompte with respect to the distribution of the interim dividend made in 2004, such U.S. Holders who are not Eligible U.S. Holders should nonetheless be entitled to the refund of such précompte tax, subject to certain formalities described below.
      Generally, dividends paid to an Eligible U.S. Holder in 2004 were subject to the reduced withholding tax rate of 15% at the time the dividend was paid if (i) such Holder duly completed and provided the French tax authorities with Treasury Form RF 1 A EU-No. 5052 (the “Form”) before the date of payment of the relevant dividend, or (ii) if completion of the Form was not possible prior to the payment of dividends, such Holder duly completed and provided the French tax authorities with a simplified certificate (the “Simplified Certificate”) stating that (a) such Holder was a U.S. resident as defined pursuant to the provisions of the Treaty, (b) such Holder’s ownership of the ADSs or shares was not effectively connected with a permanent establishment of fixed base in France, (c) such Holder owned all the rights attached to the full ownership of the ADSs or shares, including, but not limited to, dividend rights, (d) such Holder met all the requirements of the Treaty for obtaining the benefit of the reduced rate of withholding tax and the right to payment of the French avoir fiscal, and (e) such Holder claimed the reduced rate of withholding tax and payment of the avoir fiscal. Holders of ADSs could provide the Form or the Simplified Certificate to the Depositary provided that the Depositary was given sufficient time to file such Form or Simplified Certificate with the French tax authorities before the date of payment.
      Dividends paid in 2004 to a U.S. Holder that was not entitled to the avoir fiscal (i.e., not an Eligible U.S. Holder) but was entitled to the reduced rate of withholding tax were subject to French withholding tax at the reduced rate of 15%; provided, however, that such holder filed French Treasury Form RF1 B EU-No. 5053 with the paying agent before the date of payment of the dividends.
      If a U.S. Holder had not filed a completed Form or, where applicable, the Simplified Certificate, before the dividend payment date, the French withholding tax was withheld at the rate of 25%. Such holder may claim a refund of the excess withholding tax from the French tax authorities by completing and filing the Treasury Form before December 31 of the second year following the year during which the dividend was paid.
      Please note that an Eligible U.S. Holder that had not filed a completed Form or Simplified Certificate before the dividend payment date may claim the avoir fiscal attached to dividends paid by Technip in 2004 only until December 31, 2005 by providing the French tax authorities with the completed Form. Please note further that U.S. Holders, other than Eligible U.S. Holders may obtain a refund of the précompte paid in cash by Technip, if any, with respect to the interim dividend distributed in 2004, if they timely file Treasury Form RF 1 B EU 5053.
      In all cases, any avoir fiscal is generally paid to Eligible U.S. Holders within 12 months of filing the Form, but not before January 15 following the end of the calendar year in which the related dividend is paid. Similarly, any French withholding tax refund is generally expected to be paid to U.S. Holders within 12 months of filing the Form, but not before January 15 following the end of the calendar year in which the related dividend is paid.

116


Table of Contents

      Dividends to be paid from 2005 onwards. Dividends paid from 2005 onwards to a U.S. Holder benefiting from the reduced rate of the dividend withholding tax under the Treaty may be subject to the 15% withholding tax rate immediately upon payment of the dividends if such U.S. Holder provides the paying agent with a certificate (the “Certificate”) based on the draft provided by the French Tax Authorities in their Administrative Guidelines 4 J-1-05, dated February 25, 2005, before the dividend payment date.
      If a U.S. Holder entitled to a reduced withholding tax rate does not file a completed Certificate before the dividend payment date, the French withholding tax will be levied at the rate of 25%. Such U.S. Holder may claim a refund of the excess withholding tax from the French tax authorities by completing and providing the paying agent with the Treasury Form RF1 A EU-No. 5052 (or any other form that may replace such Treasury Form) before December 31 of the second year following the year during which the dividend is paid.
      The Form or, where applicable, the Simplified Certificate, or the Certificate together with its respective instructions, are provided by the Depositary to all U.S. Holders of ADSs registered with the Depositary and are also available from the United States Internal Revenue Service. The Depositary shall arrange for the filing of all Forms, Simplified Certificates or Certificates, as the case may be, provided that they are completed by U.S. Holders of ADSs and returned to the Depositary in sufficient time.
      For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of any distribution and any related French tax credit payment or French tax credit paid to you, including any French tax withheld, generally will be included in your gross income as ordinary dividend income when payment is actually or constructively received by you (or on the date payment is received by the Depositary, if you hold American depositary shares). Dividends paid by us will not give rise to the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from other U.S. corporations. Dividends generally will constitute foreign source “passive” income for foreign tax credit purposes (or, for some holders, foreign source “financial services” income). Under recently enacted legislation, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, dividend income generally will constitute “passive category” income, or in the case of certain U.S. holders, “general category” income for foreign tax credit purposes.
      Further, the amount of any dividend paid in euro, including any French tax withheld, will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro amount received calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date the dividend is received by you, in the case of shares, or by the depositary, in the case of American depositary shares, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If you convert the euro amount into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, you generally should not recognize any exchange gain or loss. If you do not convert any such euro that is received by you into U.S. dollars on the date you receive it, you generally will have a tax basis in the euro amount equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. You also will be required to recognize any exchange gain or loss realized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of such euro amount, which generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Moreover, you may be required to recognize exchange gain or loss if you receive a refund paid in euros under the U.S.-France income tax treaty of tax withheld in excess of the treaty rate. This exchange gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.
      If you are an accrual method taxpayer, for taxable years beginning before 2005, you must translate French taxes into U.S. dollars at a rate equal to the average exchange rate for the taxable year in which the taxes accrue, but must translate taxable dividends into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the date received. This difference in exchange rates may reduce the U.S. dollar value of the credits for French taxes relative to your U.S. federal income tax liability attributable to a dividend. However, for taxable years beginning after 2004, an accrual method U.S. holder may elect to translate French taxes into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the time the taxes were paid. Any such election will apply for the taxable year in which it is made and all subsequent years, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS.
      French withholding tax imposed on the dividends you receive and on any related French tax credit at 15% under the U.S.-France income tax treaty is treated as payment of a foreign income tax. You may take this amount as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to complex conditions and limitations, or you may alternatively choose to deduct all foreign taxes paid by you as itemized deductions in the taxable year. A deduction however does not reduce U.S. tax on a dollar-for-dollar basis like a tax credit. The United States

117


Table of Contents

Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom American depositary shares are released may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for U.S. holders of American depositary shares. Accordingly, the discussion above regarding the creditability of French withholding tax could be affected by future actions that may be taken by the United States Treasury.
      You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the availability of foreign tax credits.
      Certain U.S. holders (including individuals and some trusts and estates) are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax at a maximum rate of 15% in respect of “qualified dividend income” received in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009. For this purpose, qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation if, among other things, the U.S. holders meet certain minimum holding periods and the non-U.S. corporation satisfies certain requirements, including that either (i) the shares (or American depositary shares) with respect to which the dividend has been paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) the non-U.S. corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive U.S. income tax treaty (such as the U.S.-France income tax treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. We currently believe that dividends paid with respect to our shares or American depositary shares should constitute qualified dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, this is a factual matter and is therefore subject to change. The United States Treasury and the IRS have announced their intention to promulgate rules pursuant to which holders of shares or American depositary shares, among others, will be permitted to rely on certifications from issuers to establish that dividends are treated as qualified dividend income. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular situation and regarding the computation of your foreign tax credit with respect to any qualified dividend income paid by us, as applicable.
      For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of any précompte paid to you, including any French tax withheld, will be included in your gross income as ordinary income. It generally will constitute foreign source “passive” income for foreign tax credit purposes (or, for some holders, foreign source “financial services” income). The amount of any précompte paid in euro, including any French withholding taxes, will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euro amount received on the date the précompte is included in income which, for a U.S. holder of American depositary shares, will be the date of receipt by the Depositary, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. You will be required to recognize any exchange gain or loss realized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of such euro amount, which generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss.
Taxation of Capital Gains
      If you are a resident of the United States for purposes of the U.S.-France income tax treaty, you will not be subject to French tax on any capital gain if you sell or dispose of your shares or American depositary shares, unless you have a permanent establishment or fixed base in France and the shares or American depositary shares you sold or disposed of were part of the business property of that permanent establishment or fixed base. Special rules apply to individuals who are residents of more than one country.
      In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you will recognize capital gain or loss if you sell or dispose of your shares or American depositary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized for the share or American depositary share and your tax basis in the share or American depositary share (determined in U.S. dollars). This gain or loss generally will be U.S. source gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period for the share or American depositary share exceeds one year at the time of disposition. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations. If you are an individual, any capital gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if you meet specified minimum holding periods.
      Further, deposits or withdrawals of shares by you for American depositary shares will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

118


Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status
      A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a Passive Foreign Investment Company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year if at least 75% of its gross income consists of passive income (such as dividends, interest, rents, royalties, or gains on the disposition of certain minority interests), or at least 50% of the average value of its assets consist of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. We currently believe that we did not qualify as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2004, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we were characterized as a PFIC for any taxable year, you would suffer adverse tax consequences. These consequences may include having gains realized on the disposition of shares or American depositary shares treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains and being subject to punitive interest charges on certain dividends and on the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the shares or American depositary shares. Furthermore, dividends paid by us would not be “qualified dividend income” and would be subject to the higher rates applicable to other items of ordinary income. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to us and to your ownership of Technip shares or American depositary shares.
French Estate and Gift Taxes
      Under “The Convention Between the United States of America and the French Republic for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Estates, Inheritance and Gifts of November 24, 1978”, if you transfer your Technip shares or American depositary shares by gift, or if they are transferred by reason of your death, that transfer will be subject to French gift or inheritance tax only if one of the following applies:
  you are domiciled in France at the time of making the gift, or at the time of your death; or
 
  you used your Technip shares or American depositary shares in conducting a business through a permanent establishment or fixed base in France, or you held such shares or American depositary shares for that use.
French Wealth Tax
      The French wealth tax does not generally apply to shares or American depositary shares if the holder is a resident of the United States for purposes of the U.S.-France income tax treaty.
United States Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
      Dividend payments and proceeds paid from the sale or other disposition of Technip shares or American depositary shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. federal backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Certain exempt recipients (such as corporations) are not subject to the information reporting requirements. Backup withholding will not apply to a holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number or certificate of foreign status and makes any other required certification, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. persons who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Non-U.S. holders generally will not be subject to U.S. information reporting or backup withholding. However, these holders may be required to provide certification of non-U.S. status in connection with payments received in the United States or through some U.S.-related financial intermediaries. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. You may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

119


Table of Contents

Dividends and Paying Agents
      Not applicable.
Statements by Experts
      Not applicable.
Documents on Display
      The documents referred to in this annual report can be read at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference facilities at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public reference room and their copy charges.
Subsidiary Information
      Not applicable.
Item 11.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
      The information provided below contains certain forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks, uncertainties and other factors, principally with respect to unanticipated changes in foreign exchange or interest rates and fluctuations in the level of our exposure to market risks. Actual results may differ from those set forth in any forward-looking statements.
      Our major market risk consists of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. We use simple derivative financial instruments primarily to manage this risk exposure. These financial instruments are designated as hedges of underlying exposures associated with specific revenues, costs, assets, liabilities or commitments. Fair value calculations are presented in Note 27(b) to our Consolidated Financial Statements and are set out in the table below.
Cash Management
      Cash surpluses are almost entirely denominated in euro, U.S. dollars (or Malaysian Ringgit which had a fixed exchange rate with the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2004), British Pound Sterling, Australian Dollar, Norwegian Crown, Brazilian Real, Indian Rupee and Canadian Dollar. Part of the cash surplus is allocated to forecasted expenditures on given projects. We invest these cash surpluses in short-term floating investments to ensure liquidity and avoid interest rate risk.
      Since the beginning of 2000, we have used a dedicated financing entity (Technip Eurocash SNC) to manage centrally our cash and hedging, with the exception of cash held by our Malaysian, Singaporean, Saudi Arabian and Brazilian subsidiaries and some of the Offshore sector foreign subsidiaries. Each participating subsidiary transfers its cash surplus to Technip Eurocash SNC and requests cash when needed. Cash flow forecasts are centrally analyzed on a regular basis by Technip Eurocash SNC.
Debt Management
      We have limited financial debt (1,636.8 million, 1,214 million, 1,337.5 million as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively). The figures for 2004, 2003 and 2002 include, respectively, 74.7 million, 84.5 million and 90.4 million of convertible bonds redemption premium issued in 2002.
      On December 31, 2004, our short-term debt of 194.4 million is composed of the following:
  commercial paper for 150 million with an average maturity of less than three months;
 
  short-term part of the long-term debts, which amounts to 3.2 million;
 
  bank overdrafts and others for 16.5 million; and
 
  accrued interests on the convertible bonds for 24.7 million.

120


Table of Contents

      The outstanding amount of the credit facility raised in April 2004 for an authorized amount of 850.0 million to refinance the credit facility obtained for the Aker Maritime Deepwater Division acquisition used by Technip Coflexip USA Holdings, was U.S.$109.0 million as of December 31, 2004. This bank credit facility is fully repayable at maturity at April 29, 2009.
      At the end of January 2002, we issued 793.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1% convertible bonds with a conversion option into new shares and/or exchange into existing shares (“OCEANE”). The OCEANEs mature on January 1, 2007.
      We repurchased 458,794 OCEANEs through December 2003 for a nominal amount of 78 million, 489,742 OCEANEs in 2004 for a nominal amount of 83.3 million and 177,700 OCEANEs for a nominal amount of 20.0 million in January 2005.
      In accordance with the terms and conditions of the convertible bonds, the convertible bonds repurchased have been cancelled, reducing the amount to 632.2 million on December 31, 2004 and thereafter to 612.2 million on February 24, 2005. See “— Additional Information — Material Contracts” above.
      For our unused and confirmed multicurrency banking credit lines as of December 31, 2004, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
      On April 29, 2004, we raised 850 million through a syndicated new bank revolving bank facility agreement with a five-year facility to replace two of the authorized unused and confirmed credit lines. As a result, the Group had unused and confirmed multicurrency credit lines of approximately 1,028 million, of which approximately 1,020 million is available beyond December 31, 2004. See “— Additional Information — Material Contracts” above.
      On May 26, 2004, we issued a 650 million seven-year eurobond maturing on May 26, 2011 with a 4.625% coupon. For a summary of the terms and conditions, see “— Additional Information — Material Contracts” above.
Fair Value of On Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments
      We report marketable securities included in cash and cash equivalents at market prices in our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The fair value of all current assets and liabilities (cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivables, advances to suppliers, accounts and notes payable and other creditors) is considered to be equivalent to the carrying amounts due to the short maturity of these items.
      The fair value of the long-term debt determined on a borrowing-by-borrowing basis, by discounting future cash flows using the borrowing rates at the balance sheet dates for similar types of borrowing arrangement, is approximated by the carrying value.
Currency Risk
      We operate under long-term contracts that are frequently denominated in currencies other than our functional currency, the euro. As of December 31, 2004, revenues from contracts denominated in non-euro currencies were approximately 70% of our total net sales, of which more than 78% were denominated in U.S. dollars. Approximately 41% of our operating expenses during this period were denominated in U.S. dollars and significant amounts were also denominated in Japanese yen, British pound sterling, Malaysian Ringitt, Brazilian Real, Australian Dollar, Indian Rupee, Norwegian Crown and Canadian Dollar.
      Our policy is to continually assess our exposure to exchange risk on contracts and, whenever practicable, to reduce risks by incurring operating expenses in the same currency in which the corresponding net sales are generated. We further reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations through the use of forward exchange contracts, currency exchange rate guarantees or options when we believe it appropriate. Typically, we hedge a contract once it has been awarded or, in some cases, at the latest, once it comes into force. However, because we may be subject to significant exchange rate exposure during the period from the contract bid to the awarding of the contract, we may, depending on our appreciation of the probability that the contract will be awarded to us and

121


Table of Contents

on market conditions, enter into currency options or currency exchange rate guarantees for contracts on which we have bid (see Note 1(r)) to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
      We do not enter into forward exchange contracts or exchange options for purposes other than those described above. Our policy does not permit us to take, or authorize our subsidiaries or businesses to take, speculative market positions.
      The tables below present the maturities and fair value of our hedging instruments as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively and are based on maturities and interest and exchange rates at these same dates and present future cash flows generated by derivatives instruments.
As of December 31, 2004
                                                           
    Maturing in year ending December 31,        
            Fair value
Foreign Exchange Contracts   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   Total   Total
                             
    (in millions)
Sell currency, buy national currencies
                                                       
 
U.S.$
    608.5       57.7                         666.2       75.8  
 
GBP
    18.4       6.2                         24.6       0.6  
 
AED
    2.2                               2.2       0.0  
 
Others
    16.3       0.9                         17.2       0.5  
                                           
Total
    645.4       64.8                         710.2       76.9  
                                           
Buy currency, sell national currencies
                                                       
 
U.S.$
    159.9       0.1                         160.0       (19.6 )
 
JPY
    1.5                               1.5       0.0  
 
GBP
    37.0       11.2                         48.2       (0.8 )
 
Others
    23.5       0.7                         24.2       (0.4 )
                                           
Total
    221.9       12.0                         233.9       (20.8 )
                                           
Sell/buy foreign currencies
    252.6       85.6       4.8                   343.0       26.1  
                                           
Total
    252.6       85.6       4.8                   343.0       26.1  
                                           
As of December 31, 2003
                                                                   
    Maturing in year ending December 31,            
                Fair value
Foreign Exchange Contracts   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   5 years   Total   Total
                                 
    (in millions)
Sell currency, buy national Currencies
                                                               
 
U.S.$
    1,138.4       173.1       27.8                         1,339.3       196.1  
 
GBP
    25.2       0.2                               25.4       0.1  
 
AED
    18.8                                     18.8       1.6  
 
Others
    20.8                                     20.8       0.3  
                                                 
Total
    1,203.2       173.3       27.8                         1,404.3       198.1  
                                                 
Buy currency, sell national currencies
                                                               
 
U.S.$
    327.3       49.0                               376.3       (68.4 )
 
JPY
    11.9       0                               11.9       (1.4 )
 
GBP
    97.3       9.3                               106.6       (0.1 )
 
Others
    4.7       4.9                               9.6       (0.1 )
                                                 
Total
    441.2       63.2                               504.4       (70.0 )
                                                 
Sell/buy foreign currencies
    214.2       47.6       37.2                         299.0       17.7  
                                                 
Total
    214.2       47.6       37.2                         299.0       17.7  
                                                 

122


Table of Contents

Interest Risk
      We require that our cash invested in marketable securities remains liquid. Therefore, most cash is invested in floating-rate investments.
      In addition, during the first quarter of 2002, Coflexip entered into a U.S.$186 million nominal amount forward interest rate agreement to convert the U.S.$ LIBOR rate into a U.S.$ fixed rate for the period from July through December 2002.
      In addition, in 2003, we entered into several forward interest rate agreements for an aggregate U.S.$119 million notional amount to convert the U.S.$ LIBOR rate into a U.S.$ fixed rate for the year 2004.
      Most of the debt other than the OCEANE bond and the Euro bond issue at the end of December 31, 2004 is variable-rate debt. We usually do not enter into interest rate derivative contracts, except when interest rate markets offer attractive conditions. As of December 31, 2004, only the debt of U.S.$109 million part to the credit facility obtained for the Aker Maritime Deepwater Division was covered by interest rate swaps, which converted the U.S.$ LIBOR rate into a U.S.$ fixed rate through the June 2006 maturity date.
      As a result, as of December 31, 2004, fixed-rate debt amounted to 90% of total debt.
Item 12.     Description of Securities to be Registered
      Not Applicable.

123


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 13.     Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
      To our knowledge, there has been no material default in the payment of principal or interest or any other material default not cured within 30 days relating to our indebtedness or that of any of our subsidiaries.
Item 14.     Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
      To our knowledge, no one (i) has modified materially the instruments defining the rights of holders of our shares or (ii) has modified materially or qualified the rights evidenced by our registered securities by issuing or modifying any other class of securities.
Item 15.     Controls and Procedures
      Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(c)) as of a date within 90 days of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the evaluation date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that material information relating to us and our consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within these entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report was being prepared, in order to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
      There have been no significant changes in our internal controls or, to our knowledge, other factors that could significantly affect our internal controls subsequent to the evaluation date. Therefore, no corrective actions were taken.
Item 16.     [Reserved]
Item 16A.     Audit Committee Financial Expert
      In 2004, our board of directors determined that Mr. Lebègue is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the instructions to Item 16A of Form 20-F.
Item 16B.     Code of Ethics
      We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to senior financial officers, among others, Daniel Valot and Olivier Dubois. This code of ethics is available in print to any shareholder upon request to our Investor Relations group (e-mail: investor-relations@technip.com or telephone: +33-1 4778-6675). We have not granted any explicit or implicit waivers.
Item 16C.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services
      Barbier Frinault & Autres (Ernst & Young) served as our independent auditors for each of the financial years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2004, for which audited financial statements appear in this annual report on Form 20-F. Claude Charron has acted as our co-auditor for French Statutory purposes until April 24, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers acted as co-auditor for French Statutory purposes from then on.

124


Table of Contents

      The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional services and other services rendered by Barbier Frinault & Autres (Ernst & Young), PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit and Claude Charron for each of the financial years ended December 31, 2003, and December 31, 2004:
                                 
    2004       2003    
    Barbier Frinault   2004   Barbier Frinault    
    & Autres   PricewaterhouseCoopers   & Autres   2003
    (Ernst & Young)   Audit   (Ernst & Young)   Claude Charron
                 
    (in thousands)
Audit Fees(1)
    3,637.0       269.0       3,581.0       120.0  
Audit-Related Fees(2)
    349.0       16.0              
Tax Fees(3)
    947.0       89.0       1,411.0        
All Other Fees(4)
    345.0       34.0              
                         
Total
    5,278.0       408.0       4,992.0       120.0  
                         
 
(1)  Audit Fees consist of fees for the annual audit services engagement and other audit services, which are those services that only the external auditor can reasonably provide, and include the group audit; statutory audits; comfort letters and consents; attest services; and assistance with and review of documents filed with the AMF and the SEC or other regulatory bodies.
 
(2)  Audit-Related Fees consist of fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements or that are traditionally performed by the external auditor.
 
(3)  Tax Fees include fees for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing authorities; tax planning services; and expatriate tax planning and services.
 
(4)  All Other Fees include fees for training; risk management consulting engagements; and services related to the Group’s environmental report.
      Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
      On December 16, 2003, in line with new regulations regarding auditor independence applicable in France and the United States, the audit committee of our board of directors adopted a procedure for the engagement of our statutory auditors. According to procedure, which stipulates that the audit committee has complete authority on engagement and remuneration of our external auditors, the audit committee pre-approved certain categories of defined engagements, subject to annual maximum amounts.
      The procedure as renewed on December 14, 2004 by the audit committee for the 2005 financial year contains a pre-approved list of services that the statutory auditors may provide us:
  statutory audit and audit-related engagements up to 1.5 million;
 
  tax advising engagements up to 1.5 million;
 
  other services up to 0.5 million; and
 
  with a unit cap per engagement up to 0.2 million.
      Any engagement of our statutory auditors outside the scope of the above pre-approved services or an engagement within the scope but exceeding the approved fee-levels must be approved by the audit committee in advance.
      The procedure also defines the statutory audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other non-audit related services. Furthermore it defines prohibited services, which in France includes any engagement without a proven connection to the statutory auditors’ engagement.

125


Table of Contents

      The CFO of each subsidiary for which any such engagement is considered must provide prior written notice to the Branch Financial Controller with a copy to the Group Corporate Secretary.
Item 16D.     Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
      Not applicable.
Item 16E.     Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
                                 
            Total Number of   Maximum Number
            Securities Purchased   of Securities that
            as Part of Publicly   may yet be
    Total Number of   Average Price   Announced   Purchased under
Period   Securities Purchased   Paid per security   Programs   the Programs
                 
2004-01-01 to 2004-01-31
    15,028       89.24       15,028       2,309,980  
2004-02-01 to 2004-02-28
    257,920 *     95.94       0       2,309,980 *
2004-03-01 to 2004-03-31
                       
2004-04-01 to 2004-04-30
                       
2004-05-01 to 2004-05-31
    119,109       113.63       119.109       2,254,724  
2004-06-01 to 2004-06-30
    30,000       110.00       30.000       2,224,724  
2004-07-01 to 2004-07-31
                       
2004-08-01 to 2004-08-31
                       
2004-09-01 to 2004-09-30
                       
2004-10-01 to 2004-10-31
    4,351       124.70       4.351       2,220,373  
2004-11-01 to 2004-11-30
    4,167       124.10       4,167       2,216,206  
2004-12-01 to 2004-12-31
                       
 
The 257,920 shares were purchased in February 2004 pursuant to the exercise of a call entered into in December 2002, as a hedging for the 1999/2001 Purchase Option Plan (1st tranche). The shares were repurchased in accordance with the provisions of Article L.225-208 of the French Commercial Code and as a part of our share repurchase program.

126


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 17.     Financial Statements
      Not applicable.
Item 18.     Financial Statements
TECHNIP
         
    Page
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-3  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
    F-7  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-8  
Item 19. Exhibits
1.1 Articles of Association (Statuts), as amended as of May 18, 2005, of Technip
 
8.1 Subsidiaries of Technip (see Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements)
 
12.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
12.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
13.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
14.1 Consent of Barbier Frinault & Autres (Ernst & Young) as auditors of Technip

127


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     
    Page
     
TECHNIP
 
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-6
  F-7
  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
      To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Technip:
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Technip and its subsidiaries (“Technip”) as of December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for the years then ended, all expressed in euro. These financial statements are the responsibility of Technip’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in France and in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Technip as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in France.
      Accounting principles generally accepted in France vary in certain significant respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 30 to 32 to the consolidated financial statements.
      Neuilly-sur-Seine, France
      April 4, 2005, except for Notes 30 to 32, for which the date is June 23, 2005.
BARBIER FRINAULT & AUTRES
ERNST & YOUNG
Represented by Gilles Puissochet

F-2


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                         
        For the years ended December 31,
         
        2004    
            2003   2002
    Note   U.S.$*   EUR   EUR   EUR
                     
        (Amounts in millions of euro, except as otherwise stated)
Net sales
    3       6,348.6       5,141.0       4,711.1       4,452.3  
Cost of sales
            (5,523.0 )     (4,472.4 )     (3,990.6 )     (3,754.8 )
                               
GROSS MARGIN
            825.6       668.6       720.5       697.5  
Research and development expenses
            (41.0 )     (33.2 )     (33.3 )     (37.4 )
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
            (321.9 )     (260.7 )     (341.7 )     (312.5 )
                               
OPERATING INCOME BEFORE DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
            462.7       374.7       345.5       347.6  
Depreciation and amortization other than goodwill
    4       (143.5 )     (116.2 )     (117.9 )     (143.0 )
                               
OPERATING INCOME
            319.2       258.5       227.6       204.6  
Financial result
    6       (66.7 )     (54.0 )     (44.3 )     (66.9 )
Income of equity affiliates
            1.5       1.2       1.1        
Non-operating loss
    7       (19.9 )     (16.1 )     (7.6 )     (6.9 )
                               
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX, GOODWILL AMORTIZATION AND MINORITY INTERESTS
            234.1       189.6       176.8       130.8  
Income tax
    8       (80.4 )     (65.2 )     (82.0 )     (46.3 )
Minority interests
            (3.0 )     (2.4 )     (0.8 )     3.9  
                               
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE GOODWILL AMORTIZATION
            150.7       122.0       94.0       88.4  
                               
Goodwill amortization
            (144.9 )     (117.3 )     (113.7 )     (117.8 )
                               
NET INCOME (LOSS)
            5.8       4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
                               
Number of shares considered for non-diluted earnings (loss) per share
            23,654,629       23,654,629       23,432,215       26,794,373  
Non-diluted earnings (loss) per share
            0.25       0.20       (0.84 )     (1.10 )
Non-diluted earnings before non-operating income and goodwill amortization per share
            7.21       5.84       4.34       3.56  
Number of shares considered for diluted earnings per share computation
    9       28,886,225       28,886,225       29,302,440       28,385,816  
Diluted earnings before non-operating income and goodwill amortization per share(1)
    9       6.50       5.26       3.98       3.91  
Diluted earnings per share(1)
    9       0.79       0.64              
 
(1) Net income before redemption premium after tax and OCEANE financial costs after tax (see Note 9). In 2003 and 2002, the diluted earnings per share after goodwill amortization were negative and are consequently not disclosed.
 
* For the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into U.S. dollars (U.S.$) at the rate of 1.00 = U.S.$ 1.2349 on May 31, 2005.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                         
        As of December 31,
         
        2004    
            2003   2002
    Note   U.S.$*   EUR   EUR   EUR
                     
        (Amounts in millions of euro,
        except as otherwise stated)
ASSETS
Intangible assets, net
    11       2,919.2       2,363.9       2,497.0       2,637.6  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    12       882.8       714.9       738.5       861.1  
Other investments and loans, net
    13       7.1       5.8       8.4       18.3  
Equity affiliates
    14       16.7       13.5       2.1       1.2  
                               
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS
            3,825.8       3,098.1       3,246.0       3,518.2  
Contracts-in-progress
    15       8,142.2       6,593.4       6,368.2       4,896.2  
Inventories and deferred bid costs, net
    16       121.3       98.2       73.6       80.8  
Advances to suppliers
            308.0       249.4       244.6       122.5  
Accounts and notes receivable, net
    17       734.5       594.8       755.6       725.6  
Other current assets, net
    18       871.0       705.3       427.7       521.6  
                               
RECEIVABLES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET
            1,605.5       1,300.1       1,183.3       1,247.2  
Marketable securities
            913.1       739.4       110.0       99.1  
Cash
            857.8       694.6       782.4       642.0  
                               
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    19       1,770.9       1,434.0       892.4       741.1  
                               
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
            11,947.8       9,675.1       8,762.1       7,087.8  
                               
TOTAL ASSETS
            15,773.6       12,773.2       12,008.1       10,606.0  
                               
 
For the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into U.S. dollars (U.S.$) at the rate of 1.00 = U.S.$1.2349 on May 31, 2005.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)
                                         
        As of December 31,
         
        2004    
            2003   2002
    Note   U.S.$*   EUR   EUR   EUR
                     
        (Amounts in millions of euro,
        except as otherwise stated)
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                       
Common stock: 3.05 nominal value,
            90.8       73.5       72.4       71.4  
24,110,654 shares as of December 31, 2004,
                                       
23,738,331 shares as of December 31, 2003,
                                       
23,408,004 shares as of December 31, 2002
                                       
Paid-in-surplus
            1,575.2       1,275.6       1,250.4       1,250.5  
Retained earnings
            608.3       492.6       646.5       721.8  
Cumulative translation adjustment
            (30.9 )     (25.0 )     (1.9 )     12.0  
Treasury shares and shares held by subsidiary(1)
            (40.0 )     (32.4 )     (9.7 )      
Net income (loss)
            5.8       4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
                               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    20       2,209.2       1,789.0       1,938.0       2,026.3  
MINORITY INTERESTS
            12.8       10.4       9.2       16.3  
Retirement indemnities
            87.4       70.8       89.3       86.3  
Accrued liabilities
    21       311.1       251.9       234.8       242.5  
Convertible bonds redemption premium
    23       92.2       74.7       84.5       90.4  
Long-term debt
            1,689.0       1,367.7       903.2       950.1  
Short-term debt
            240.1       194.4       226.3       297.0  
                               
Total Financial debt
    22       1,929.1       1,562.1       1,129.5       1,247.1  
Progress payments on contracts
    15       9,081.0       7,353.6       7,047.8       5,420.2  
Accounts and notes payable
            1,052.8       852.5       783.1       720.8  
Other creditors
    24       998.0       808.2       691.9       756.1  
                               
TOTAL LIABILITIES
            13,551.6       10,973.8       10,060.9       8,563.4  
                               
TOTAL LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
            15,773.6       12,773.2       12,008.1       10,606.0  
                               
 
(1) As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, 340,242 and 140,953 shares held by subsidiaries have been deducted from shareholders’ equity.
  In 2002, Technip cancelled all the shares held by the Company except 49,499 shares intended to cover the stock option plans recorded in marketable securities.
* For the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into U.S. dollars (U.S.$) at the rate of 1.00 = U.S.$1.2349 on May 31, 2005.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   
    For the years ended December 31,
     
    2004    
        2003   2002
    U.S.$*   EUR   EUR   EUR
                 
    (Amounts in millions of euro,
    except as otherwise stated)
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Net income (loss)
    5.8       4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
Minority interests
    3.0       2.4       0.8       (3.9 )
                         
Net income (loss) before minority interests
    8.8       7.1       (18.9 )     (33.3 )
Adjustments to reconcile income before minority interests to net cash provided by operating activity:
                               
Amortization of intangible assets and goodwill
    163.7       132.7       128.6       133.6  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
    124.6       100.8       103.0       127.2  
Amortization of OCEANE loan’s redemption premium
    14.1       11.4       16.1       16.9  
Income of equity affiliates, net of dividends
    (1.5 )     (1.2 )     (1.1 )      
Increase in non-current provisions, net
    (23.6 )     (19.1 )     3.0       6.2  
Net gain on disposal of fixed assets and investments
    11.4       9.2       0.3       (10.7 )
Increase (Decrease) in provisions for deferred tax
    23.8       19.3       (1.7 )      
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                               
Decrease (increase) in advances to suppliers
    (5.9 )     (4.8 )     (122.1 )     (24.6 )
Decrease (increase) in contracts-in-progress
    (278.1 )     (225.2 )     (1,472.0 )     1,400.0  
Decrease (increase) in accounts and notes receivables
    198.6       160.8       (1.4 )     90.3  
Decrease (increase) in other current assets
    (387.3 )     (313.6 )     101.1       (129.1 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities
    21.9       17.7       (7.7 )     (15.0 )
Increase (decrease) in progress payments on contracts
    377.6       305.8       1,627.6       (1,290.4 )
Increase (decrease) in accounts payables and other Creditors
    207.0       167.6       (6.1 )     161.7  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    455.1       368.5       348.7       432.8  
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Capital expenditures (property, plant and equipment)
    (146.5 )     (118.6 )     (122.4 )     (124.3 )
Capital expenditures (intangibles)
    (6.4 )     (5.2 )     (0.3 )     (1.5 )
Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets
    0.0       0.0       0.3       0.2  
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets
    17.3       14.0       104.8       111.8  
Acquisition of investments
    0.0       0.0       (3.3 )     (0.4 )
Proceeds from disposal of investments
    17.4       14.1       1.6       31.2  
Aker Deepwater Division purchase price reduction
    0.0       0.0       38.2        
Increase (decrease) from changes in scope of consolidation**
    (33.8 )     (27.4 )     (7.9 )     1.7  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (152.0 )     (123.1 )     11.0       18.7  
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
Increase in short-term debt
    30.7       24.9       5.8       91.0  
Decrease in short-term debt
    (70.1 )     (56.8 )     (71.0 )     (252.0 )
Increase in long-term debt
    800.5       648.2       76.5       794.7  
Decrease in long-term debt
    (228.8 )     (185.3 )     (97.3 )     (952.0 )
Increase in loans
                       
Decrease in loans
                       
Repurchase of own shares
    (28.0 )     (22.7 )     (6.5 )     (45.4 )
Increase (decrease) in minority interests
                      (5.1 )
Parent company’s equity:
                               
 
Capital increases
    32.5       26.3             12.3  
 
Dividends paid
    (160.3 )     (129.8 )     (77.3 )     (79.7 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    376.5       304.8       (169.8 )     (436.2 )
Net effect of exchange rate Changes
    (10.6 )     (8.6 )     (38.6 )     (37.6 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    669.0       541.6       151.3       (22.3 )
Cash and cash equivalent at the beginning of the year
    1,101.9       892.4       741.1       763.4  
Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the year
    1,770.9       1,434.0       892.4       741.1  
                         
Non cash increase in shareholders’ equity related to the Coflexip and ISIS acquisitions
                    49.5        
Cash paid for income taxes
    (65.1 )     (52.7 )     (70.6 )     (63.8 )
Interest paid
    23.8       19.3       (24.3 )     (30.1 )
 
* For the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into U.S. dollars (U.S.$) at the rate of 1.00 = U.S.$1.2349 on May 31, 2005.
 
** This represents the cash balances of companies acquired (or disposed of) measured as of the date of the acquisition or disposal.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                 
    Stock Issued                        
                    Treasury        
    Number of               Cumulative   Shares/        
    Shares   Common   Paid-in   Retained   Translation   Shares Held   Net Income   Shareholders’
    issued   Stock   Surplus   Earnings   Adjustment   by Subsidiary   (Loss)   Equity
                                 
    (Amounts in millions of euros, except as otherwise stated)
As of December 31, 2001
    26,713,448       81.5       1,605.5       661.5       13.1       (255.5 )     108.1       2,214.2  
                                                 
Capital Increase
    170,509       0.5       11.8                                       12.3  
Capital Decrease
    (3,475,953 )     (10.6 )     (366.8 )                                     (377.4 )
Appropriation of Net Income 2001
                            28.4                       (108.1 )     (79.7 )
Foreign Currency Translation
                                    (1.1 )                     (1.1 )
Net Income (Loss) 2002
                                                    (29.4 )     (29.4 )
Treasury Shares/Shares held by Subsidiary
                                            255.5 (1)             255.5  
Others (including Isis merger)
                            31.9                               31.9  
                                                 
As of December 31, 2002
    23,408,004       71.4       1,250.5       721.8       12.0       0.0       (29.4 )     2,026.3  
                                                 
Capital Increase
    330,327       1.0       (0.1 )     47.6                               48.5  
Appropriation of Net Income 2002
                            (106.7 )                     29.4       (77.3 )
Foreign Currency Translation
                                    (13.9 )                     (13.9 )
Net Income 2003
                                                    (19.7 )     (19.7 )
Treasury Shares/Shares held by Subsidiary
                                            (9.7 )             (9.7 )
Others
                            (16.2 )                             (16.2 )
                                                 
As of December 31, 2003
    23,738,331       72.4       1,250.4       646.5       (1.9 )     (9.7 )     (19.7 )     1,938.0  
                                                 
Capital Increase
    372,323       1.1       25.2                                       26.3  
Appropriation of Net Income 2003 and prepaid dividends(2)
                            (149.5 )                     19.7       (129.8 )
Foreign Currency Translation
                                    (23.1 )                     (23.1 )
Net Income 2004
                                                    4.7       4.7  
Treasury Shares/Shares held by Subsidiary
                                            (22.7 )             (22.7 )
Others
                            (4.4 )                             (4.4 )
                                                 
As of December 31, 2004
    24,110,654       73.5       1,275.6       492.6       (25.0 )     (32.4 )     4.7       1,789.0  
                                                 
As of December 31, 2004*
    24,110,654     $ 90.8     $ 1,575.2     $ 608.3     $ (30.9 )   $ (40.0 )   $ 5.8     $ 2,209.2  
 
(1) In 2002, Technip wrote off the shares held by the Company and its subsidiary Isis except 49,499 shares reserved for the stock option plans recorded in marketable securities.
 
(2) Includes the payment of 2003 dividends, of the precept (special equalization tax on dividends) for 82.3 million and of the 2004 interim dividend for 47.5 millions.
 
* For the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into U.S. dollars (U.S.$) at the rate of 1.00 = U.S.$1.2349 on May 31, 2005.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Introductory Note — Changes in Scope of Consolidation and Business Description
(a) Changes in Scope of Consolidation
      During the year 2004, Technip transferred two companies, EHR and IG Spa and a part of TECHNIP KTI Spa (see Note 2).
      As Technip-Coflexip and Coflexip legally merged in July 2003, Technip-Coflexip is now called “Technip”. The accounting impacts resulting from the merger are presented in Note 2.
      As Technip-Coflexip and ISIS merged in June 2002, the reciprocal shareholding between ISIS and Technip-Coflexip resulting from the public exchange offer on ISIS shares that occurred in October 2001 has therefore ended.
(b) Operational Segments
      Following the acquisition of Coflexip in October 2001, the Group reorganized its operational segments. The Group is now organized into three activities as follows:
      The Offshore activity includes the former Coflexip business units (including the Deepwater Division acquired from Aker Maritime in early 2001) and the offshore business units from the former Technip.
      The Onshore / Downstream activity comprises all business units from the former Technip in charge of engineering and construction of petrochemical and refining units as well as onshore upstream facilities, including gas treatment units, LNG facilities and onshore pipelines.
      The Industries activity is devoted to engineering and construction of non-oil related facilities: pharmaceutical units, chemical facilities, power plants, cement factories, industrial buildings and infrastructures.
      From a geographical standpoint, Technip reports on the basis of four regions:
  Europe, Russia-Central Asia,
 
  Africa, Middle East,
 
  Asia-Pacific,
 
  Americas.
(c) Nature of Business and Operating Cycle
      Technip’s principal business includes the following:
  Lump-sum or cost-to-costs engineering service contracts performed over a short period;
 
  Engineering, manufacturing, installation and commissioning service contracts lasting approximately 12 months; and
 
  Turnkey projects related to complex industrial facilities with engineering, procurement, construction and start-up, in respect of industrial performances and a contractual schedule. The average duration of these contracts is three years but can vary depending on the contract.
(d) Income Statement Presentation
      Since 2003, the “goodwill amortization” line item has been reclassified and is now shown in a single line below the operating income section of the consolidated statement of income.
      The consolidated statements of operations for the 2002 fiscal years have been modified in accordance with the new presentation.

F-8


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Principles
(a) Basis of Presentation and Change in Accounting Method
      The consolidated financial statements of Technip, and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Technip”, “the Company” or “the Group”) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in France and comply with the “New Principles and Methodology Relative to Consolidated Financial Statements,” Regulation Number 99-02 of the French “Comité de la Réglementation Comptable” approved on June 22, 1999.
(b) Consolidation Methods
      Subsidiaries in which Technip’s voting rights exceed 50% are consolidated. Significant jointly controlled entities are consolidated using the proportionate consolidation method.
      The equity method is used for investments in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee company. In the absence of other evidence, such influence is presumed to exist for investments in companies in which the Company’s direct or indirect ownership is between 20% and 50% of total voting rights.
      The historical cost method is used to account for investments in which the Company’s ownership is less than 20% or for non-significant investees or subsidiaries. The list of Technip consolidated subsidiaries and the applicable method of consolidation is provided in Note 29.
(c) Use of Estimates
      The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in France requires Group management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of the revenues and expenses during the reporting period and, in particular, the gross margin at completion on long-term contracts. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(d) Revenue Recognition
      Revenue and gross margin on long-term contracts are determined using the percentage-of-completion method. The percentage-of-completion ratio representing the progress of the contract is computed consistently for all contracts as follows:
  For long-term contracts, which include construction services (lump-sum turnkey contracts), the percentage-of-completion is based on technical milestones defined for the main components of the contracts, that the Company considers to stand for the best measure of progress of these contracts. Milestones related to engineering and construction parts of the contracts are valued on the basis of the hours spent while milestones related to deliveries of procurement parts of the contract are valued on the basis of the cost of the related purchase.
  For these contracts, the completion of early phases, such as engineering design, confirmation of significant orders, and assurance that field conditions are satisfactory, is necessary to firmly assess identified risks and to estimate with sufficient precision the total future costs as well as the expected timetable. As a result, the related positive gross margin is recognized when the gross margin at completion can be estimated more precisely, on a contract-by-contract basis. The gross margin corresponding to the completion ratio reached at that time is immediately recognized. The remaining gross margin is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method for the remaining duration of the contract.

F-9


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
  For long-term contracts, which do not include construction services, revenue and gross margin are recognized based on the relation that costs incurred to date bear to estimated total costs.
      Allowance is made for the total foreseeable losses in the case of unprofitable long-term contracts.
      Long-term contract gross margin is based on an estimate of total costs at completion, which are reviewed and revised periodically throughout the life of the contract.
      A long-term contract is completed, when the contractual transfer of ownership is achieved or, in the case of “make-good” contracts relating to complex integrated systems, when the provisional acceptance is received, even if there are minor conditions outstanding.
      At completion of the contract, accrued liabilities are recorded as necessary, to cover pending contingencies and expenses.
      The Group also performs a large number of non-significant contracts for which revenue and gross margin are recorded when services have been rendered.
(e) Foreign Currency Transactions
      Foreign currency transactions are translated into Euro at the rate of exchange applicable at the transaction date, except for those related to long-term contracts, which are translated using the “contract rate”, based on foreign currency hedging (see Note 1 (r)).
      At year-end, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Euro at the rate of exchange prevailing at that date except for “contracts-in-progress” accounts and progress payments received from long-term contract customers which are recorded at the “contract rate”. The resulting exchange gains or losses are recorded in the statement of operations or in the balance sheet for certain transactions that are hedged with derivative instruments.
(f) Translation to Reporting Currency
      The statements of operations of foreign subsidiaries are translated into Euro at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the year. Balance sheets are translated at the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Differences arising in the translation of financial statements of foreign subsidiaries are recorded in shareholders’ equity as foreign currency translation adjustments.
      The functional currency of the foreign subsidiaries is the local currency.
      The Brazilian subsidiaries’ financial statements were denominated in US Dollars until 2002. Starting in 2003, the functional currency of these subsidiaries is the local currency, the Brazilian Real, in light of the trends in foreign currency movements with regard to these companies.
(g) Intangible Assets
      Intangible assets primarily consist of “fonds de commerce”, which are amortized over five years, and licenses and patents, which are amortized over ten years. Costs related to software rights are amortized over three to five years depending on their utilization.
      Goodwill resulting from business combinations, accounted for using the purchase method, is recorded in the balance sheet under the “Goodwill” line item. Goodwill is amortized over a period ranging from 5 to 25 years, depending on the activity of the business acquired and is allocated to the different operational segments.
      Intangible assets are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset (asset group) may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the estimated undiscounted cash flows used in determining the fair value of

F-10


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
the asset. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded is calculated by the excess of the assets carrying value over its fair value. Fair value is generally determined using a discounted cash flow analysis corresponding to the most likely scenario adopted by the Board of Directors. Actual results may differ from forecasts.
      The goodwill tested is allocated to the operational segments and to identified assets and liabilities. The scenarii retained in 2004 are based on the business plan for the years 2005 to 2007 corresponding to these business segments, as approved by the Board of Directors. After 2007, the annual growth rate is 3.0% including a 1.5% inflation rate. The forecasts are thus drawn up over a period of 10 years with a standard terminal value, defined in 2014. The discounting of future cash flows is carried out at a rate of 7.82%. The tax rate used is 34.0%.
(h) Property, Plant and Equipment
      Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. They are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life as follows:
         
Buildings
    10 to 50 years  
Vessels
    10 to 25 years  
Machinery and Equipment
    6 to 10 years  
Office fixtures and Furniture
    5 to 10 years  
Vehicles
    3 to 7 years  
EDP Equipment
    3 to 5 years  
      Property, plant and equipment used by Technip under capital lease agreements are recorded in the balance sheet and depreciation expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as if required by the Company with a credit facility.
      The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. If the review indicates that the carrying value of any of the tangible assets will not be recoverable, the tangible asset will be reduced to its estimated net realizable value.
      Dry-docking expenses on vessels are accrued evenly over the anticipated period between dry-dockings. This accounting principle corresponds to the alternative method allowed by the “CRC 2002-10” to the component-based approach.
(i) Other Investments and Loans
      Other investments are recorded at the lower of historical cost or net realizable value, assessed on an individual investment basis upon the underlying net equity value, future profitability or market value.
(j) Deferred Bid Costs
      Costs directly attributable to obtaining future turnkey engineering/construction contracts, the signature of which can be reasonably expected, are deferred and capitalized in the balance sheet under the “Inventories and Deferred Bid Costs” line item, then transferred to the contract costs upon final contract award.
(k) Contracts-in-progress
      Profits expected to be realized on contracts, which are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as described in Note 1(d), are based on the Company’s estimates of total contract sales value and costs at completion. Bonuses and claims amounts are included in revenue when estimated to be probable.
      As is common in the industry, certain contracts are performed jointly by the Company with third parties through joint ventures. The Company’s share in these contracts is recognized in its consolidated statements of operations through the proportionate consolidation of the corresponding joint venture (see Note 1(b)).

F-11


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Contracts-in-progress include:
  Equipment and material purchases, costs of subcontracted services and miscellaneous services incurred in relation to the contracts;
 
  Man-hour costs directly assigned to the contract, valued using hourly rates, which include an overhead factor covering all operating expenses except for selling, research and development expenses and under-activity costs; and
 
  The gross margin recognized under the percentage-of-completion method as described in Note 1(d).
      Contracts-in-progress do not include financial costs.
      Costs incurred in relation with a contract are accumulated and presented in the balance sheet under the “Contracts-in-progress” line item together with the gross margin recognized (see Note 1(d)).
      Progress payments made by customers under ongoing long-term contracts are accumulated in the balance sheet under the “Progress Payments on Contracts” line item.
      At completion of the contract:
  “Contracts-in-progress” (which at that time amounts to the total sales price of the contract) is reduced by accumulated progress payments received by the Company under this contract, the remaining balance being invoiced to the customer and recorded under the “Receivables on Contracts” line item (see Note 17); and
 
  If necessary, accrued liabilities are recorded to cover pending contingencies and expenses and are shown under the “Expenses to Complete Contracts” line item in the balance sheet. These liabilities are considered as current for the purpose of the preparation of the statements of cash flows.
(l) Inventories
      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost being determined on the weighted-average cost basis.
(m) Advances to Suppliers
      Advance payments made to suppliers under contracts-in-progress are shown under the line item “Advances to Suppliers” in the balance sheet.
(n) Accounts Receivables
      Accounts receivables are stated at their nominal value. A provision for doubtful accounts is recorded if receivables are expected to be uncollectible.
(o) Cash and Cash Equivalents
      Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and liquid marketable securities with an initial maturity of less than three months. Liquid marketable securities are recognized in the balance sheet at their market value at closing date. Unrealized gains, if any, are not recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations until realized.
(p) Retirement Indemnities and Accrued Liabilities
      Accrued liabilities are recorded based on the analysis of related exposure or the expense incurred, based on the best estimates available.

F-12


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Foreseeable Losses on Contracts: a provision is recorded for foreseeable losses in the case of unprofitable long-term contracts.
      Contingencies Related to Contracts: this provision concerns litigation mainly on former contracts.
      Territoriality Contingencies Related to Contracts: when multiple affiliates or partners are involved in a contract, the complexity of the applicable national rules and regulations in countries where the Company operates, such as administrative and tax rules and regulations, may sometimes cause the Company to use assumptions in order to measure related obligations.
      Expenses to Complete Contracts: at the time of completion of a contract, pending charges and works to be performed to reach the final acceptance are accounted for as “Expenses to complete contracts”.
      Accrual for Retirement Indemnities includes:
  End-of-career indemnities, which are to be paid at retirement date,
 
  Deferred wages indemnities, which are to be paid when employees leave the company, and
 
  Retirement indemnities, which are to be paid as annuities.
      The actuarial estimation is based on usual parameters such as future wage and salary increases, life expectancy, and turnover of staff and rate of return on investment. However, the method used in France is not the preferential method recommended by the CNC (the French Institute of Accountants) and applicable starting from January 1, 2004.
      Restructuring: the total estimated costs related to a restructuring plan are recorded in the period when the plan is announced.
(q) Deferred Taxation
      Deferred income taxes are provided based on the differences in timing of expenses and income recognition between income tax and financial reporting. The company records a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
(r) Foreign Currency Transactions and Financial Instruments
      To hedge its exposure to exchange rate fluctuations during the bid-period of long-term contracts, the Company occasionally enters into insurance contracts, upon which foreign currencies are exchanged at a specified rate and at a specified future date only if the contemplated new contract is awarded. A premium paid at the outset by the Company to enter into such insurance contract is charged to the income statement when paid. If the commercial bid is not successful, the insurance contract is automatically terminated without any cash settlements or penalties. On the other hand, if the commercial contract is awarded to the Company, a second premium is paid to the insurance company, the cost of which is charged to the income statement over the duration of the contract.
      On certain occasions, the Company may buy foreign currency options during the bid period.
      Forward exchange contracts are used to hedge firm contractual commitments not previously hedged using an insurance contract. The “contract rate” used to recognize the commercial commitment (see Note 1(e)) is calculated on the basis of these financial instruments.
      All the financial instruments held by the Group are aimed at hedging future inflows and outflows against exchange rate fluctuations during the period of performance of the contracts.

F-13


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The hedging instrument sometimes relates to the portion of anticipated foreign currency cash inflows for a contract not naturally hedged by estimated foreign currency cash outflows to be incurred during the performance of the same contract.
      Every Group subsidiary enters into forward exchange contracts with banks or with the Group treasury company, Technip Eurocash SNC (a general partnership).
      The Group does not buy or sell any financial instruments for speculative purposes. All financial instruments held by the Group are off-balance sheet commitments and are consequently not reflected in the balance sheet.
      All financial instruments and related underlying transactions have a maturity of less than four years.
(s) Research and Development Costs
      Research and development costs are expensed when incurred and classified as operating expenses under “Selling, General and Administrative Expenses”. However, they are capitalized in the balance sheet when technical feasibility and return on investment can be demonstrated.
(t) Financial Result
      The financial result on long-term contracts is recorded under “Net Sales”.  Financial result not related to long-term contracts is presented separately in the consolidated statement of operations under the “Financial Result” line item.
(u) Non-operating Income
      Non-operating income relates to income and expenses arising from asset disposals and restructuring operations.
(v) Diluted Earnings per Share
      Diluted earnings per common share incorporate the incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options and upon the assumed conversion of the Company’s OCEANE convertible bonds as if conversion to common shares had occurred at the beginning of the year. Earnings have also been adjusted for interest expense on the OCEANE convertible bonds.
(w) Shares Held by Subsidiaries
      Shares held by subsidiaries are presented as a reduction of shareholders’ equity except for shares specifically assigned to stock-option plans.
Note 2 — Changes in Scope of Consolidation: Significant Acquisitions and Disposals
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
      During the year 2004, Technip transferred two companies, EHR and IG Spa and a part of TECHNIP KTI Spa.
      The German Company EHR was sold on April 7, 2004 for 12.2 million and has generated a consolidated net gain of 2.3 million.
      The Italian Company IG Spa was sold on April 23, 2004 for 2.0 million and has generated a consolidated net gain of 0.7 million.
      In anticipation of transfer, EHR and IG Spa have been deconsolidated on January 1st, 2004.

F-14


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The Company has sold 75% of the KTI shares to KTI employees during November 2004. No gain has been generated by this transaction. The remaining 25% still under Company control is consolidated using the equity method as of December 31, 2004 with a retrospective effect as of January 1st, 2004.
      As the Group transferred its unstrategic activities, it also transferred assets of Technip Offshore Moorings Inc Company without any gain at the end of the year 2004.
      The Coflexip additional goodwill after the merger and the Aker Maritime price reduction is detailed as follows:
                 
        In Millions
        of Euro
         
Creation of 5,504,436 Technip Shares (147.99 a share)
            814.6  
Cash paid for 5,000,000 Coflexip Shares (199.0 a share)
            995.0  
Net Purchase Costs
            28.7  
             
Purchase Price for 52.47% in Coflexip
            1,838.3  
Coflexip Net Equity as of September 30, 2001 (52.47%)
            (421.4 )
             
Step-up for 52.47% in Coflexip
            1,416.9  
Step-up for 16.63% in Coflexip via ISIS
            253.1  
             
Step-up for 69.1% in Coflexip
            1,670.0  
Release of net Goodwill recognized by Coflexip (Foreign Exchange Effect included)
            503.5  
Allocation to Identified Assets :
               
Vessels
    (106.4 )        
Buildings
    (24.2 )        
Patents
    (59.4 )     (125.5 )
Deferred Tax
    64.5          
             
Goodwill 2001 (gross)
            2,048.0  
             
Adjustment on Coflexip Shares from ISIS (after Merger)
            5.5  
Gain on Sales of CSO Assets
            (48.3 )
Depreciation of US Deferred Tax Assets
            13.8  
Provisions for Transfers
            32.1  
Provisions and Miscellaneous Charges
            48.0  
             
Goodwill 2002 (gross) after Adjustment
            2,099.1  
             
Aker Deepwater Division Price Reduction
            (40.7 )
Capital Increase Following the Repurchase of Minority Interests for the Technip / Coflexip Merger
            49.5  
Book Value of Minority Interests Repurchased
            (14.3 )
Other
            (1.0 )
             
Goodwill 2003 (gross) after Adjustment
            2,092.6  
             
Profit on Merger Adjustment
            (4.9 )
Goodwill 2004 (gross) after Adjustment
            2,087.7  
             

F-15


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Thus, Coflexip’s total goodwill after the purchase of the two installments in 2000 and 2001 and after the adjustments made in 2002, 2003 and 2004 can be analyzed as follows:
                 
        In Millions
        of Euro
         
Goodwill on the Purchase of 29.4% of Coflexip Shares (April 2000)
            447.5  
Goodwill on the Purchase of 69.1% of Coflexip Shares (October 2001) after
Aker Price Reduction
    2,087.7       2,057.4  
Goodwill on the Technip / Coflexip Merger (July 2003)
            30.3  
Total Amortization at the End of December 2004
            (375.7 )
             
Goodwill after Adjustments (net)
            2,159.5  
      The residual goodwill of Coflexip resulting from the two stages of the acquisition remaining after allocation to identified assets and liabilities has been allocated to two business lines of the Offshore operational segment:
  “FLOATERS” and floating facilities activity relates mainly to the Aker Maritime’s Deepwater division acquired by Coflexip in 2001,
 
  “SURF” activity (Subsea, Umbilicals, Risers and Flowlines) corresponds to the main activity of Coflexip before the acquisition of Aker.
     
Goodwill net, related to the “Floaters” activity
  307.4 million
Goodwill net, related to the “SURF” activity
  1,852.1 million
      These two amounts of goodwill resulting from the allocation to the two principal business activities of Coflexip were the subject of an impairment test according to the method of cash flows converted to a current value (see Note 1 (g)). The book value of the goodwill as of December 31, 2004 was confirmed by the impairment test.
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
      The Group changed its name from Technip-Coflexip to Technip following the legal merger of Technip-Coflexip and Coflexip in July 2003. The merger resulted in a capital increase of 1.0 million, a paid-in surplus of 48.5 million arising from the repurchase of Coflexip’s minority interest and additional goodwill of 35.2 million.
      During the first six months of 2003, Coflexip and Aker Maritime reached an agreement regarding the purchase price adjustment mechanisms stipulated in the contract following the acquisition of Aker Maritime’s Deepwater division, leading to a 40.7 million purchase price reduction. This reduction led to a decrease in the Coflexip acquisition goodwill recorded in Technip’s accounts.
      During 2003, the Group raised its stake in SEAMEC (India) to 78.2% following a 20% purchase of interests.
For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
      The year 2002 was marked by the merger of Technip and ISIS in June. Technip already held a 99.05% interest at the end of December 2001. As the contribution value was 750.0 million, that is a value close to the one set as part of the public offer in 2001, the impact on the consolidated statements is limited. Following the merger, ISIS contributed to Technip its portfolio of shares, including the shares of Technip (cancelled), Coflexip, CGG (exchanged for Technip shares, then cancelled), and shares of Novasep and Géoservices (sold).
      No significant acquisition occurred in 2002.
      In 2002, Technip sold its minority stake of 46% in its subsidiary Ipedex, accounted under the equity method in 2001. In 2002, Coflexip disposed of non-strategic assets including the subsidiaries McNulty Offshore Ltd. and

F-16


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Captain Franck Mc Nulty & Sons Ltd. (construction site in United Kingdom), as well as the activities and resources related to the “Well Operations” segment (including the Seawell vessel). The former Coflexip head office, building located at Porte Maillot, was also sold.
      The goodwill resulting from the acquisition of the 69.1% interest in Coflexip has been adjusted in order to take into account the consolidated gains on sales that took place in the Coflexip scope during the year 2002. Other adjustments have also affected the goodwill, and these are presented above.
Note 3 — Business and Geographical Segment Information
(a) Information by Business Segment
      Technip has three operational segments, which are defined as follows:
  Offshore activity — integrated design, engineering, fabrication and construction services, including floaters, subsea flow lines, risers and umbilicals as well as project management and maintenance operations.
 
  Onshore/ Downstream activity — design and implementation of production, refining and treatment units.
 
  Industries activities — project management and engineering services to a diverse array of clients unrelated to the hydrocarbons industry.
      The segment result used by the Company to measure segment profitability is operating income before depreciation and amortization.

F-17


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                         
        Onshore/            
    Offshore   Downstream   Industries   Corporate   Total
                     
    In Millions of Euro
2004
                                       
Net Sales
    2,487.2       2,385.1       268.7               5,141.0  
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    267.1       109.1       (1.5 )             374.7  
Backlog as of December 31(*)
    2,804.3       3,758.4       216.3               6,779.0  
Capital Expenditures (Property, Plant and Equipment)
    101.1       16.1       1.4               118.6  
Segment Assets
    6,386.7       5,237.7       543.1       605.7       12,773.2  
Net Goodwill
    2,159.5       126.2       0.0               2,285.7  
 
2003
                                       
Net Sales
    2,209.7       2,119.0       382.4               4,711.1  
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    242.7       100.4       2.4               345.5  
Backlog as of December 31(*)
    2,894.9       3,907.5       378.0               7,180.4  
Capital Expenditures (Property, Plant and Equipment)
    102.0       16.4       4.0               122.4  
Segment Assets
    5,625.0       5,417.0       706.0       260.1       12,008.1  
Net Goodwill
    2,270.3       138.3       0.1               2,408.7  
 
2002
                                       
Net Sales
    2,125.0       1938.6       388.7               4452.3  
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    250.1       85.3       12.2               347.6  
Backlog as of December 31(*)
    1760.7       3625.7       389.7               5776.1  
Capital Expenditures (Property, Plant and Equipment)
    106.0       16.0       2.3               124.3  
Segment Assets
    5,314.0       3,991.0       956.0       345.0       10,606.0  
Net Goodwill
    2,379.5       149.0       0.3               2,528.8  
 
(*)  The backlog is defined as the remaining portion on ongoing contracts sales price to be recognized in the future.
     (b)  Information by Geographical Segment
      Technip has activity in four major geographical areas:
  •  Europe, Russia — Central Asia;
 
  •  Africa, Middle East;
 
  •  Asia-Pacific; and
 
  •  Americas.
      The segment result used by the company to measure segment profitability is operating income before depreciation and amortization.

F-18


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                                 
    Europe,                    
    Russia, &                    
    Central   Africa &   Asia            
    Asia(*)   Middle East   Pacific   Americas   Vessels   Total
                         
    In Millions of Euro
2004
                                               
Net Sales
    1,278.9       2,553.8       378.9       929.4             5,141.0  
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    135.1       138.0       47.6       54.0             374.7  
Backlog as of December 31(**)
    1,077.1       4,146.3       459.9       1,095.7             6,779.0  
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    198.7       23.6       7.0       76.6       409.0       714.9  
 
2003
                                               
Net Sales
    1,138.2       2,150.3       344.5       1,078.1             4,711.1  
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    118.9       144.3       23.2       59.1             345.5  
Backlog as of December 31(**)
    1,480.2       4,161.5       509.5       1,029.2             7,180.4  
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    213.4       27.0       5.0       90.1       403.0       738.5  
 
2002
                                               
Net Sales
    1,196.6       1,482.0       445.2       1,328.5             4,452.3  
Operating Income before Depreciation and Amortization
    148.4       102.9       22.1       74.2             347.6  
Backlog as of December 31(**)
    833.7       3,038.0       510.7       1,393.7             5,776.1  
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
    249.0       36.9       5.6       140.2       429.4       861.1  
 
(*) of which net sales for France:
2004: 159.0 million,
2003: 164.9 million,
2002: 77.9 million
 
(**) The backlog is defined as the remaining portion on ongoing contracts sales price to be recognized in the future.
     (c) Major Customers
      No single customer accounts for more than 10% of the total net sales of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

F-19


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 4 — Operating Income
      Operating income is stated after accounting for the following items:
     (a)  Amortization other than goodwill and Depreciation
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In millions of EUR
Amortization of Intangible Assets(a)
    (15.4 )     (14.9 )     (15.8 )
                   
Depreciation of Property, Plant and Equipment:
                       
Buildings
    (8.5 )     (9.5 )     (21.3 )
Vessels
    (36.8 )     (35.0 )     (42.7 )
Machinery and Equipment
    (34.8 )     (35.2 )     (37.8 )
Office Fixtures and Furniture
    (17.1 )     (20.9 )     (21.4 )
Other
    (3.6 )     (2.4 )     (4.0 )
                   
Total Depreciation of Property, Plant and Equipment
    (100.8 )     (103.0 )     (127.2 )
                   
Total Depreciation and Amortization other than goodwill
    (116.2 )     (117.9 )     (143.0 )
                   
 
(a)  Excluding goodwill amortization
      In 2003, the decrease in depreciation of tangible assets results from the change in the vessels’ estimated life. The Company provides for depreciation of vessels using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 10 to 25 years. During 2003, the Company changed the depreciable lives of certain vessels to reflect their updated estimated economic lives. The effect of this change in accounting estimate reduced depreciation expenses in 2003 by approximately 8.9 million.
     (b)  Research and Development Costs
      Research and development costs amounted to 33.2 million, 33.3 million and 37.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
     (c)  Financial Result from Ongoing Contracts
      As described in Note 1(t), financial income and expenses arising from ongoing turnkey contracts are included in net sales for 9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 and 13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.
Note 5 — Payroll and Staff
      Technip has a workforce of about 19,000 people, in approximately 52 countries around the world, including an average of 4,000 external staff integrated in operating teams (for fully consolidated companies). The workforce remained steady between 2004 and 2003.
      For the companies accounted for under the proportionate consolidation method, the workforce is not significant.
      The payroll expenses recorded in 2004 stands at 920.2 million, compared to 900.3 million in 2003 and 874.4 million in 2002.

F-20


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 6 — Financial Result
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Dividends from Investments
    0.5       2.1       0.4  
Net Gain on sales of securities (e)
    4.8       1.5        
Interest Expenses/Income(a) and (b)
    (11.7 )     (11.6 )     (15.9 )
Changes in Provisions related to Unconsolidated Subsidiaries
    (1.0 )           (0.5 )
Convertible Bond: Financial Costs and Amortization of Issuance Fees (c)
    (10.0 )     (9.7 )     (10.4 )
Convertible Bond: Amortization of Redemption Premium
    (11.4 )     (16.1 )     (16.9 )
Bond loan issued in May 2004 interest expenses
    (18.5 )            
Credit Facility: Financial Costs
    (2.4 )     (1.9 )     (3.0 )
Valuation Allowance for Shares held by the Company
                (2.4 )
Others (d)
    (4.3 )     (8.6 )     (18.2 )
                   
Total Financial Result
    (54.0 )     (44.3 )     (66.9 )
                   
 
(a) As described in Note 1(t), interest expenses/income as reported under Financial Result is exclusive of any financial result reported under Net Sales which may arise from ongoing turnkey contracts (see Note 4(c)).
 
(b) Including 3.3 million from commercial paper in 2004 compared to 7.6 million in 2003 and 10.8 million in 2002.
 
(c) These financial costs and amortized issuance fees are related to the 793.5 million convertible bond issued at the end of January 2002. These amounts were, respectively, 6.6 million and 3.4 million in 2004, 7.2 million and 2.5 million in 2003, and 8.2 million and 2.2 million in 2002.
 
(d) Including in 2003 a 2.9 million exchange loss compared to a 13.4 million exchange loss in 2002, resulting mainly from exchange losses due to the conversion into US Dollar functional currency of the Brazilian subsidiaries’ current accounts denominated in local currency following the significant devaluation in the Brazilian real in 2002, and the sudden US Dollar weakening compared to the European currencies at year-end.
 
(e) Including in 2004 the loss on the repurchase of the OCEANE obligations of (4.9) million set off by the redemption premium amortization, offset by the income recognized on marketable securities.
Note 7 — Non-operating Income (loss)
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Gain/(Loss) on Sales of Consolidated Investments (a)
    3.0       (1.5 )     3.7  
Gain on Sales of Unconsolidated Investments (b)
                1.9  
Restructuring Costs (c)
    (12.0 )     (7.1 )     (7.0 )
Non-recurring Losses on Former Projects (d)
    (0.6 )           (8.7 )
Net Gain on Sales of Property, Plant and Equipment (e)
    (1.2 )     2.4        
Other (f)
    (5.3 )     (1.4 )     3.2  
                   
Non-operating Income (loss)
    (16.1 )     (7.6 )     (6.9 )
                   
 
(a) In 2004, the gain comes from the sales of EHR and IG SpA for 2.3 and 0.7 million, respectively. In 2003, the loss comes from the disposal of Unirig Pty Ltd. shares. In 2002, the gain results from the sale of Ipedex shares.
 
(b) In 2002, this item corresponds to the sale of Rintekno shares.

F-21


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(c) In 2004, this item consists of the restructuring a German subsidiary. In 2003, this item consists of restructuring costs of German and Finnish subsidiaries. In 2002, it includes restructuring costs of German subsidiaries.
 
(d) In 2002, this item includes TP Germany non-operating costs related to two contracts dating from the acquisition by the Group of KTI/ MDEU from Mannesmann in 1999.
 
(e) In 2004, this item includes mainly the gains and losses on the sales of fixed assets of the Group (an office building in Boulogne, France for (3.1) million and an office building in Aberdeen, Scotland (one of the Westhill building) for 2.6 million). In 2003, this item includes a 3.5 million net gain on the S.C.I. CB3 building sale and a (1.1) million loss resulting from the associated move from the building.
 
(f) In 2004, this item includes a 3.0 million costs pursuant to the 2003 sale of the Group’s headquarters in Paris, France. In 2002, this item includes 6.2 million in tax credits linked to the payment of dividends from Italian subsidiaries in previous years, and a 1.3 million capital gain on the repurchase of convertible bonds.
Note 8 — Income Tax
      The principles described in Note 1 (q) result in the following:
(a) Analysis of Income Tax Expense
                           
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Current Income Tax
    (23.0 )     (94.2 )     (26.0 )
 
French Companies
    15.8       (21.3 )     44.9  
 
Foreign Companies
    (38.8 )     (72.9 )     (70.9 )
Deferred Income Tax
    (41.5 )     12.2       (19.9 )
 
French Companies
    (5.5 )     10.9       (13.4 )
 
Foreign Companies
    (36.0 )     1.3       (6.5 )
                   
Total Income Tax Expense before Tax on Net Gain on Sales of Investments
    (64.5 )     (82.0 )     (45.9 )
                   
Tax on the Net Gain on Sales of Investments
    (0.7 )           (0.4 )
                   
Total Income Tax Expense
    (65.2 )     (82.0 )     (46.3 )
                   

F-22


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
     (b)  Reconciliation between the Provision for Income Tax before Net Gain on Sales of Investments and Pre-tax Income before Gain on Sales of Investments
      The reconciliation between total income tax expense and pre-tax income in 2004, 2003 and 2002 is based on pre-tax income before gain on sales of investments and includes the non-deductible part of goodwill depreciation.
                           
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Net Income (Loss)
    4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
Minority Interests
    2.4       0.8       (3.9 )
Income Tax before Tax on the Net Gain on Sales of Investments
    64.5       82.0       46.3  
 
Less: Income of Equity Affiliates
    (1.2 )     (1.1 )      
 
Less: Non-deductible Goodwill Amortization
    130.2       126.6       130.7  
 
Less: Gain on Sales of Investments
    (5.2 )     (3.5 )     (5.6 )
                   
Pre-tax Income before Gain on Sales of Investments
    195.4       185.1       138.1  
                   
French Income Tax Rate
    35.43 %     35.43 %     35.43 %
Theoretical Income Tax
    69.2       65.6       48.9  
Difference between French and Foreign Tax Rates
    (7.2 )     6.9       6.3  
Permanent Differences
    (2.9 )     (3.1 )     (4.4 )
Others(a)
    5.4       12.6       (4.5 )
                   
Total Income Tax Expense before Tax on Net Gain on Sales of Investments
    64.5       82.0       46.3  
                   
Effective Tax Rate before Tax on Net Gain on Sales of Investments(b)
    33.01 %     44.29 %     33.53 %
 
(a) Including 13.0 million in 2003 related to operational losses not recognized in the Offshore American subsidiaries.
(b) The effective tax rate declined to 33.01% in 2004 from 44.3% in 2003 and 33.5% in 2002. The apparent increase between 2002 and 2003 results primarily from the Group’s decision not to recognize further deferred tax assets in view of the operational losses recorded in the United States in 2003 and in 2002.
     (c)  Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
      As of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the deferred tax assets and liabilities in the balance sheets were as follows:
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Deferred Tax Assets(a)
    80.1       120.1       73.6  
Deferred Tax Liabilities(b)
    (144.8 )     (162.5 )     (126.2 )
                   
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities
    (64.7 )     (42.4 )     (52.6 )
                   
 
(a) In 2004 and 2003, the Group decided not to recognize deferred tax assets on the operational losses in the Offshore American subsidiaries leading to a decrease in net deferred tax assets between December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003. On the basis of the future results of the Group, the group decided to record a valuation allowance against a part of the deferred tax assets relating to losses carried forward in the United States for U.S.$12.8 million in 2002.
(b) Deferred tax liabilities relate to differences between accounting and tax depreciation in the purchase price allocation at the time of the acquisition of Coflexip in October 2001 (see Note 2), specially in variance of
      Net change in valuation allowance in 2004 amounts to 28.9 million.

F-23


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
the vessels valuation. As of December 31, 2004, Technip recognized 42.0 million of deferred tax compared to 64.5 million at the time of the acquisition.
      Deferred tax assets mainly consist of non-deductible accrued liabilities and tax losses carried forward of some subsidiaries, while deferred tax liabilities are related to revenues that have not yet been subject to taxation and to differences between accumulated depreciation and capital allowance on owned assets.
     (d)  Tax Losses Carried Forward
      Tax losses carried forward and not yet utilized mainly come from TSE (formerly MSE), a German subsidiary acquired in 1999, from Technip Germany and from Coflexip American subsidiaries. They amount to 297.1 million.
      Unrecorded deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2004, principally relate to tax losses carried forward on TSE, which amount to 53.8 million, and tax losses on Technip Offshore American subsidiaries, which amount to 79.4 million. Technip decided not to recognize this deferred tax asset in its consolidated financial statements.
Note 9 — Diluted Earnings per Share
      The diluted earnings per share have been determined in accordance with Note 1(v).
                           
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    (In Millions of Euro)
Net Income
    4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
Amortization of Convertible Bond Redemption Premium, after Tax
    7.4       10.4       10.9  
Convertible Bond Financial Costs, after Tax
    6.5       4.6       4.7  
Non-Operating Loss
    16.1       7.6       6.9  
Goodwill Amortization
    117.3       113.7       117.8  
                   
Restated net Income before Non-operating income, Goodwill amortization and Convertible Bond expenses, after tax
    152.0       116.6       110.9  
                   
Number of Shares (In Thousands):
                       
 
Issued Shares as of December 31
    24,111       23,738  (a)     23,408  
 
Stock Options (Subscription Options)
    1,396       1,496       476  (b)
 
Convertible Bonds
    3,719       4,209       4,502  
 
Technip Shares held by Subsidiaries
    (340 )     (141 )      
                   
      28,886       29,302       28,386  
                   
Diluted Earnings per Share (in Euro) (c):
    0.64              
Diluted Earnings per Share before Non-operating Income and Goodwill Amortization
    5.26       3.98       3.91  
 
(a) In 2003, does not take into account the capital increase resulting from the 2004 Employee Stock Participation Plan (331,780 shares) which became effective as of January 1, 2003.
(b) In 2002, does not take into account the 2003 plan, which accounts for 697,000 shares.
(c) In 2003 and 2002, the diluted earnings per share are negative and are consequently not disclosed.

F-24


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 10 — Compensation of the Members of the Board of Directors
      The amount of directors’ fees paid by Technip to the members of the Board of Directors during 2004 was 217,000. The gross amount of compensation and benefits of all kinds paid by Technip to the members of the Board of Directors during 2004 was 963,080.
Note 11 — Intangible Assets, net
      Intangible assets are detailed as follows:
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Other Intangible Assets, gross
    152.4       132.3       142.3  
Accumulated Amortization
    (74.2 )     (44.0 )     (33.5 )
                   
Other Intangible Assets, Net (a)
    78.2       88.3       108.8  
                   
Goodwill
    2,728.4       2,737.6       2,746.6  
Accumulated Amortization
    (442.7 )     (328.9 )     (217.8 )
                   
Goodwill, Net (b)
    2,285.7       2,408.7       2,528.8  
                   
Intangible Assets, net
    2,363.9       2,497.0       2,637.6  
                   
     (a)  Intangible Assets
      Intangible assets include:
  —  51.4 million of patents and trademarks (gross value) identified when Coflexip purchased the Aker Maritime Deepwater Division in January 2001,
 
  —  59.4 million of patents and trademarks (gross value) identified at the time of the public offers on Coflexip and Isis in October 2001, others than those resulting from the Aker Maritime Deepwater Division.
      Patents and trademarks are amortized over 10 years.
  —  19.7 million (gross value) of software for its E-Procurement platform. The investment is amortized over five years since the end of November 2001.
     (b)  Goodwill, net
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
KTI/MDEU
    107.9       119.5       127.5  
Coflexip (April 2000)
    341.2       363.6       386.0  
Coflexip (October 2001)
    1,789.9       1,872.2       1,993.5  
Coflexip Merger (July 2003)
    28.3       34.5        
Others
    18.4       18.9       21.8  
                   
Net
    2,285.7       2,408.7       2,528.8  
                   
      The goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price of an acquisition and the fair value of its net assets, if the purchase method of accounting is used. This goodwill is amortized over a period that is dependent upon the activities of the acquired company (see Note 1(g)).

F-25


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The goodwill calculated in 1999 in relation to the purchase of KTI/ MDEU from Mannesmann represented 159.5 million, gross, amortized on a 20-year basis, which corresponds to an annual amortization of 8.0 million. The significant net goodwill decrease is due to the transfer of EHR and to the transfer during the year 2004 of 75% of the shares of KTI SpA for 4.0 million, net.
      CSO: 2000, 2001 and 2003 installments
      The goodwill increase in 2000 results from the acquisition of 29.7% of Coflexip on April 19, 2000 with a goodwill of 447.5 million, gross, amortized on a 20-year basis corresponding to an annual amortization expense of 22.4 million.
      The goodwill of 2001 after 2002 and 2003 adjustments (see Note 2) amounts to 2,057.4 million and is amortized over 25 years, or 82.3 million per year.
      In 2003, Technip raised the goodwill by 35.2 million following the merger between Technip and Coflexip in July 2003 (capital increase and paid-in surplus for 49.5 million less minority interests amounting to 14.3 million, see Note 2). The goodwill is amortized over 23 years, which correspond to the residual period of the Coflexip’s goodwill. The amount is now of 30.3 million (merger profit adjustment of 4.9 million in 2004 (see Note 2)). The yearly amortization expense amounts 1.4 million.
Note 12 — Property, Plant and Equipment, net
                                                         
                Machinery   Office        
                and   Fixtures &        
    Land   Buildings   Vessels   Equipment   Furniture   Others   Total
                             
    In millions of Euro
Gross Value
    14.0       152.0       694.5       440.8       108.4       60.6       1,470.3  
Accumulated Depreciation
          (65.1 )     (285.6 )     (285.1 )     (84.3 )     (35.3 )     (755.4 )
                                           
Total December 31, 2004
    14.0       86.9       408.9       155.7       24.1       25.3       714.9  
                                           
Gross Value
    14.1       181.9       655.7       443.0       141.1       63.2       1,499.0  
Accumulated Depreciation
          (81.5 )     (252.7 )     (305.3 )     (96.0 )     (25.0 )     (760.5 )
                                           
Total December 31, 2003
    14.1       100.4       403.0       137.7       45.1       38.2       738.5  
                                           
Gross Value
    73.5       243.0       625.7       439.1       162.3       60.1       1,603.7  
Accumulated Depreciation
          (99.5 )     (196.3 )     (302.9 )     (114.2 )     (29.7 )     (742.6 )
                                           
Total December 31, 2002
    73.5       143.5       429.4       136.2       48.1       30.4       861.1  
                                           
      As of December 31, 2004, two office buildings, one in France and one in Scotland, were sold (gross value of 18.0 million and carrying value of 6.2 million at the date of the sale), and the purchase of the Deep Pioneer in December 2004 by the exercise of the option to buy for 21.0 million.
      As of December 31, 2003, the head office building located in La Défense was sold. The building’s net book was 94.6 million.

F-26


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The property, plant and equipment include assets, which are placed at the Group’s disposal by means of capital leases are detailed as follows:
                                 
    12/31/04   12/31/03
         
    Gross   Net   Gross   Net
                 
    In Millions of Euro
Buildings
                14.0       3.0  
Vessels
    52.5             52.6       3.8  
Equipment
    4.1             4.1        
                         
Total
    56.6             70.7       6.8  
                         
Note 13 — Other Investments and Loans, net
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Investments at Historical Cost
    6.7       9.3       9.7  
Valuation Allowance
    (2.4 )     (5.3 )     (4.7 )
                   
Net Value
    4.3       4.0       5.0  
                   
Loans Related to Investments
    2.1       1.5       2.2  
Valuation Allowance
    (1.6 )     (1.5 )     (1.5 )
                   
Net Value
    0.5             0.7  
                   
Security Deposits
    0.7       2.5       5.9  
Others
    0.3       1.9       6.7  
                   
Other Investments and Loans, net
    5.8       8.4       18.3  
                   
Note 14 — Equity Affiliates
      Equity affiliates are analyzed as follows:
                                                 
    Percentage Owned   In Millions of Euro
         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02   12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
                         
TP India
          50.0 %     50.0 %           1.1       0.9  
Nargan
    20.0 %     20.0 %     20.0 %     1.6       1.0       0.3  
Kti Spa
    25.0 %                 0.8              
TPL (a)
    100.0 %                 11.1              
                                     
Total
                            13.5       2.1       1.2  
                                     
 
(a) Company that is being liquidated.
Note 15 — Contracts-in-progress
      Contracts-in-progress relate to ongoing turnkey contracts, engineering/ procurement contracts and ongoing contracts including installation or commissioning operations, which are recorded as described in Note 1(k).
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Contracts-in-progress, net
    6,593.4       6,368.2       4,896.2  
                   

F-27


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Contracts in progress include accumulated margin recognized on ongoing contract. As described in Note 1(k), amounts shown under the “Contracts-in-progress” line item are financed by progress payments received from customers which amount to 7,353.6 million, 7,047.8 million and 5,420.2 million as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Note 16 — Inventories and Deferred Bid Costs, net
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Inventories
                       
Raw Materials
    39.0       40.1       45.6  
Unfinished Goods
    46.1       23.5       18.5  
Finished Goods and Merchandise
    13.6       13.5       15.8  
Less: Valuation Allowance
    (9.6 )     (10.1 )     (8.4 )
                   
Inventories, net
    89.1       67.0       71.5  
                   
Deferred Bid Costs, net (a)
    9.1       6.6       9.3  
                   
Inventories and Deferred Bid Costs, net
    98.2       73.6       80.8  
                   
 
(a) Costs directly linked to the awarding of future turnkey engineering/ construction contracts, for which the signature can be reasonably expected, are deferred and capitalized in the balance sheet.
Note 17 — Accounts Receivable, net
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Receivables on Contracts and Guarantee Retention
    591.0       755.6       725.1  
Doubtful Accounts
    24.5       41.8       41.0  
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
    (20.7 )     (41.8 )     (40.5 )
                   
Total Accounts Receivable, net
    594.8       755.6       725.6  
                   
      The Group’s main customers include major oil and gas, petrochemical or oil-related companies.
      The maturity of receivables corresponds to the operating cycle of the contracts.
      Each client’s financial situation is periodically reviewed and any potential risks are recorded as a reserve.

F-28


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 18 — Other Current Assets, net
                                 
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    Gross   Net   Net   Net
                 
    In millions of Euro
Deferred Tax Assets (see Note 8(c))
    133.9       80.1       120.1       73.6  
Value Added Tax
    42.4       42.4       60.0       40.0  
Prepaid Income Tax and Other Current Tax
    109.5       109.5       39.8       62.6  
Advances to Non-Consolidated Subsidiaries
    13.0       10.7       0.4       7.8  
Joint Venture Associates’ Current Account
    106.3       97.1       13.6       16.8  
Receivables from Suppliers
                14.5       2.5  
Receivables from Personnel
    1.7       1.7       1.7       1.4  
Dividends to be received on Investments (Deduction at Source)
    17.4       17.4             1.5  
Prepaid Expenses
    80.3       78.8       39.5       53.4  
Insurance Indemnities to be Received
    0.1       0.1       0.1       5.4  
Funds in Escrow
                      68.9  
Redemption Premium on Bonds (see Note 23)
    76.6       32.1       51.6       73.5  
Others
    247.9       235.4       86.4       114.2  
                         
Total Other Current Assets, Net
    829.1       705.3       427.7       521.6  
                         
Note 19 — Cash and Cash Equivalents
(a) Marketable Securities — Cash Equivalents
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In millions of Euro
Marketable Securities:
                       
Historical Cost
    739.4       110.0       102.6  
Valuation Allowance
                (3.5 )
                   
Market Value at Year-end
    739.4       110.0       99.1  
                   
Detailed Analysis of Marketable Securities:
                       
Mutual Funds
    501.8       40.5       70.4  
Certificates of Deposit
    103.4       21.1       15.5  
Shares held by the Company(*)
                3.2  
Fixed Term Deposits
    67.3       34.6       8.3  
Others
    66.9       13.8       1.7  
                   
Total Marketable Securities
    739.4       110.0       99.1  
                   
 
(*)  In 2004 and 2003, shares held by the company have been excluded from Group’s shareholders’ equity.
      In 2002, Technip carried out the cancellation of all the shares held by the company except 49,499 shares intended to cover stock option plans, recorded as marketable securities.
(b) Cash
      Cash amounts to 694.6 million as of December 31, 2004, compared to 782.4 million and 642.0 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

F-29


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(c) Detailed Analysis of Cash and Marketable Securities by Currencies
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Euro
    793.0       391.9       315.0  
U.S. Dollar
    431.7       311.4       260.9  
Great Britain Pound
    87.0       63.1       61.8  
Norwegian Crown
    19.1       40.0       27.2  
Others
    103.2       86.0       76.2  
                   
Total
    1,434.0       892.4       741.1  
                   
      A large part of cash and marketable securities are booked or invested in Euros or US Dollar. The Group frequently uses these currencies within the framework of its commercial relations. Cash and cash equivalents in other currencies correspond to deposits retained by subsidiaries located in countries where such currencies are the national currency in order to ensure their liquidity or to amounts received from customers prior to the payment of expenses in these same currencies, or the payment of dividends.
Note 20 — Shareholders’ Equity
(a) Parent Company’s Common Stock Breakdown and Changes
      As of December 31, 2004, Technip common stock consisted of 24,110,654 outstanding shares with a par value of 3.05. The changes since December 31, 2002 can be analyzed as follows:
                 
    No. of Shares   Common
    Outstanding   Stock
         
        (in Millions
        of Euro)
Common Stock as of December 31, 2002
    23,408,004       71.4  
Increase related to the Merger with Coflexip (1)
    330,327       1.0  
             
Common Stock as of December 31, 2003
    23,738,331       72.4  
Employee Subscriptions (2)
    331,780       1.0  
Option of Subscription for Share Exercised (3)
    40,543       0.1  
             
Common Stock as of December 31, 2004
    24,110,654       73.5  
             
 
(1)  Capital increase resulting from the merger with Coflexip in July 2003 (see Note 2).
 
(2)  Employee subscriptions: The shareholders authorized the conditions for such transaction at a meeting held on July 11, 2003.
 
(3)  These increases result from the exercise of stock options granted to employees as described in Note 20(d).
      The Company owned 340,242, 140,953, and 49,499 of its shares as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In 2004 and 2003, shares held by the company were deducted from shareholders’ equity. In 2002, the shares held by the company were all intended to cover stock-option plans. They were recorded in the marketable securities item.

F-30


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(b) Technip Shareholders as of December 31
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
Oppenheimer Funds Inc (*)
    6.0 %            
IFP
    3.2 %     6.7 %     6.8 %
Gaz de France
    0.0 %     7.2 %     7.3 %
Total Group
    0.0 %     3.3 %     3.8 %
Employees
    2.4 %     2.6 %     2.6 %
Treasury Shares and Shares held by Subsidiaries (**)
    1.4 %     0.6 %     0.2 %
Others
    87.0 %     79.6 %     79.3 %
                   
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                   
 
(*)     The amounts of 2002 and 2003 are not communicated because no threshold was crossed.
(**) Shares held by Technip: see Note 20(a)
(c) Cumulative Translation Adjustments
      Cumulative translation adjustments reflect the exchange differences arising from the translation into Euro of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries as described in Note 1(f).
(d) Executive Stock Option Plans
      The 1999 stock option plan was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on April 30, 1999 and implemented by the Board of Directors on April 30, 1999. These options are valid up to five years. The plan expired on April 30, 2004.
      The 2000 stock option plan was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on April 28, 2000 and implemented by the Board of Directors on December 14, 2000. These options are valid up to eight years from the date of grant.
      The 2003 stock option plan was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on June 20, 2002 and implemented by the Management Board on December 9, 2002. These options are valid up to six years from the date of grant.
      The 2003 stock option plan (remaining portion of part B) was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on August 24, 2001 and implemented by the Board of Directors on May 21, 2003. These options are valid up to 6 years from the date of grant.
      The former stock option plans implemented by Coflexip have been held by Technip since the merger between Technip and Coflexip SA. The stock option plans can be described as follows:
  •  Stock option plan 9.2 was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on May 21, 1996 and implemented by the Board of Directors on March 24, 1997. These options are valid up to ten years from the date of grant.
 
  •  Stock option plan 9.3 was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on May 21, 1996 and implemented by the Board of Directors on May 18, 1998. These options are valid up to ten years from the date of grant.
 
  •  Stock option plan 10 was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on June 2, 1999 and implemented by the Board of Directors on December 14, 1999. These options are valid up to ten years from the date of grant.

F-31


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
  •  Stock option plan 11 was authorized by the shareholders’ meeting held on May 30, 2000 and implemented by the Board of Directors on March 20, 2001. These options are valid up to ten years from the date of grant.
                                                 
    Number of Stock Options
     
        Plan 2003    
    Plan 1999/2001        
            Remaining    
    1st Part   2nd Part       Portion of    
Technip Plans   1999(a)   2000(b)   Part A(c)   Part B(c)   Part B(d)   TOTAL
                         
Options Granted (Purchase)
    315,520                               315,520  
Options Granted as of 12.31.99
    315,520                               315,520  
Options Exercised
    (2,200 )                             (2,200 )
Options Cancelled
    (7,900 )                             (7,900 )
Options Granted (Purchase)
          139,576                         139,576  
Options Granted (Subscription)
          493,028                         493,028  
                                     
Options Granted as of 12.31.00
    305,420       632,604                         938,024  
                                     
Options Exercised (Purchase)
    (20,800 )                             (20,800 )
Options Exercised (Subscription)
                                   
Options Cancelled (Purchase)
                                   
Options Cancelled (Subscription)
          (3,200 )                       (3,200 )
Options Granted (Purchase)
                                   
Options Granted (Subscription)
                                   
                                     
Options Granted as of 12.31.01 (Purchase)
    284,620       139,576                         424,196  
Options Granted as of 12.31.01 (Subscription)
          489,828                         489,828  
                                     
Options Exercised (Purchase)
    (4,400 )                             (4,400 )
Options Exercised (Subscription)
                                   
Options Cancelled (Purchase)
    (8,100 )                             (8,100 )
Options Cancelled (Subscription)
          (13,950 )                       (13,950 )
Options Granted (Purchase)
                                   
Options Granted (Subscription)
                234,080       462,920             697,000  
                                     
Options Granted as of 12.31.02 (Purchase)
    272,120       139,576                         411,696  
Options Granted as of 12.31.02 (Subscription)
          475,878       234,080       462,920             1,172,878  
                                     
Options Exercised (Purchase)
                                   
Options Exercised (Subscription)
                                   
Options Cancelled (Purchase)
    (14,200 )                             (14,200 )
Options Cancelled (Subscription)
          (27,200 )     (22,090 )     (4,400 )           (53,690 )
Options Granted (Purchase)
                                   
Options Granted (Subscription)
                            5,200       5,200  
                                     
Options Granted as of 12.31.03 (Purchase)
    257,920       139,576                         397,496  
Options Granted as of 12.31.03 (Subscription)
          448,678       211,990       458,520       5,200       1,124,388  
                                     
Options Exercised (Purchase)
    (231,295 )                             (231,295 )
Options Exercised (Subscription)
                      (900 )           (900 )
Options Cancelled (Purchase)
    (26,625 )                             (26,625 )
Options Cancelled (Subscription)
          (34,000 )     (10,380 )     (10,350 )           (54,730 )
Options Granted (Purchase)
                                   
Options Granted (Subscription)
                                   
                                     
Options Granted as of 12.31.04 (Purchase)
          139,576                         139,576  
Options Granted as of 12.31.04 (Subscription)
          414,678       201,610       447,270       5,200       1,068,758  
                                     
Technip treasury shares dedicated to the stock purchase options plan
                                   
Maturity date
    04.30.2004       12.14.2008       12.09.2008       12.09.2008       05.21.2009        
 
(a) Options utilizable after 3 years from 04.30.1999
(b) Options utilizable after 3 years from 12.14.2000

F-32


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(c) Options utilizable after 3 years from 12.09.2002
(d) Options utilizable after 3 years from 05.21.2003
                                         
Coflexip Stock option plans   Plan 9.2   Plan 9.3   Plan 10   Plan 11    
                     
    Options granted in
     
    1997   1998   1999   2001   Total
                     
Number of purchase options granted
                      34,415       34,415  
Number of subscription options granted
    200,000       123,400       127,386       180,000       630,786  
Cumulative figures as of December 31, 2003:
                                       
Options exercised (purchase)
                             
Options exercised (subscription)
    (127,926 )     (450 )     (16,152 )           (144,528 )
Options cancelled (purchase)
                             
Options cancelled (subscription)
    (33,387 )     (25,200 )     (19,850 )     (36,000 )     (114,437 )
Purchase options granted as of
December 31, 2003
                      34,415       34,415  
Subscription options granted as of
December 31, 2003
    38,687       97,750       91,384       144,000       371,821  
Options exercised (purchase)
                             
Options exercised (subscription)
    (10,833 )     (8,050 )     (20,760 )           (39,643 )
Options cancelled (purchase)
                             
Options cancelled (subscription)
          (1,900 )     (1,334 )     (1,000 )     (4,234 )
Purchase options granted as of
December 31, 2004
                      34,415       34,415  
Subscription options granted as of
December 31, 2004
    27,854       87,800       69,290       143,000       327,944  
(e) Distributable Retained Earnings
      The distributable retained earnings of the parent company amount to approximately 200.0 million as of December 31, 2004.
(f) Statutory Legal Reserve
      Under French Law, companies must allocate, each year, 5% of their consolidated statutory net profit to their legal reserve fund before dividends may be paid with respect to that year. Funds are allocated until the amount in the legal reserve is equal to 10% of the aggregate nominal value of the issued and outstanding share capital. The legal reserve may only be distributed to shareholders upon liquidation of the Company. The statutory legal reserve was 9.8 million as of December 31, 2004.

F-33


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 21 — Accrued Liabilities
      The principles on the basis of which accrued liabilities are estimated are described in Note 1 (p).
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euros
Current Accrued Contingencies:
                       
Foreseeable Losses on Contracts
    21.6       6.4       5.5  
Contingencies Related to Contracts
    92.9       86.3       59.5  
Other Contingencies
    16.6       41.2       43.1  
Provision for Dry-docking
    4.5       6.1       7.7  
Expenses to Complete Contracts
    84.4       74.8       74.9  
Restructuring
    6.0       7.3       4.2  
Others(*)
    25.9       12.7       47.6  
                   
Total Accrued Liabilities
    251.9       234.8       242.5  
                   
 
(*) As of December 31, 2004, these include the following contingencies:
  Costs following the sale of the head office in 2003: 3.0 million,
 
  Equalization on Engineering Re contingencies (reinsurance Company for the Group): 4.6 million.
      As of December 31, 2002, these include the following contingencies:
  CAMC/ TOMI transfer contingencies (provision for assets depreciation): 16.9 million,
  Exchange loss contingencies: 10.3 million.
      The changes in accrued liabilities as compared with December 31, 2003 can be analyzed as follows:
                                                 
            Decrease   Decrease        
            Used   Unused   Other    
    12/31/03   Increase   Provision   Provision   changes   12/31/04
                         
    In Millions of Euro
Foreseeable Losses on Contracts
    6.4       22.3       (3.8 )     (0.2 )     (3.1 )     21.6  
Contingencies Related to Contracts
    86.3       67.2       (34.9 )     (24.0 )     (1.7 )     92.9  
Other Contingencies
    41.2       12.6       (36.7 )     (0.5 )           16.6  
Provision for Dry-docking
    6.1       2.0       (3.6 )                 4.5  
Expenses to Complete Contracts
    74.8       51.2       (34.6 )           (7.0 )     84.4  
Restructuring
    7.3       2.9       (3.8 )     (0.3 )     (0.1 )     6.0  
Others
    12.7       17.3       (5.0 )     (2.4 )     3.3       25.9  
                                     
Total
    234.8       175.5       (122.4 )     (27.4 )     (8.6 )     251.9  
                                     
      “Contingencies related to contracts” and “other contingencies” line items are composed of provision for litigation.
      The decrease for unused provision corresponds to provisions for which the contingencies disappeared over the period.

F-34


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 22 — Financial Debt
     (a)  Analysis by Nature
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Convertible Bonds (a)
    632.2       715.5       765.3  
Bond Loan (b)
    650.0              
Bank Borrowings and Credit Lines (c)
    81.8       184.1       187.7  
Short-term Commercial Paper
    150.0       205.0       276.0  
Bank Overdrafts
    16.5       8.3       7.2  
Refundable Advances
    6.9       6.2       6.2  
Employee Loans
                 
Accrued Interest Payable
    24.7       7.4        
Leasing and Other
          3.0       4.7  
                   
Total Financial Debt
    1,562.1       1,129.5       1,247.1  
                   
Short-term Financial Debt (d)
    194.4       226.3       297.0  
Long-term Financial Debt
    1,367.7       903.2       950.1  
 
(a) At the end of January 2002, Technip issued a bond loan with an option for conversion into new shares and/or exchange for existing shares (OCEANE offer) for an initial amount of 793.5 million. The reimbursement date was set on January 1, 2007 for bonds not converted into shares at this date.
  The OCEANE offer, which received the AMF final visa on January 22, 2002, has the following characteristics:
  Issued at a price of 170 (number of bonds issued: 4,667,647);
 
  The coupon payable on January 1st of each year amounts to 1% per year of the bonds’ nominal value;
 
  The redemption date was set on January 1, 2007 for bonds not converted into shares at such date;
 
  The bond redemption price as of January 1, 2007 is 190.07 in the event of non-conversion or exchange; and
 
  The actuarial rate of yield for the bondholder is 3.25% per year in the event of non-conversion or exchange.
  The bond loan was used to reimburse part of the credit facility issued by Technip to finance the purchase of Coflexip shares.
 
  Technip repurchased 165,653 convertible bonds in 2002 and 293,141 convertible bonds in 2003 and 489,742 convertible bonds in 2004 for the amount of 161.3 million.
 
  In accordance with the bond loan-issuing contract of the OCEANE, the 948,536 convertible bonds thus redeemed have been cancelled, reducing the outstanding amount to 632.2 million as of December 31, 2004.
(b) The bond loan has been issued on May 26, 2004 for an amount of 650.0 million and a maturity date on May 26, 2011. The interest rate is 4.625% payable annually.
 
(c) The bank borrowings and credit lines as of December 31, 2004, mainly include the credit facility for U.S.$109 million (80.0 million at 2004 closing rate) as of December 31, 2004 for an authorized total amount of 850.0 million. This credit facility was used by Technip Coflexip USA Holdings to finance part of the acquisition of the Aker Maritime ASA Deepwater Division in January 2001. This credit facility is fully repayable at maturity on April 29, 2009.

F-35


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(d) The short-term financial debt, which represents 194.4 million, is comprised of the following:
  Commercial paper for 150.0 million (terms from 1 to 3 months),
 
  Short-term part of the Group long-term debt, which amounts to 3.2 million,
 
  Bank overdrafts and other short-term bank facilities for 16.5 million, and
 
  Accrued interest on convertible bonds and bond loan for 24.7 million.
(b) Analysis by Type of Interest Rate (After Possible Hedging of Interest Rates)
                 
    12/31/04   12/31/03
         
    In Millions of Euro
Fixed Rate
    1,402.7       821.4  
Variable Rate
    159.4       308.1  
             
Total
    1,562.1       1,129.5  
             
      The variable-rate debt includes U.S.$109.0 million (80.0 million at 2004 closing rate). This debt was swapped for a fixed-rate debt until June 26, 2006.
      In 2004, the average rate of the fixed-rate debt stands at 3.84% per year versus 3.52% in 2003.
      Over the same period, the average rate of the overall Group debt (fixed and variable rate) stands at 3.61% per year (2.54% per year before the amortization of the redemption premium relating to the convertible bond loan).
      The average rate of debt is calculated by dividing the average outstanding debt for the fiscal year by the amount of financial costs for the fiscal year (with the exclusion of bank fees not expressly related to the debt).
(c) Analysis by Currency
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Euro
    1,464.4       938.1       1,054.8  
US Dollar
    80.4       183.9       182.2  
Great Britain Pound
          2.4        
Others
    17.3       5.1       10.1  
                   
Total Financial Debt
    1,562.1       1,129.5       1,247.1  
Less: Amounts Due Within One Year
    (194.4 )     (226.3 )     (297.0 )
                   
Total Long-term Debt
    1,367.7       903.2       950.1  
                   

F-36


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(d) Annual Maturities of Long-term Debt
         
    12/31/04
     
    In Millions
    of Euro
2005 (**)
    27.9  
2006 (*)
    632.8  
2007
    0.5  
2008
    0.6  
2009 and after
    733.8  
       
Total Long-term Debt (**)
    1,395.6  
       
 
(*) Includes 632.2 million for the redemption of the OCEANE loan as of January 1, 2007.
 
(**) Includes the short-term part of the long term debt for 27.9 million.
(e) Debt guaranteed by Suretyships and Security with Regard to Immovable Property
                         
        12/31/04    
        Without    
    Guarantee   Guarantee   Total
             
    In Millions of Euro
Bank Overdrafts, Short-term Facilities and Others
          16.5       16.5  
Commercial Paper
          150.0       150.0  
Short-term Part of Long-term Debt
    1.5       26.4       27.9  
                   
Total Short-term Financial Debt
    1.5       192.9       194.4  
                   
Long-term Financial Debt
          1,367.7       1,367.7  
                   
Total Financial Debts
    1.5       1,560.6       1,562.1  
                   
      As of December 31, 2004, 1.5 million of bank and financial debts used by Technip and its subsidiaries are covered by security with regard to immovable property provided by these companies.
Note 23 — Convertible Bond Redemption Premium
      Following the redemption and the cancellation of 948,536 convertible bonds in 2002, 2003 and 2004, the amount of the convertible bond redemption premium has been reduced to 74.7 million (compared to 84.5 million as of December 31, 2003; 90.4 million as of December 31, 2002 and 93.7 million when issued).

F-37


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 24 — Other Creditors
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Payroll Costs
    108.1       70.4       62.0  
Social Security Charges
    30.1       38.0       20.6  
Income and Value Added Taxes
    179.1       125.6       150.5  
Liabilities Deferred Income
    144.8       162.5       126.2  
Deferred Income
    8.6       13.2       7.1  
Debts on Fixed Assets
    16.7       11.5       15.7  
Ongoing Project Accruals
    119.0       124.5       78.6  
Fee Accruals
    3.5       2.8       1.9  
Current Accounts on Ongoing Contracts
    22.9       16.0       28.9  
Debt Covered by a Guarantee
                68.9  
Subsidies
    13.6       6.6       7.0  
Other
    161.8       120.8       188.7  
                   
Other Creditors
    808.2       691.9       756.1  
                   
Note 25 — Related Party Transactions
      None.
Note 26 — Off-balance Sheet Commitments and Contingencies
      The off-balance sheet commitments are presented below. The part concerning financial debt is presented in Note 22. There are no material commitments that are not described below.
                                 
        Payments
         
        Less than   1 to   More than
Contractual Commitments   Total   One Year   5 Years   Five Years
                 
Capital Leases
                      (a)
Operating Leases
    369.4       41.7       149.3       178.4 (a)
Foreign Exchange Rate Instruments
    1,287.1       1,119.9       167.2        Note  27(b)
Interest Rate Instruments
    80.0             80.0        Note  27(c)
                         
Total
    1,736.5       1,161.6       396.5       178.4  
                         
                                 
        Amount of Commitments by Period
         
        Less than   1 to 5   More than
Others Commitments   Total   One Year   Years   Five Years
                 
Parent Company Guarantees
    13,789.9       3,721.3       9,216.4       852.2  
Others Commitments Given
    1,418.6       146.8       1,079.5       192.3  
                         
Total Commitments Given
    15,208.5       3,868.1       10,295.9       1,044.5 (b)
                         
Total Commitments Received
    539.4       208.5       330.5       0.4 (b)
                         
(a) Capital Leases and Operating Leases
      The Group rents various equipment, vessels and buildings, mainly under lease contracts that will end during the next ten years.

F-38


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      In 2004, the rental expense amounted to 50.4 million (including vessels for 11.6 million) compared to 29.5 million in 2003.
      As of December 31 2004, the present value of minimum future lease payments is as follows:
         
    Operating
    Lease
     
    In Millions
    of Euro
For the Year Ended December 31,
       
2005
    41.7  
2006
    41.9  
2007
    36.4  
2008
    36.3  
2009
    34.7  
2010 and thereafter
    178.4  
       
Total
    369.4  
Less Interest
     
       
Total Current Net Value of Capital and Operating Leases
    369.4  
       
      In 2003, Technip entered into a new lease contract related to a new office building located in Paris-La Défense, which is the Group’s new headquarters. This lease relates to the period from March 1, 2003 to February 27, 2015. The lease concerning 2004 amounts to 24.3 million, after indexation to the cost of construction. The lease payment remains constant per period of 36 months except for changes in the construction index. Simultaneously with the sale of the building in Boulogne at the end of 2004, the capital lease relative to this building was early withdrawn.
      The capital lease of the “The Deep Pioneer” vessel has also been withdrawn with the exercise of the purchase option on that vessel in December, 2004.
      In 2004, 2003, and 2002, no new significant leasing contract have been entered into by the Group.
(b) Commitments
      The commitments are presented below:
                         
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    In Millions of Euro
Parent Company Guarantees
    13,789.9       10,729.4       8,807.6  
Other Commitments Given
    1,418.6       1,609.7       1,696.2  
                   
Total Commitments Given
    15,208.5       12,339.1       10,503.8  
                   
Commitments Received
    539.4       592.5       445.3  
      Parent company guarantees given by the parent company to clients cover the due and proper performance of the specified contracts-in-progress for which the average expiration period until the release of the commitment guarantees is about 5 years.
      Parent company guarantees are presented in the above table for the contract entire amount until the final delivery date. They include the part of the contract that relates to our partners in joint venture, and are not reduced according to the percentage of completion.

F-39


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Other commitments given mainly relate to guarantees or counter-guarantees given by banks and insurance companies to various customers in connection with ongoing contracts, in order to secure due and proper performance of the contracts or following the payment of retention guarantees.
      Commitments received mainly relate to similar guarantees obtained from suppliers or subcontractors in connection with ongoing contracts.
(c) Contingencies
Exceptional Events and Litigation:
      The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims arising in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of the management, the probable outcomes of these actions will not materially affect the consolidated financial position, results of operations or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries.
      Any litigation based on contract has accrued liabilities in the category “Contingencies related to contracts”, see Note 21.
      The main litigations in progress are the following:
ITP
      On December 21, 2001, a French company filed a complaint with the Tribunal de Commerce (Commercial Court) of Versailles against Coflexip, Coflexip Stena Offshore Limited and Coflexip Stena Offshore International. The claim alleges that Coflexip breached several confidentiality agreements. This company has also brought an action in the courts in Scotland and in the U.S. against Coflexip for infringement of a patent related to “pipe-in-pipe” technologies. The patent of this company was invalidated by the EPO (European Patent Office) in February 2004 but the Edinburgh Appeal Court annulled the decision of the EPO considering that the EPO decision should have its effect on the UK territory. The Edinburgh Court decision was subject to an appeal with the House of Lords on February 19, 2005 at the latest. Since the company has not appeal before the required deadline, the Scottish procedure is closed. On the basis of the available information, Technip believes that these allegations are unfounded and that its potential exposure is not material.
Seamec
      In February 2003, Technip through its subsidiary Coflexip Stena Offshore Mauritius Limited, purchased an additional participation of 20% in the share capital of its Indian listed subsidiary, South East Marine Engineering and Construction Ltd. (SEAMEC) in an open offer ordered by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) pursuant to the Indian stock exchange Regulations, as a consequence of the change of control of SEAMEC, as the result of the public exchange/cash offer launched by Technip in July 2001.
      The Securities Appellate Tribunal (S.A.T.), at the request of minority shareholders of SEAMEC, ordered Technip, on October 27, 2003 to pay the shareholders who brought their shares to the open offer an additional amount calculated on the quoted value of SEAMEC share in April 2000, based on the allegation that the change of control of Coflexip and consequently the change of control of SEAMEC occurred in April 2000 when Technip acquired the participation of Stena Offshore International BV of 29,68% in the share capital of Coflexip.
      Technip filed an appeal with the Supreme Court of India and on January 9, 2004 was granted a stay of the S.A.T. decision on the condition that bank guarantees be issued in order to secure the relevant amount, pending final decision on the merit. A bank guarantee of an amount of 2.25 billion Indian Rupees, i.e., 40.0 million for the principal amount has been issued on February 17, 2004 and another bank guarantee of an amount of 225 million Indian Rupees, i.e., 4.0 million to cover interests for a twelve months period has been issued on March 29, 2004. Technip is waiting for the Supreme Court of India decision on the merit.

F-40


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      According to the valuation of its exposure on that litigation, the Group does not record any provision.
     (d) Retirement indemnities and related commitments
      The Group contributes to retirement or post-retirement benefit schemes in conformity with the laws and usual practices of countries where the subsidiaries operate.
                                 
    2003   2004
         
        No Provision       No Provision
Benefit obligations   Provision   Recorded   Provision   Recorded
                 
    (in Millions of Euro)
Actuarial Debt
            182.3               172.7  
Market Value of Hedging Assets
            (58.3 )             (68.8 )
Financial Hedging
            124.0               103.9  
Unrecognized Assets
            (34.7 )             (33.1 )
Net Provision (Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31)
            89.3               70.8  
      Actuarial valuation of Technip’s obligations regarding retirement benefit schemes and other commitments such as post-retirement healthcare benefit schemes are determined in conformity with the 2003-R01 recommendation of the CNC. Hedging plan assets are estimated at Fair Value.
      The liabilities identified and evaluated according to recommendation n° 2003-R01 principles are as follows:
     Germany:
      For German companies, the benefits schemes are described as follows:
  •  Two retirement plans that provide an allowance payable from 65 years of age;
 
  •  A differed pay plan;
 
  •  A early retirement plan; and
 
  •  For employees with over 25, 40 and 45 years’ length of service the company offers a jubilee plan which provides a basic allocation of one to three months’ salary.
      Actual benefit obligations amount to 36.9 million as of December 31, 2004.
     Brazil:
      A jubilee plan which provides a basic allocation of half a month’s salary for employees with over 10, 15, 20 and 30 years’ length of service. This plan also provides a short trip to Brazil and to Paris over 20 and 30 years’ length of service. Actual benefit obligations amount to 0.6 million as of December 31, 2004.
     United Arab Emirates:
      The retirement allowance plan provides the payment of an amount determined on the basis of the professional years spent in the company (21 days salary per year until 5 years and a month salary over 5 years). Actual benefit obligations amount to 1.5 million as of December 31, 2004.

F-41


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
     France:
      In France, the benefits schemes are described as follows:
  Retirement indemnities that are determined on the basis of the wage at retirement date and professional years spent in the company;
      •   Retirement healthcare benefit;
  A jubilee plan which provide a basic allocation payable after 20, 30, 35 and 40 professional years in all companies (with a minimum of professional years within Technip).
      Actual benefit obligations amount to 33.5 million as of December 31, 2004.
     Italy:
      In Italy, the benefits schemes are described as follows:
  Retirement indemnities that are determined on the basis of the wage at retirement date and professional years spent in the company;
 
  An early retirement plan which provides a basic allocation. That plan will be closed as of December 31, 2005.
      Actual benefit obligations amount to 24.3 million as of December 31, 2004.
     Norway:
      The retirement plan offers an allowance over 67 years of age (with a maximum of 70% of the last wage which includes social security).
      Actual benefit obligations amount to 6.6 million as of December 31, 2004.
     The Netherlands:
      For Dutch companies, the calculation of retirement indemnities is based on a supplementary defined benefit retirement plan. Actual benefit obligations amount to 55.7 million as of December 31, 2004.
     United Kingdom:
      The retirement allowance plan provides the payment of a pension.
      Actual benefit obligations amount to 13.8 million as of December 31, 2004.
      For defined benefit pension plans, accruals and prepaid expenses are determined using the projected unit credit method.

F-42


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      In conformity with the 2003 R01 recommendation of the CNC, actual benefit obligations are as follows:
                                         
        Post            
        Retirement       Early    
    Retirement   Healthcare   Jubilee   Retirement    
In K   Plans   Benefit   Plans   Plans   Total
                     
    12/31/04   12/31/04   12/31/04   12/31/04   12/31/04
Actuarial Value of the Financed Obligation
    114,412       0       0       0       114,412  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
    (68,840 )     0       0       0       (68,840 )
                               
      45,572       0       0       0       45,572  
Actuarial Value of the Unfinanced Obligation
    49,531       1,126       3,261       4,374       58,292  
Unrecognized Actuarial Gains (losses)
    612       0       0       0       612  
Unrecognized Service Costs
    2,777       0       0       0       2,777  
                               
Net Liabilities
    98,492       1,126       3,261       4,374       107,253  
                               
      In conformity to the recommendation, the annual costs are as follows:
                                         
        Medical Costs       Early    
    Retirement   for Retired   Jubilee   Retirement    
In K   Plans   People Plans   Plans   Plans   Total
                     
    12/31/04   12/31/04   12/31/04   12/31/04   12/31/04
Service cost
    7,799       0       245       83       8,127  
Interest Cost
    7,652       50       165       218       8,085  
Expected Return on Assets
    (3,492 )     0       0       0       (3,492 )
Amortization of Actuarial (Gains) Losses
    0       0       41       257       298  
Amortization of Non-vested Prior Service Cost
    (102 )     0       0       0       (102 )
Curtailment/ Settlement
    0       0       0       0       0  
Benefit Expense
    11,856       50       451       558       12,916  
Annual Cost
    4,286       0       0       0       4,286  
      The calculations are based on actuarial assumptions especially defined for each entity (personnel turnover and future salary increases) and on the following key actuarial assumptions (in weighted average):
         
    2004
     
Discount Rate
    4.58 %
Expected Return on Plan Assets
    5.45 %
Future Increase in Wages (including Inflation)
    3.21 %
Future Increase in Retirement Pension (including Inflation)
    1.68 %
Annual Increase of Healthcare Costs
    3.00 %
Note 27 — Market Related Exposure and Financial Instruments
(a) Liquidity Risk
  A- Technip group financing is governed by the Group policy implemented by the Finances and Control management department.
 
  B- Cash management is centralized at the head office and coordinated through the financial centers located throughout the Group’s main operating subsidiaries.
  The “SNC” Technip Eurocash (general partnership) entered into cash pooling agreements with the Group’s main subsidiaries, in respect with local legislation and rules, in order to pool the surplus cash, to meet their needs by pooling the Group’s financial resources except when economic and financial conditions lead to priority being given to a local debt. Technip Eurocash’s management committee is

F-43


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
  made up of representatives of Group entities that are members of the SNC. This committee meets several times per year.
  C- At the end of January 2002, Technip took advantage of beneficial market conditions to issue a bond loan with an option for conversion into new shares and/or exchange for existing shares (the OCEANE offer) for a nominal amount of 793.5 million (see Note 22).
  Technip has extended the average maturity of its debt of January 2002, by replacing a debt payable semiannually from June 30, 2002 to December 31, 2006 by a redeemable bond issue at a single date as of January 1, 2007, in the absence of conversion in consideration for a reduced financial cost in cash. The redemptions of convertible bonds in 2002 and in 2003 were mainly refinanced by a bank credit (expiry December 30, 2007). In 2004, the cash position and the partial use of the bond loan, as mentioned in paragraph D below, allowed Technip to reimburse in advance this bank credit and to proceed to other redemptions.
  D- In May 2004, Technip, thanks to new opportune market conditions and terms, has issued a bond loan for 650.0 million (characteristics are describe in Note 22) and has also extend the average maturity of its debt.
 
  E- As of December 31, 2004, the Group has various non-used financing sources that allow it to finance its needs:
  1/ The balance not used by Technip and its eligible subsidiaries amounts to 770.0 million from a new bank credit with an authorized amount of 850.0 million. This credit, sign on April 29, 2004 is to be reimbursed at a single date as of April 29, 2009. This credit facility is not guaranteed by security with regard to immovable property provided on the Group’s assets. It contains the usual commitments from Technip and from the main entities eligible as borrowers apart from all financial ratios.
  This new credit replaces as of second quarter, 2004:
  •  A 387.0 million and U.S.$42 million (30.8 million at 2004 closing rate) credit line which was previously repayable in several half-yearly payments until December 31, 2006.
 
  •  The balance as of April 29, 2004, not used by Technip and its eligible subsidiaries amounts to U.S.$209 million (153.3 million at 2004 closing rate) from the bank credit of a total amount of U.S.$350 million taken out for financing the purchase of the Aker Maritime ASA Deepwater Division by Coflexip, and which is reimbursable at the ended maturity date, June 25, 2006.
 
  •  Multi-currencies credit line for 330.0 million grant by a consortium of banks to Technip Eurocash with a 2004 maturity date (the new credit bank has a 350.0 million bracket which may be used according a short notice).
  2/ Two bank credits amounting to 125.0 million each also usable in U.S. Dollar or Euro granted to Technip. Their maturity date is December 31, 2008, after a part deduction of 25.0 million as of December 31, 2007. The commitments are the same as those mentioned for the previous credit line of Technip.
 
  3/ Various non-used credit facilities amounting to 8.0 million.
  The credit agreements with respect to these various financing arrangements do not include an early payment clause in case of deterioration of the borrower’s rating. In case of use, they allow variable interest rate. As of December 31, 2004, bank credit lines confirmed and available for the Group amount to 1,028.0 million of which 1,020.0 million are available beyond December 31, 2005. The outstanding commercial papers issued at the same date amount to 150.0 million for terms of

F-44


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
  1 to 3 months within the scope of the program declared to the “Banque de France” for a maximum amount of 600.0 million.
  F- The long-term debt payment schedule is provided in Note 22. The amounts due with respect to 2005 and 2006 amounts respectively to 27.9 million and to 632.8 million. The 2005 maturities include mainly:
  •  The accrued interest on OCEANES and the bond loan for 24.7 million; and
 
  •  3.2 million for the part of the long-term debt payable before a year for the Group.
      The 2006 maturity belongs to its main amount to the repayable of the convertible bonds which may not be converted into shares at the January 1, 2007 maturity.
      The 650.0 million bond issue balance not used in order to reimburse U.S.$109.0 million (80.0 million) on two bank credits has been invested on short-term periods in several banks according to the Group criteria’s with the objective of capital preservation and providing regular financial returns while being easily available. This financial resource obtained at low interest rates in a low market rates context is to be used in order to reimburse most convertible bonds as possible, which would not have been converted into shares as of January 1, 2007. The balance would have to come from the Group cash or confirmed credit lines.
     (b)  Currency Risk
      As indicated in Note 1(e), Technip uses financial instruments to manage its exposure to currency risks incurred in the normal course of its business. The Group does not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The exchange hedging contracts are divided up between several counter parties who are selected after due analysis.
      The primary hedging instruments used to manage its exposure to currency risks are as follows:
                                                 
    12/31/04   12/31/03   12/31/02
             
    Maturity            
    2006       Fair   Nominal   Nominal   Nominal
    and after   2005   value   value   value   value
                         
    In Millions of Euros
Buy Currency, Sell National Currency (Forwards and Swaps)
    12.0       221.9       (20.8 )     233.9       504.4       545.9  
Sell Currency, Buy National Currency (Forwards, Swaps and Options)
    64.8       645.4       76.9       710.2       1,404.3       1,182.8  
Sell/Buy Foreign Currencies
    90.4       252.6       26.1       343.0       299.0       171.2  
Total
    167.2       1,119.9       82.2       1,287.1       2,207.7       1,899.9  

F-45


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
     (c)  Interest Rate Risk
      The table hereafter presents the maturity of the financial assets and the financial debts of Technip as of December 31, 2004. The schedule of maturity corresponds to the date of the revision of the interest rates. It presents the amount of interest rate swaps carried out for the debt.
                                 
    Technip Group
     
    Call Money    
    Rate within 1    
    Year and   1 to 5   Over 5    
    Variable Rate   years   years   Total
                 
    In Millions of Euro
Financial Debt (a)
    274.4       634.2       653.5       1,562.1  
Financial Assets (b)
    1,434.0                   1,434.0  
Net (c)=(a)-(b)
    (1,159.6 )     634.2       653.5       128.1  
Commitments*(d)
    (80.0 )     80.0              
Net (c)+(d)
    (1,239.6 )     714.2       653.5       128.1  
 
* Operations that modify the nature of interest rate and/ or the schedule of maturity of the financial debt.
      Analysis of the sensitivity of the situation to the change in interest rates:
      Inasmuch as the net indebtedness before and after management within 1 year and variable rate is negative, Technip is not exposed to interest rate risk on its debt.
      Method of monitoring the interest rate risk: Technip regularly analyzes its exposure to interest rate risk. This activity is the responsibility of the Treasury Department and the Deputy Financial Director in charge of the financing and the treasury of the Group, who, in turn reports to Finances and Control Chief Executive Officer. The Treasury Department at head office consists of 13 people.
      Interest rate hedging transactions and the methods of hedging are described below.
      The Group does not use financial instruments for speculative purposes.
      As of December 31, 2004, before recourse to interest rate swaps, the outstanding fixed-rate debt amounts to 1,322.7 million, including mainly the outstanding amount of 1,282.2 million related to the bond loan.
      In addition, the Group hedged US$109 million (80.0 million at 2004 closing rate) of its bank debt at a variable rate by swaps transforming them into fixed-rate debt. The underlying debt with regard to these hedging transactions relates to a part of the outstanding amount of the credit facility used to finance the acquisition of the Aker Maritime ASA Deepwater Division.
      The total amount of the fixed-rate debt amounts to 1,402.7 million as of December 31, 2004.
      The hedging transactions and forward rate agreements were entered into with bank counterparties that satisfy the Group’s criteria.
     (d)  Credit Risk
      A significant portion of the Company’s activity is concentrated with a limited number of clients since the worldwide market is dominated by a small number of major oil and gas companies. The Company regularly performs credit risk analyses before entering into contracts and has set up procedures for monitoring payments made by clients.
      The Group has not observed significant payment defaults by its clients in 2004 and to date.

F-46


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 28 — Subsequent Events
     (a)  Redemption of Convertible Bonds
      From January 1, 2005 to mid-February 2005, Technip repurchased 117,700 additional convertible bonds for an amount of 22.0 million (nominal amount 20.0 million), thus increasing the number of the convertible bonds repurchased since the issue to 1,066,236.
      In accordance with the issue contract, these repurchased convertible bonds were cancelled. The outstanding amount of the convertible bond issue has thus decreased to 612.2 million (compared to 632.2 million as of December 31, 2004).
      Following the repurchase and the additional cancellation of 117,700 convertible bonds since January 1, 2005, the redemption premium amount has decreased to 72.3 million (compared to 74.7 million as of December 31, 2004).
Note 29 —  Scope of Consolidation
      List of the Main Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004
         
        12/31/2004
Consolidated Companies Technip   Country   % Control
         
Technip
  France   Parent company
Technip France
  France   100%
Technip Eurocash
  France   100%
TPL — Tecnologie Progetti Lavori SpA
  Italy   100%
Technip Italy
  Italy   100%
TPG (UK) Ltd 
  UK   100%
Technip TPS
  France   100%
Technip Iberia
  Spain   100%
S.C.I. CB3 Défense
  France   100%
Technip Overseas
  Panama   100%
Technip Benelux NV
  Belgium   100%
Technip Capital
  Belgium   100%
ABAY Engineering
  Belgium   100%
Technip Far East
  Malaysia   100%
Technip International AG
  Switzerland   100%
TTIL SNC
  France   100%
Technip KT India
  India   100%
Technip Upstream Houston Inc
  USA   100%
Technip USA Corp
  USA   100%
Technip Benelux BV
  The Netherlands   100%
Technip Americas Corp
  USA   100%
Technip Holding Benelux BV
  The Netherlands   100%
Technip Germany
  Germany   100%
Technip Seiffert (ex MSE)
  Germany   100%
Technip Singapour
  Singapore   100%
Technip Middle East FZCO
  United Arab Emirates   100%
Technip Engenharia S/A
  Brazil   100%
Citex
  France   100%
Eurobatch
  France   100%
SNPE Ingénierie Défense
  France   100%

F-47


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
         
        12/31/2004
Consolidated Companies Technip   Country   % Control
         
Seal Engineering
  France   100%
Technipnet BV
  The Netherlands   100%
Technip Nouvelle-Calédonie
  New Caledonia   100%
Engineering Re
  Switzerland   100%
EPC-Business BV
  The Netherlands   100%
Technip Bolivar, C.A. 
  Venezuela   100%
Technip Oil & Gas BV
  The Netherlands   100%
Technip-Coflexip Engineering Consultant (Shanghaï)
  China   100%
Technip Portugal
  Portugal   93.75%
PT Technip Indonesia
  Indonesia   90%
Technip Biopharm Inc 
  USA   85%
Technip CIS
  Russia   70%
Technip Tianchen
  China   60%
TSS Dalia SNC
  France   55%
Dalia Floater Angola SNC
  France   55%
Bechtel Technip Goro, LLC
  USA   50%
CTME FZCO
  United Arab Emirates   50%
SPF-TKP Omifpro SNC/SP-TKP Fertilizer SrL
  France/Italy   50%
Technip India
  India   50%
UCI FZCO
  United Arab Emirates   50%
PROTEK Germany GmbH
  Germany   50%
Technip Engineering (B)
  Brunei   49%
Technip Engineering (Thaïland) Co. Ltd
  Thaïland   49%
Tipiel
  Colombia   44.10%
TPG(M)
  Malaysia   44.10%
Technip Angola
  Angola   60%
Technip Saudi Arabia
  Saudi Arabia   40%
Consorcio Contrina SNC
  France   34.40%
Saibos Akogep SNC
  France   30%
TSKJ
  Portugal   25%
Technip KTI SpA
  Italy   25%
FSTP Brasil Ltda
  Brazil   25%
FSTP Pte Ltd
  Singapore   25%
Nargan
  Iran   20%
DITECH
  Venezuela   20%
Technip Offshore International
  France   100%
Flexi France
  France   100%
Technip Offshore (Nigeria) Ltd
  Nigeria   100%
Middle East Projects International (Technip MEPI)
  France   100%
Technip Marine
  France   100%
Angoflex
  France   100%
Angoflex limitada
  Angola   70%
Coflexip Développement
  France   100%
Technip Offshore N.V. 
  The Netherlands   100%
Technip Offshore Contracting B.V
  The Netherlands   100%
Technip Offshore Holdings Ltd 
  United Kingdom   100%

F-48


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
         
        12/31/2004
Consolidated Companies Technip   Country   % Control
         
Technip Offshore UK Ltd. 
  United Kingdom   100%
Technip Ships One Ltd. 
  United Kingdom   100%
Technip Ships Three Ltd. 
  United Kingdom   100%
Technip-Coflexip U.K. Holdings Ltd
  United Kingdom   100%
Coflexip U.K. Ltd. 
  United Kingdom   100%
Perry Slingsby Systems Ltd. 
  United Kingdom   100%
DUCO Ltd. 
  United Kingdom   100%
Genesis Oil and Gas Consultants Ltd
  United Kingdom   100%
Technip Offshore Norge AS
  Norway   100%
Technip-Coflexip Norge AS
  Norway   100%
Coflexip Stena Offshore AS
  Norway   100%
Technip-Coflexip U.S.A. Holdings Inc. 
  USA   100%
R.J. Brown Deepwater, Inc
  USA   100%
DUCO Inc. 
  USA   100%
Coflexip Maritime Inc
  USA   100%
Technip Offshore Inc
  USA   100%
Technip Offshore Mooring Inc
  USA   100%
Deep Oil Technology Inc
  USA   50%
Genesis Oil and Gas Consultants Inc
  USA   100%
Gulf Marine Fabricators
  USA   100%
Spars International Inc
  USA   50%
Perry Slingsby Systems Inc. 
  USA   100%
Technip Offshore Canada Limited
  Canada   100%
Stena Offshore Jersey Ltd. 
  Jersey   100%
Coflexip Stena Offshore Mauritius Ltd. 
  Mauritius   100%
FlexService N.V. 
  The Netherlands Antilles   100%
Sunflex Offshore N.V. 
  The Netherlands Antilles   100%
Brasflex Tubos Flexiveis Ltda
  Brazil   100%
Brasflex Overseas Inc
  Virgin Islands   100%
Sea Oil Marine Services Inc
  Cayman Islands   100%
Flexibras Tubos Flexiveis Ltda
  Brazil   100%
Technip Oceania Pty Ltd
  Australia   100%
Technip CSO Australia Pty Ltd. 
  Australia   100%
Technip CSO Oceania Pty Ltd
  Australia   100%
Technip CSO Oil and Gas Pty Ltd
  Australia   100%
Genesis Oil and Gas Consultants Pty Ltd
  Australia   100%
South East Asia Marine Engineering & Construction Ltd.
  India   78,2%
Technip Offshore Finland Oy
  Finland   100%
PI Rauma Oy
  Finland   50%
Coflexip Singapore Pte
  Singapore   100%
Note 30 — Summary of differences between accounting principles followed by the Company and U.S. GAAP
      The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles described in Note 1 above (“French GAAP”), which differ in certain significant respects from

F-49


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
those applicable in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). These differences relate mainly to the following items, and the necessary adjustments are shown in the tables set forth in Note 31.
     (a) Contract costs accounting
      As described in Note 1(k), some General and Administrative costs are considered as contract costs and are accumulated in “Contracts-in-progress”.
      Under U.S. GAAP, General and Administrative costs not directly related to contracts are to be recorded when expensed. As a result of this difference, revenue and gross margin recorded on contracts might differ.
     (b) Contract bid costs
      Under French GAAP, contract bid costs directly attributable to a future contract, the signature of which can be reasonably expected, are capitalized. Such deferred costs are transferred to the contract costs once the contract is obtained or, if not obtained at year-end, depreciated according to the probability of success assessed for each outstanding offer.
      Under U.S. GAAP, such costs have been expensed as incurred.
     (c) Foreign currency transactions on long-term contracts and derivative instruments
      Under French GAAP, foreign currency transactions on long-term contracts are recorded at the contract exchange rate as defined in Note 1(r) resulting from the foreign exchange hedging instruments the Company entered into.
      As described in Note 1(f), under French GAAP, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into euro at year-end exchange rates, except for “contracts-in-progress” accounts and progress payments received from long-term contract customers. The resulting exchange gains and losses are recorded in the income statement or deferred to the balance sheet if related to a transaction that is hedged.
      Under U.S. GAAP, exchange gains or losses resulting from the adjustment of monetary assets denominated in foreign currency are included in net income.
      Under French GAAP, the Group accounts for its derivative instruments in the off-balance-sheet until the underlying transaction is realized.
      Under SFAS 133, all derivatives (including certain derivative instruments embedded in foreign currency purchases and sale contracts), whether designated in hedging relationships (see Note 32 g) or not, are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value and changes in fair value are recognized immediately in earnings, unless the derivatives qualify as hedges of future cash flows. For derivatives qualifying as hedges of future cash flows, the effective portion of changes in fair value is recorded temporarily in equity (Other Comprehensive Income), then recognized in earnings along with the related effects of the hedged items. Any ineffective portion of hedges is reported in earnings as it occurs.
      The fair value of all quoted financial instruments is based on the quoted market price on the last trading day of the year. Fair values for non-quoted financial instruments have been estimated using one or more models, which indicate a value, based on estimates of quantifiable “market” characteristics. Fair value of forward foreign exchange has been calculated as the difference between the forward contract rate and the forward rate at closing date corresponding to the instrument’s residual maturity.
      It should be noted that changes in assumptions concerning rates and future cash flows and/or methodologies can have a material effect on the estimated values of derivative instruments.

F-50


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
     (d) Pension Obligations
      Under French GAAP, pension and other than pension post-employment benefits are accrued in accordance with the practices prevailing in each country.
      Under U.S. GAAP, valuation methods and assumptions have been harmonized and accounting recognition of plans has been prepared as if U.S. GAAP had been consistently applied.
     (e) Stock-based compensation
      Under French GAAP, common shares issued upon the exercise of options granted to employees and directors are recorded as an increase to share capital at the exercise price on the exercise date. Technip holds treasury stock to settle qualified employee deferred stock purchase plans. In accordance with French GAAP, the Company did not record any compensation expenses on stock-based plans.
      Under U.S. GAAP, APB Opinion No. 25 (“APB 25”), “Accounting for stock issued to employees,” defines conditions to classify such plans as compensatory or non-compensatory. If a plan is deemed to be compensatory, APB 25 requires that compensation arising from such plan be measured based on the intrinsic value of the shares granted or sold to employees. For fixed plans, the compensation expense is calculated as the difference between the fair value at the grant date and the employee exercise price. Compensation expense for compensatory stock-based plans is recognized over the vesting period. Disclosures in accordance with APB 25, SFAS 123, and SFAS 148 are presented in Note 32(e).
     (f) Acquisition of KTI/MDEU
      Under French GAAP, KTI/MDEU has been consolidated since January 1, 1999 as the operational control was transferred to Technip at this date.
      Under U.S. GAAP, KTI/MDEU has been consolidated since March 3, 1999, the date of the legal transfer of the acquired shares. As a result, net income has been adjusted to exclude net income and goodwill amortization recorded for January and February.
      The change in the date of consolidation described above did not result in a significant impact on the gross goodwill as calculated on January 1, 1999, except for the net income recognized over the period of January and February 1999, and except that, under U.S. GAAP, the Company further identified acquired technology and “know-how” in the purchase accounting.
      Such allocation to acquired technology and “know-how” has been evaluated to be 10 million, mainly consisting of ethylene furnace technology, and is being amortized over its expected useful life of 10 years.
     (g) Territoriality contingencies
      As described in Note 1(p), the Company uses assumptions to measure its obligations related to territoriality contingencies. Due to the complexity of the regulations in various country where it operates, the Company identifies the contracts, which could be subject to such uncertainty, and accrues an amount under French GAAP for probable and estimable risks.
      Under U.S. GAAP, such provisions would not be recorded, as they could not meet all the criteria of SFAS No. 5.
      This contingency has been released in the French accounts in 2004. Accordingly this reversal has been cancelled under US GAAP.

F-51


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
     (h) Employee subscription to capital
      Under French GAAP, the newly issued shares in connection with the employee subscription to capital program (PEG) are accounted for on the basis of the shares price awarded to the employees. The discount is therefore directly recorded in shareholders’ equity.
      Under US GAAP, the newly issued shares are accounted for on the basis of market shares price. The difference with the price awarded to employees, which represents the discount, is expensed.
     (i) Consolidation method
      Under French GAAP, certain non-significant investments in which the Company’s ownership is between 20% and 50% are accounted for under the cost method. In addition, certain non significant subsidiaries in which the Company’s ownership exceeds 50% are accounted for under the cost method or under the equity method.
      Under U.S. GAAP, such subsidiaries would have been accounted for under the equity method or consolidated, respectively. However, this difference does not result in any significant adjustments to the Consolidated Financial Statements for any periods reconciled to U.S. GAAP, as these subsidiaries are not material.
      In its consolidated financial statements, the Company applies the pro-rata consolidation method to account for its investments in joint ventures that the Company sometimes forms with third parties to perform turnkey contracts. Under U.S. GAAP, these investments would be accounted for using the equity method or consolidated, depending on the percentage of voting interest in the joint ventures. Summarized information about the Company’s pro-rata interest in the joint ventures is provided in Note 32(a).
      Under U.S. GAAP the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of our company and all of our subsidiaries which we control or variable interest entities for which we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary (see Note 30(k)).
     (j) Redemption premium of the convertible bonds
      Under French GAAP, the premium of the convertible debenture loan is amortized ratably over the life of the loan. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company should apply the effective interest method to amortize such premium. For the years presented, the difference between the two methods is not material.
     (k) Coflexip gain on disposition of Cal Dive securities
      After acquiring the interest in Coflexip, the Company was unable to perform a complete valuation of the assets and liabilities acquired. Accordingly, the Company could not precisely identify the difference between the cost of its investment in Coflexip and the net assets acquired, and therefore elected under French GAAP to amortize this difference over a 20-year period based on an overall analysis of goodwill components at the date of acquisition. The Company recognized the subsequent gain reported by Coflexip on the sale of Cal Dive securities as a separate non-operating line as described in Note 2.
      For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Company reduced its share of the gain recorded by Coflexip on its disposal of Cal Dive securities. The amount recognized under U.S. GAAP was the difference between the selling price and the fair value of the Cal Dive securities at the date of the acquisition of the 29.7% interest in Coflexip. Goodwill amortization was reduced accordingly.
     (l) Research and development expenses
      Under French GAAP, as described in Note 1(s), research and development costs are to be deferred and subsequently amortized when technical feasibility and return on investment can be demonstrated.

F-52


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Under U.S. GAAP, all research and development costs are to be expensed when incurred. This difference in accounting under French GAAP and U.S. GAAP did not result in any reconciling items.
     (m) Rent expenses of Adria (Technip headquarters)
      On March 1, 2003, Technip commenced an operating lease agreement for the Adria Tower in La Défense for 12 years. Based upon the terms of the lease agreement, there was a free rent period until December 31, 2003. All rental payments subsequent to the free rent period are to be paid according to a contractual table.
      Under French GAAP, the rental expense related to this agreement is recognized based upon the contractual table. As such, no rental expense was recorded in Technip’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 for this lease.
      Under U.S. GAAP, the Company recognizes the related rental expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid as deferred rent.
     (n) Goodwill amortization
      Under French GAAP, the Company amortizes goodwill arising from its acquisition over its estimated useful life, not exceeding 25 years.
      Prior to January 1, 2002, under U.S. GAAP, goodwill resulting from business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 was no longer amortized. Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill resulting from business combinations initiated before that date was amortized over its estimated useful life consistent with French GAAP. On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142), for U.S. GAAP purposes. As a result, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization for U.S. GAAP purposes subsequent to the date of adoption. The U.S. GAAP amounts have been adjusted to reverse the amortization of goodwill recorded under French GAAP (116.6 million in 2004, 113.7 million in 2003 and 117.8 million in 2002).
      As of January 1, 2002, the Company performed the transitional impairment test under SFAS 142 and compared the carrying amount for each reporting unit to its fair value, which was determined based on discounted expected future cash flows. Upon completion of the transitional impairment test, the Company determined that there was no impairment as of January 1, 2002, as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount.
      As described in Note 1(g) and in Note 2, the Group performed its annual impairment test of goodwill by comparing the book value of the activity to its fair value, based on estimated discounted cash flows converted to a current value. Based on this test, no impairment is required.
      In 2004, as a consequence of the merger between two subsidiaries in Finland, a residual amount of goodwill has been written off for 0.7 million euros under French and U.S. GAAP. Under French GAAP, this write-off has been booked in the “Goodwill amortization” line item.
      A summary of changes in the Company’s goodwill presented under French GAAP as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 by business segment is as follows:
                                                                                 
    January 1,   Acquisitions &       December 31,   Acquisitions &       December 31,   Acquisitions &       December 31,
    2002   Adjustments   Amortization   2002   Adjustments   Amortization   2003   Adjustments   Amortization   2004
                                         
OFFSHORE
    2,434.8       51.0       (106.3 )     2,379.5       (6.4 )     (102.8 )     2,270.3       (4.9 )     (105.9 )     2,159.5  
ONSHORE/ DOWNSTREAM
    149.2       10.6       (10.8 )     149.0               (10.7 )     138.3       (0.8 )     (11.3 )     126.2  
INDUSTRIES
    1.0               (0.7 )     0.3               (0.2 )     0.1               (0.1 )     0.0  
                                                             
TOTAL
    2,585.0       61.6       (117.8 )     2,528.8       (6.4 )     (113.7 )     2,408.7       (5.7 )     (117.3 )     2,285.7  
                                                             

F-53


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
    The total amount allocated to intangible assets subject to amortization and the estimated aggregate amortization expense has been disclosed in Note 11. The Company does not have any intangible assets with indefinite lives.
     (o) Acquisition of minority interests of Coflexip in 2003
      In 2003, under French GAAP, the newly issued shares of Technip have been recorded based upon a 2003 valuation of Coflexip, with the same basis of valuation as in 2001. Under U.S. GAAP, the share price was determined based upon the market value of the Technip shares at the consummation of the Technip/ Coflexip merger in July 2003.
     (p) Presentation of Consolidated Balance Sheet
      The classification of certain items in and the format of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets vary to some extent from U.S. GAAP.
  Advances received from customers on contracts
      In accordance with French GAAP, “Advances received from customers on contracts” are classified as a liability. Under U.S. GAAP, advances received, determined on a contract-by-contract basis, are shown as a reduction of “Contracts-in-Progress” or other contracts related asset accounts or, when the advances received exceed the total of contract related asset accounts costs, as a liability. Such requirement would reduce the contracts related asset accounts and the “Progress payments on contracts” line items by 6,438.6 million, 6,228.9 million and 4,716.8 million as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
  Deferred tax assets
      Under French GAAP, deferred tax assets which are not likely to be realized in the future are not recorded as an asset in the balance sheet. Under U.S. GAAP, such deferred tax assets would be recorded and a valuation allowance would reduce their net value to the portion likely to be realized in the future.
  Treasury shares reserved for stock option plans
      Under French GAAP, the Group shares held by subsidiaries reserved for stock option plans are presented as marketable securities. Under U.S. GAAP, these shares are presented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.
  Cash and cash equivalent
      Under French GAAP, Technip has classified 501.8 million, 40.5 million and 70.4 million of SICAV and FCP investments (disclosed as mutual funds in Note 19) under the heading “cash and cash equivalents”, as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Under U.S. GAAP, these investments are classified as trading investments. This change would impact the presentation of the consolidated statement of cash flows for all periods presented.
     (q) Presentation of Consolidated Statements of Operations
  Operating expenses/ revenues classification
      Under French GAAP, certain items, such as “Restructuring Costs” and “Consulting Fees” have been recorded below the “Operating income” section in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
      Under U.S. GAAP, these items would be classified as operating expenses/ revenues.
  General and Administrative costs accounting
      As described in Note 30(a), some General and Administrative expenses are classified as contract costs and have been consequently recorded within Cost of Sales under French GAAP up to December 31, 2002. Effective

F-54


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
January 1, 2003, these expenses are directly presented under the “Selling, General and Administrative expenses” line item of the consolidated statement of operations under French GAAP.
      Under U.S. GAAP, General and Administrative expenses not directly related to a contract are recorded when incurred. As a consequence, the “Selling, General and Administrative expenses” line item of the consolidated statement of operation would not be modified for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and would be modified by (31.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  Goodwill amortization for equity investees
      Under French GAAP, goodwill amortization includes amortization of acquisition goodwill for equity investees.
  Derivatives
      Under French GAAP, derivative instruments are recorded in off-balance sheet items. Under U.S. GAAP, they are recorded in the balance sheet under the “Derivative Instruments” line item and the effect on net income of the reevaluation of derivative instruments amounts to 25.8 million as of December 31, 2004, (0.6) million as of December 31, 2003 and 18.2 million as of December 31, 2002.
      Under U.S. GAAP, prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, goodwill amortization for equity investees would be classified in “Income of equity affiliates”.
  Equity in Earnings in Coflexip
      As described in Note 2, the Company classified in 2000 a portion of its net income in equity affiliates in non-operating income while the other portion was recorded in the line item “Income from equity affiliates” in the consolidated statements of income.
      Under U.S. GAAP, the non-operating portion of the net income in equity affiliates discussed above would be presented in “Income from equity affiliates” in the consolidated statements of income.
  Financial result from ongoing contracts
      As described in Note 1(t), the Company, under French GAAP, records net interest income as revenue in the period it is earned to reflect the financial component of its contract revenues. Such net interest income amounted to 9.8 million, 9.9 million and 14.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
      Under U.S. GAAP, such net interest income would be deducted from Revenues and presented in a separate line item within operating income. As these types of earnings are factored into our contracts negotiations, it is appropriate under U.S. GAAP to include these amounts in operating income.
     (r) Related parties
      U.S. GAAP definition of related parties is more extensive than in French GAAP.
      The Group designs and manufactures installation for TOTAL Group pursuant to contracts entered into at an arm’s-length basis. Sales to TOTAL Group amounted to 87.8 million in 2003. As of December 31, 2003, TOTAL Group owed 16.3 million to the Group.
      In 2004, Total has sold its stake in Technip.
      In 1974, Coflexip signed a licensing contract with IFP, which as a result of the business combination holds approximately 6.20% of our voting rights. This contract stipulates that Coflexip has the right to use certain IFP technologies and know-how held by IFP in exchange for the payment of royalties. The agreement was assigned by Coflexip to Technip France in July 2003 and terminated by mutual consent with effect from December 31,

F-55


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
2003. In 2004 we signed a frame cooperation agreement with IFP for research in the field of subsea flexible and rigid reeled pipelines, in respect of which we paid in 2004 to IFP an amount of 2,885 million.
(s) Gross margin recognition
      Under French GAAP, for long-term lump sum turnkey projects, awarded prior to July 1, 2001, the recognition of the gross margin for a given contract started when the percentage-of-completion ratio reached 25%.
      Under U.S. GAAP (SOP 81-1, paragraph 25), for long-term lump sum turnkey projects, gross margin for each contract is recognized when the projected gross margin can be estimated more precisely. This analysis is performed on a contract-by-contract basis, but historically, this occurs when the percentage-of-completion ratio is approximately 25%. For all periods presented, this difference is not material.
      For long-term lump sum turnkey projects started after July 1, 2001, the French GAAP and U.S. GAAP accounting is the same.
     (t) Consolidation of variable interest entities
      The FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (FIN 46), in January 2003. In December 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46R, a revision which supersedes the original interpretation. We adopted FIN 46R effective January 1, 2004.
      FIN 46R requires the consolidation of entities in which a company absorbs a majority of another entity’s expected losses, receives a majority of the other entity’s expected residual returns, or both, as a result of ownership, contractual, or other financial interests in the other entity. Previously, entities were generally consolidated based upon a controlling financial interest through ownership of a majority voting interest in the entity.
      We have identified the following variable interest entities:
  In 2003, we formed a joint venture in which we held a 45% equity interest and accounted for the investment using the proportionate method. In 2004, Technip acquired an additional 10% of the joint venture which is considered as a variable interest entity under FIN 46, and we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. It was consolidated under U.S. GAAP at 100% in 2004 which resulted in an increase in our sales of 88.5 million.
 
  In 2003, we formed two joint ventures in which we held respectively 65 % and 50% equity interest and accounted for the investment using the proportionate method. These joint ventures are considered variable interest entities under FIN 46, and we have determined that we are the primary beneficiary of these entities. They were consolidated under U.S. GAAP at 100% in 2004 which resulted in an increase in our sales of 38.2 million.
      FIN 46 first application figures in Note 31(c) and 31(d) represent the difference in net sales and operating income between the 100% consolidation and proportional consolidation method used by the Company. There was no impact to our net income in 2004.

F-56


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 31 — Reconciliation to U.S. GAAP
     (a) Net income
                                         
        Year ended December 31,
         
    Notes   2004*   2004   2003   2002
                     
        In millions    
        of U.S.$   In millions of EUR
Net income (loss) as reported in the Consolidated Income Statements
            5.8       4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
Contract costs accounting
    30 (a)     5.1       4.1       0.5       (2.6 )
Contract bid costs
    30 (b)     5.6       4.5       1.1       (2.6 )
Foreign currency transactions
    30 (c)     (30.3 )     (24.5 )     (10.4 )     (15.6 )
Derivative instruments
    30 (c)     31.9       25.8       (0.6 )     18.2  
Pension obligations
    30 (d)     3.6       2.9       (6.2 )     3.2  
Employee subscription to capital
    30 (h)     (11.4 )     (9.2 )            
Stock based compensation
    30 (e)     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (4.8 )
Territoriality contingencies
    30 (g)     (43.7 )     (35.4 )            
Acquisition of KTI/MDEU
    30 (f)     (1.2 )     (1.0 )     (0.7 )     (0.7 )
Rent expenses of Adria
    30 (m)     (2.1 )     (1.7 )     (20.3 )      
Amortization of goodwill
    30 (n)     144.0       116.6       113.7       117.8  
                               
Total after U.S. GAAP adjustments before tax
            107.2       86.7       57.3       83.5  
Tax effects of the above adjustments
            (4.2 )     (3.4 )     12.3       (0.2 )
Net income under U.S. GAAP
            103.0       83.3       69.6       83.3  
                               

F-57


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
     (b) Shareholders’ equity
                                         
        Year ended December 31,
         
    Notes   2004*   2004   2003   2002
                     
        In millions    
        of U.S.$   In millions of EUR
Shareholders’ equity as reported in the Consolidation Balance Sheets
            2,209.2       1,789.0       1,938.0       2,026.3  
Contract costs accounting
    30 (a)     (7.7 )     (6.2 )     (10.3 )     (10.8 )
Contract bid costs
    30 (b)     (19.8 )     (16.0 )     (20.5 )     (21.6 )
Foreign currency transactions
    30 (c)     (83.5 )     (67.6 )     (43.1 )     (32.7 )
Derivative instruments
    30 (c)     44.6       36.1       93.6       (28.9 )
Pension obligations
    30 (d)     (2.0 )     (1.6 )     (4.5 )     1.7  
Minimum liability adjustments
    30 (d)     (8.9 )     (7.2 )     (14.2 )     (9.7 )
Acquisition of KTI/MDEU
    30 (f)     3.1       2.5       3.5       4.2  
Territoriality contingencies
    30 (g)                 35.4       35.4  
Stock-based compensation
    30 (e)                            
Coflexip gain on disposition of Cal Dive
    30 (k)     (32.8 )     (26.6 )     (26.6 )     (26.6 )
Treasury shares
                              (3.2 )
Rent expenses of Adria
    30 (m)     (27.2 )     (22.0 )     (20.3 )      
Amortization of goodwill
    30 (n)     455.2       368.6       252.0       138.3  
Acquisition of minority interests of Coflexip in 2003
    30 (o)     (30.9 )     (25.0 )     (25.0 )      
                               
Total after U.S. GAAP adjustments before tax
            2,499.3       2,024.0       2,158.0       2,072.4  
Tax effects of the above adjustments
            35.6       28.8       6.3       36.1  
Shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP
            2,534.9       2,052.8       2,164.3       2,108.5  
                               
 
For the convenience of the reader, the financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into U.S. dollars (U.S.$) at the rate of 1.00 = U.S.$1.2349, the noon-buying rate for cable wire transfers fixed by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on May 31, 2005.
      The reconciliation of U.S. GAAP shareholders’ equity from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2004 is as follows:
         
    In millions
    of EUR
     
U.S. GAAP shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003.
    2,164.3  
U.S. GAAP net income for 2004
    83.3  
Minimum liability adjustments, net of tax
    4.5  
Additional paid-in capital (stock based compensation) Dividends paid
    (129.8 )
Capital increase
    26.3  
Employee subscription to capital
    9.2  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (23.1 )
Treasury stock
    (22.7 )
Stock based compensation
    0.1  
Others
    (4.4 )
Effect of SFAS No. 133, net of tax
    (54.9 )
       
U.S. GAAP shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2004.
    2,052.8  
       

F-58


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(c) Net sales
                                         
        Year ended December 31,
         
    Notes   2004   2004   2003   2002
                     
        In millions    
        Of U.S.$   In millions of EUR
Net sales under French GAAP
            6,348.6       5,141.0       4,711.1       4,452.3  
Contract costs accounting
    30 (a)     5.1       4.1       0.5       (2.6 )
Contract bid costs
    30 (b)     5.6       4.5       1.1       (10.8 )
Foreign currency transactions
    30 (c)     (95.2 )     (77.1 )     (31.5 )     7.1  
Financial result from ongoing contracts
    30 (q)     (12.2 )     (9.9 )     (9.9 )     (14.0 )
Consolidation of variable interest entities
    30 (t)     156.5       126.7              
                               
Net sales under U.S. GAAP
            6,408.4       5,189.3       4,671.3       4,432.0  
                               
(d) Operating income
                                         
        Year ended December 31,
         
    Notes   2004   2004   2003   2002
                     
        In millions    
        of U.S.$   In millions of EUR
Operating income under French GAAP
            319.2       258.5       227.6       204.6  
Contract costs accounting
    30 (a)     5.1       4.1       0.5       (2.6 )
Contract bid costs
    30 (b)     5.6       4.5       1.1       (2.6 )
Pension obligations
    30 (d)     3.6       2.9       (6.2 )     3.2  
Employee subscription to capital
    30 (h)     (11.4 )     (9.2 )                
Stock based compensation
    30 (e)     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (4.8 )
Acquisition of KTI/MDEU
    30 (f)     (1.2 )     (1.0 )     (0.7 )     (0.7 )
Restructuring costs
    30 (q)     (14.8 )     (12.0 )     (7.1 )     (7.0 )
Non-recurring loss on former project
    30 (q)     (0.7 )     (0.6 )           (8.7 )
Rent expenses of Adria
    30 (m)     (2.1 )     (1.7 )     (20.3 )      
Consolidation of variable interest entities
    30 (t)     (0.2 )     (0.2 )            
Other
                        (1.2 )     (4.3 )
                               
Operating income under U.S. GAAP
            303.0       245.2       193.6       177.1  
                               
Note 32 — Additional information
     (a) Combined information concerning proportionate consolidated entities
      In accordance with regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the use of the proportionate consolidation method, summarized financial information about the Company’s shares of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows included in the financial statements and related to joint-ventures

F-59


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
jointly controlled by all parties having an equity interest in the joint venture has been prepared under French GAAP for the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
                         
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    In millions of EUR
Balance sheet data:
                       
Non current assets
    2.1       1.9       1.7  
Current assets
    1,367.3       1,095.7       1,172.2  
Non current liabilities
                 
Current liabilities and equity
    1,369.4       1,097.6       1,173.9  
Income statement data:
                       
Net Sales
    613.7       445.3       428.7  
Cost of sales
    (580.4 )     (423.7 )     (391.9 )
Gross Margin
    33.3       21.6       36.8  
Operating Income
    18.6       20.3       34.8  
Cash flow data:
                       
Cash flow from operating activities
    7.5       26.5       45.6  
Cash flow from investing activities
          (0.1 )     0.2  
Cash flow from financing activities
                 
(b) Comprehensive income
      The following information is presented under French GAAP.
                         
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    In millions of EUR
Net income
    4.7       (19.7 )     (29.4 )
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                       
Changes in cumulative translation adjustment
    (23.1 )     (13.9 )     (1.1 )
                   
Total Comprehensive income
    (18.4 )     (33.6 )     (30.5 )
                   
Accumulated other comprehensive income, end of year:
                       
Cumulative translation adjustment
    (25.0 )     (1.9 )     12.0  
     (c) Earnings per share
      Earnings per share, according to U.S. GAAP, giving effect to the adjustments would be as follows:
                         
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
Net income (in millions)
    83.3       69.6       83.3  
Basic earnings per share(3)
    0.88       0.74       0.81  
Diluted earnings per share(1)(3)
    0.87       0.74       0.80  

F-60


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Reconciliation of basic and diluted numbers of shares used for the determination of earnings per share under U.S. GAAP:
                         
    December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (In thousands of shares)
Weighted average basic number of shares under U.S. GAAP
    94,620       93,728       103,292  
OCEANE bonds(2)
                 
Stock options
    1,336       268       532  
                   
Diluted shares under U.S. GAAP
    95,956       93,996       103,824  
                   
 
(1) Diluted earnings per share has been adjusted for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively to reflect the anti-dilutive effect of the OCEANE bonds and dilutive effect of the stock options.
 
(2) The effect of the OCEANE bonds is anti-dilutive. As a result, they have not been included in the diluted EPS calculation. If the OCEANE bonds were dilutive, the denominator would have increased by 3,719,111, 4,208,853 and 4,501,994 at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
 
(3) On May 13, 2005, the Company effected a one-for-four stock split. All share and per share data under U.S. GAAP on this Form 20-F for periods prior to and including that date have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split. refer to note 32(j).
     (d)  Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities
      The Company holds certain investments in debt and equity securities (treasury bonds, mutual funds, certificates of deposit) which are highly liquid and are classified in Cash and Cash equivalents, changes in their fair value are recorded in income (see Note 19).
     (e)  Stock based compensation
Stock option plans:
      Technip adopted several fixed stock option plans that are settled with its own shares (See Note 12). Options are granted to employees with a discount between 0% and 5% from the market value of the shares at the grant date.
      For plans adopted prior to January 1, 1998, options that are exercised are settled through the issuance of new shares. The options vest ratably over a two and half year period and are valid up to five years from the date of grant. For plans adopted after January 1, 1998, options that are exercised are settled with Technip treasury shares. These options vest over a three-year period and are valid up to five years from the date of grant.
      On December 14, 2000, the Company decided to change the exercise and the vesting period of the 1998 and 1999 plans. The new exercise period and the new vesting period are, respectively, five years and three years. A new measurement date was determined as of December 14, 2000.
      Since December 14, 2000, all the options granted by Technip vest over three years, with a maturity of six years.
      No compensation expense has been recorded in connection with the stock options granted by Technip under French GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP, the compensation cost recorded by the Company is, respectively, 0.1 millions, 0.1 million and 0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

F-61


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following table sets forth information with respect to the status of outstanding options granted under Technip’s stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.
                                                 
    Year ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
        Weighted       Weighted       Weighted
        Average       Average       Average
    Shares   Price   Shares   Price   Shares   Price
                         
        (in )       (in )       (in )
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
    1,521,884       103.6       1,696,814       103.7       1,052,674       125.1  
Options granted
          0.0       5,200       74.0       711,240       72.0  
Options exercised
    (232,195 )     96.1       0       0.0       (9,100 )     101.6  
Options forfeited
    (81,355 )     109.8       (180,130 )     103.6       (58,000 )     103.1  
Outstanding at the end of the year
    1,208,334       104.7       1,521,884       103.6       1,696,814       103.7  
                                     
Exercisable at the end of the year
    554,254       104.7       846,174       103.6       370,120       103.7  
                                     
      Information about the 1,208,334 stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004 is summarized as follows:
                                 
        Number   Weighted-   Number
        Outstanding   Average   Exercisable
        at   Remaining   at
    Exercise   December 31,   Contractual   December 31,
    Prices   2004   Life   2004
                 
    (in )   (in years)
Plan 1999/2001 Second Layer
    143.23       554,254       4.0       554,254  
Plan 2002
    71.95       648,880       3.9        
Plan 2003
    73.98       5,200       4.4        
Total
            1,208,334       3.9       554,254  
                         
Coflexip Stock Options:
      CSO adopted several options plans. Options are granted to employee with a discount between 0% or 5%. Technip maintains a conversion option for the employees in Technip shares when these options are exercised. The compensation cost recognized in 2002 amounts to 0.7 million, 0 in 2003 and in 2004.
      362,359, 406,236 and 461,903 are, respectively, outstanding options still unexercised as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and December 31, 2002. The average options life and the average exercise price are 5.0 years and 110.0.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans:
      Technip maintains savings plans that allow substantially all full-time employees of Technip and its subsidiaries to purchase shares of Technip. The shares are sold to employees at a discount of 20% from the average market price of Technip stock over the last 20 business days prior to the date of authorization by the management committee. Shares purchased by employees under these plans are subject to certain restrictions over the sale or transfer of the shares by employees.

F-62


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Shares sold to employee stock purchase plans are as follows:
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
Number of shares
    331,780             98,717  
Proceeds on sales (in millions of euro)
    24.4             10.1  
Average cost of treasury sales
    73.6             102.5  
      In accordance with French GAAP, the Company has not recorded compensation expense on stock purchase plans. Under U.S. GAAP, the compensation cost recorded by the Company for period ended December 31, 2004 is 9.2 million. No compensation has been recorded for the period ended December 31, 2003. 3.2 million was recorded in 2002.
      Technip applies the intrinsic value method to account for compensation cost associated with options and shares granted to employees. Had compensation cost for stock options awarded under these plans been determined based on the fair value at the dates of grant consistent with the methodology of SFAS No. 123, Technip’s net income and basic earnings per share would have reflected the following pro forma amounts:
                           
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (In millions of EUR)
Net Income under U.S. GAAP
    83.3       69.6       83.3  
 
As reported Include: Total stock based-employee compensation expense determined under APB25 for all awards net of related tax effects
    9.3       0.1       4.8  
 
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (15.9 )     (9.2 )     (14.6 )
                   
 
Pro Forma
    76.7       60.5       73.5  
                   
Basic earnings per share*
    0.88       0.74       0.81  
Diluted earnings per share*
    0.87       0.74       0.80  
Pro forma basic earnings per share*
    0.81       0.65       0.71  
Pro forma diluted earnings per share*
    0.80       0.64       0.71  
 
*     On May 13, 2005, the Company effected a one-for-four share split. All share and per share data under U.S. GAAP have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this share split.
      The fair value of Technip’s option grants is estimated on the date of grant using the Binomial option pricing model with the following assumptions for the grants:
                         
    Year ended
    December 31,
     
    2004*   2003   2002
             
Expected life (years)
    N/A       6.0       6.0  
Interest rate
    N/A       3.8 %     3.8 %
Volatility
    N/A       35 %     35 %
Dividend yield
    N/A       2.1 %     2.1 %
 
*     No new plan in 2004.
     (f) Pension plan and other cost retirement benefits other than pension plans
      In accordance with the laws and practices of each country, Technip participates in employee benefit pension plans offering death and disability, retirement and special termination benefits. Those plans provide benefits of

F-63


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
various types from flat currency amounts per year of service to final pay plans integrated with social security and multi-employer plans.
      For defined contribution plans, expenses correspond to the contributions paid. For defined benefit pension plans, accruals and prepaid expenses are determined using the projected unit credit method. Accruals and prepaid expenses are recorded in accordance with the prevailing accounting practice in each country. In some cases, adjustments to comply with Company’s rules have been made. Special termination benefits are recorded on an accrual basis at the time the offer is accepted by the employees or their representatives.
      Actuarial assumptions were as follows:
                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
         
    2004   2003   2004   2003
                 
Discount rate
    4.6 %     5.0 %     4.50 %     4.50 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.3 %     3.3 %     N/A       N/A  
Expected return on plan assets
    5.1 %     5.3 %     N/A       N/A  
      The expected return of plan assets rate is based on the expected return of assets of similar duration in the domestic market of the plan.
      Disclosure in accordance with SFAS No 132, are as follows:
                                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
         
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002
                         
    In millions of EUR
Change in benefit obligation:
                                               
Benefit Obligation at beginning of year
    184.2       160.1       130.5       0.8       0.8       0.9  
Service cost
    7.3       8.3       6.9                    
Interest cost
    7.9       7.7       5.7       0.1              
Plan participants contributions
          0.1                          
Amendments
    (2.9 )                                  
Acquisitions/ disposals
    (20.9 )     15.1       (0.1 )                  
Curtailments/ Settlements
    0.2       0.2                          
Actuarial (gain)
    1.8       (2.0 )     23.6       0.3              
Benefits paid
    (7.7 )     (4.5 )     (6.5 )     (0.1 )           (0.1 )
Other
          (0.8 )                        
                                     
Benefit Obligation at end of year
    169.9       184.2       160.1       1.1       0.8       0.8  
Change in plan assets:
                                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    59.3       44.8       45.4                    
Actual return on plan assets
    5.4       4.5       (1.1 )                  
Group contribution
    7.8       2.9       2.0                    
Plan participants contributions
    0.2       0.1                          
Benefits paid
    (5.9 )     (1.9 )     (1.5 )                  
Acquisitions and disposals
    2.2       9.1                          
Other
    (0.2 )     (0.2 )                        
                                     
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    68.8       59.3       44.8                    
Funded status of the plan
    101.1       124.9       115.3       1.1       0.8       0.8  
Unrecognized actuarial (gains) or losses and unrecognized prior service costs
    (27.8 )     32.3       (31.4 )     (0.4 )            
                                     
Accrued (prepaid) benefit cost
    73.3       92.6       83.9       0.7       0.8       0.8  
                                     

F-64


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the pension plan with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets are as follows:
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
Projected Benefit Obligation
    103.4       128.3       104.3  
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
    86.3       108.2       93.1  
Fair Value of Plan Assets with ABO in excess of Plan Assets
    16.0       13.3       4.0  
                                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
         
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002
                         
    In millions of EUR
Annual cost under U.S. GAAP:
                                               
Service cost
    7.3       8.3       6.9                    
Expected interest cost
    7.9       7.7       5.7       0.1              
Expected return on plan assets
    (3.5 )     (4.7 )     (2.7 )                  
Amortization of actuarial gain and loss and prior service costs
    1.7       2.5       0.3                    
Effects of settlements/ curtailments
          0.2                          
                                     
Net periodic benefit cost
    13.4       14.0       10.2       0.1              
                                     
      Annual cost under French GAAP for pension benefits plans are as follows:
                                                 
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002
                         
    In millions of EUR
Annual cost under French GAAP:
    4.0       5.1       5.6                   0.1  
      The difference between these amounts and the annual costs under U.S. GAAP stems from differences in the timing of amortization of the initial transition liability and of actuarial gains and losses and from the absence of recognition of excess funding by certain companies.
      Health care costs are assumed to increase by 3.0% in 2004 and subsequently. The effect of a one-percentage point increase and one-percentage point decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rates on the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic post-retirement health care benefit cost and on the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation for health care benefits is not significant (respectively 1,000 and 25,000).
      Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position:
                                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
         
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002
                         
    In millions of EUR
Accrued benefit liability (including MLA)
    87.5       113.7       99.9       0.8       0.8       0.9  
Prepaid benefit cost
    (6.1 )     (6.9 )     (6.3 )                  
Minimum liability adjustment
    (8.1 )     (14.2 )     (9.7 )                  
Including in other comprehensive income
    (7.2 )     (14.2 )     (0.7 )                  
Including in intangible assets
    (0.9 )                              
                                     
Net amount recognised for under U.S. GAAP
    73.3       92.6       83.9       0.8       0.8       0.9  
                                     

F-65


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The net accruals included as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets can be compared with balances determined under U.S. GAAP as follows:
                                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
         
    2004   2003   2002   2004   2003   2002
                         
    In millions of EUR
Net amount accrued for under U.S. GAAP (before prepaid costs)
    87.5       113.7       99.9       0.7       0.8       0.9  
Excess funding of plans recognized in income only when paid back to the Company
    (6.1 )     (6.9 )     (6.3 )                  
Impact of transition obligation of prior service cost and of actuarial gains recognized with a different timing under local regulations
    (1.6 )     (4.1 )     1.6                    
Minimum Liabilities Adjustment
    (8.1 )     (14.2 )     (9.7 )                    
Including in other comprehensive income
    (7.2 )     (14.2 )     (9.7 )                  
Including in intangible assets
    (0.9 )                              
                                     
Net amount accrued for in consolidated financial statements
    71.7       88.5       85.5       0.7       0.8       0.9  
                                     
     (g) Derivative instruments
      As described in Note 30(c), Technip adopted SFAS No. 133 beginning January 1, 2001 for purposes of the U.S. GAAP reconciliation. SFAS No. 133 requires that all derivative instruments be recorded at fair value on the balance sheet and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of derivative transactions for which hedge accounting is applied. Technip assesses the initial and ongoing effectiveness of its hedging relationships on a regular basis and in accordance with its documented procedure.
      As a consequence of the international Group’s business activities, most of its commercial transactions are denominated in non-euro currencies. Technip enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. All derivative instruments held by Technip are economic hedge of existing or anticipated commercial transactions. For more information on Technip’s derivatives strategy, see Item 11.
      According to SFAS No. 133, all derivative instruments whether designated in hedging relationships with the hedged underlying transaction or not, are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value and changes in fair value are recognized in net income, unless the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge of future cash flows.
      For derivatives qualifying as hedges of future cash flows, the effective portion of changes in fair value is recorded temporarily in shareholders’ equity (“Other Comprehensive Income” or “OCI”), then recognized in the income statement along with the related effect of the hedged transaction. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recorded in the income statement as it occurs. For derivatives qualifying as fair value hedges, changes in fair value of both the derivative and the hedged item are recognized in net income.
      The ineffective portion of changes in fair values of cash flow hedging instruments reported as of December 31, 2004, amounted to 5.6 million, before income taxes. These amounts were recorded as “financial gains (losses).” At December 31, 2004, the maximum term of derivative instruments that hedge forecasted transactions, was 3 years.
      At December 31, 2004 gain or loss on derivative instruments accumulated in OCI amounts to (46.1) million.

F-66


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
     (h)  Goodwill
      As discussed in Note 30(m), SFAS 142 was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2002 and for purchase business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001. The Company performed its transitional and annual test and the Company determined that there was no impairment.
     (i)  Recently issued accounting pronouncements
      In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004). “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123(R)), which is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123(R) supersedes APB Opinion No. 25. “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends FASB Statement No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS No. 123(R) is similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However, SFAS No. 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.
      The Company expects to adopt SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006 for U.S. GAAP purposes. The Company also expects to adopt its requirements using the “modified prospective” method described in SFAS No. 123(R). Under this method, compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of Statement No. 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of Statement No. 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.
      The impact of adoption of Statement No. 123(R) cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS No. 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share above.
      In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs — An Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4” (“SFAS 151”). SFAS 151 amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing” to clarify that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, freight, and handling costs are to be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal” as stated in ARB No. 43. Additionally, SFAS 151 requires that the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning on January 1, 2006. The Company is currently assessing the effect that the adoption of SFAS 151 will have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition, but does not expect SFAS 151 to have a material impact.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets — An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” (“SFAS 153”). SFAS 153 amended APB Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. SFAS 153 is effective for the nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning on January 1, 2006. The provisions of SFAS 153 are required to be applied prospectively. The Company is currently assessing the effect that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition, but does not expect SFAS 153 to have a material impact.

F-67


Table of Contents

TECHNIP
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(j) Subsequent Events (after April 4, 2005)
a) 2004 Dividend paid
      Technip’s shareholders approved the payment of a dividend in the amount of 3.30 per share on April 19, 2005 at the Group’s 2005 Shareholders’ General Meeting.
b) Share split
      Technip’s shareholders approved a one-for-four share split on April 29, 2005 at the occasion of the Group’s 2005 General Meeting. This decision was effective in May 13, 2005. All share and per share data under U.S. GAAP on this Form 20-F for periods prior to and including that date have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.
c) Seamec litigation
      As presented in the Note 26(c), Technip had filed an appeal with the Supreme Court of India against the minority shareholders of Seamec. In May 2005, Technip won its appeal, resolving the proceedings and releasing the bank guarantees.

F-68


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      The registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
  Technip
  By:  /s/ Daniel Valot
 
 
  Name: Daniel Valot
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: June 30, 2005